CEMO_Katalógus.pdf

www.cemo-group.com
Innovative solutions
for Local authorities l Agriculture l
Construction industry l Industry
Products
2022 l 2023
valid from 1/8/2022
Filling stations and tank systems l Pumps l Storage of hazardous substances
Transportation and storage containers l Winter service l Spreaders l Heating oil storage

Challenge
Accepting challenges, seizing opportunities,
shaping the future.
Humanity has been faced with great challenges from the
very beginning: Everything from the invention of the wheel
in prehistoric times to the advent of the printing press
in the mid-15th
century, the first car 150 years ago, the
aeroplane, the lunar landing in 1969 and the launch of
the World Wide Web in 1989 has changed our world and
our way of life. We seized opportunities and shaped the
future. New ideas, boldness, willpower and the tenacity
brought to bear by individuals helped us to advance.
So it is with CEMO too. We have been providing innovative
solutions to our customers for over 60 years, and now count
amongst the leading specialists for safe storage, transport
and dispensing.
Our challenge is to keep offering you, our customer, new and
enhanced products and services while considering the future,
sustainability and the environment as well. This is the maxim
behind our motto “Your job – our challenge”: CEMO simpli-
fies your work, saves time, uses energy efficiently and pro-
tects the environment.
Would you like to refuel your vehicles and devices
without being tied to cables?
Now you can with the CAS battery system for our mobile
tanks and trolleys!
This is because CAS (Cordless Alliance System) means
cordless freedom and sustainable solutions for you. Our
mobile tanks, trolleys and other product groups with
high-performance Li-ion battery packs enable you to work
flexibly and safely without cords. What’s more, you save
money by using the same batteries in multiple applications.
All components at optimum working height – tank
systems from the specialist for professionals!
The new, compact CEMO CUBE 980 L diesel tank system is
easy to use.
Whether Indoor Basic, Outdoor Premium or Mobil – you benefit
from all the advantages: The compact design and optimal
working height simplify handling for you, as do the automatic
nozzle with dispensing nozzle holder and the forklift pockets
for transport. The bunded tank, the visual leak indicator, the
filling connection with tanker coupling and over-fill sensor,
the bleeding cap and the contents gauge maximise safety.

Rapid refuelling with the Outdoor diesel tanks:
The new, bunded CEMO CUBE 5000 L with high-performance
submersible pump. The ideal tank system for shorter refuel-
ling stops.
You can choose from two models: Outdoor Basic and Outdoor
Premium. They differ in that the Outdoor Premium additionally
features a K33 flow meter with water separator and a hose
reel (8 m). Both models are bunded and feature a visual leak
indicator, a filling connection with tanker coupling and over-
fill sensor, a mechanical contents gauge, and an automatic
nozzle with commercial vehicle flow rate in addition to many
other benefits.
How can you improve safety in your company?
The battery fire prevention box with UN certification and
non-combustible interior lining stores lithium batteries safely.
The boxes are stackable and interconnectable. They may
also be transported on public roads, enabling fire-protected
storage on the go as well, e.g. on construction sites.
Fire prevention is an important consideration when charging
lithium batteries. CEMO now offers a safe solution: the new
battery storage and charging cabinets. The design incorpo-
rating non-combustible, fire-resistant components and
special fire protection seals prevents escaping flames.
The fast way to lush green
Transfer Trolley Aqua: practical solution for watering plants
in administrative buildings, hotels and hospitals. For trans-
porting water and for independent watering of plants, totally
mobile and wireless. Easy handling thanks to integrated
handles and castors.
BWS 130-PE: the irrigation system for universal demands
with electrical pump. From 600 to 3,000 litres. Easy to
attach and transport. Wide range of accessories.

NEW
NEW PRODUCTS 2022
CEMO DT MOBIL EASY
Mobile
tank system
37 61
CEMO CUBE 980 L
Stationary tank system for diesel
CEMO CUBE MOBIL 980 L
Mobile tank system for diesel
CEMO transfer trolley
Oil
Blue for AdBlue®
Chem for liquid
chemicals
Aqua for irrigation
CEMO KS MOBIL Easy 330 L
Mobile tank systems for petrol
CEMO battery storage
cabinet FMplus
CEMO CUBE
Slimline 2000 L
CEMO submersible pump
CENTRI SP80
CEMO
workshop trolley
23
45
21
42
83
105
197
119
172
71 24
79
235
CEMO battery storage and
charging cabinet 8/10
198
199

7
7
PUMPS
TRANSPORT
AND
STORAGE
CONTAINERS
WINTER
SERVICE
SPREADERS
FILLING
STATIONS
TANK
SYSTEMS
ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION
Product group (PG): Please note the different resale terms for the individual product groups.
The relevant product group is indicated on every catalogue page.
AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association
WINTER SERVICE / SPREADERS
GRP grit container, grit container loading frame 256 - 261
GRP snow shovel, Snow plough, corrosion-resistant PP shovels 262 - 263
Rotary spreaders with PE hopper and composite frame 264
Rotary spreaders with PE hopper, drop spreader with PE hopper 265
Towable spreaders, Spray Caddy 266 - 267
Mounted spreaders with steel and PE hopper 268
TRANSPORT AND STORAGE CONTAINERS
Tanks, GRP and PE, PE beverage tanks 218 - 229
Mobile irrigation systems, mobile cleaning systems 230 - 237
Water storage tanks PE 238 - 239
Rectangular containers 240 - 245
Transport containers CEMbox 246 - 249
Vehicle storage box, general purpose box GRP and steel, logistics box, Go-box 250 - 252
Boot cleaner, GRP rinsing trays 253
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
Spill pallets and spill trays and filling stations made of GRP, PE and steel 135 - 154
IBC bunds and ground protection systems 156 - 161
Drum and hazardous material racks, environmental cabinets and safety containers 162 - 188
Secure cabinets fireproof F-SAFE, fireproof containers F-SAFE 189 - 193
Storage and charging of lithium batteries, battery secure cabinet F90 194 - 201
Transport of lithium batteries 202 - 203
Collection stations, drum depots, suction units, safety storage containers 204 - 211
Go-box for absorbents, portable drum bund, dispensing nozzle holder for drums 212
Filling funnels, bunds, Cemsorb absorbends 213 - 215
PUMPS
Tank data management systems 109 - 110
Diesel dispensing pumps, CUBE pumps, diesel pumps and hose reels 111 - 122
Filters for diesel and petrol 118
Submersible pump for diesel, AdBlue® and water 119 - 120
Hand pumps for diesel, lubricants and petrol 122
Petrol pumps and motorised pumps with petrol engine 123 - 124
Lubricant pumps, electric and pneumatic 125 - 127
Chemical pumps 128 - 131
FILLING STATIONS / TANK SYSTEMS page
Stationary diesel tank systems and fuel dispensing areas, tank monitoring 10 - 30
Mobile diesel tank systems 31 - 61
Mobile diesel and heating oil tanks for heaters and generators 59 - 61
Petrol tank systems, stationary and mobile 62 - 71
Tank systems for lubricants, stationary and mobile 72 - 83
Mobile tank system for screenwash and radiator antifreeze 83
Tank systems for AdBlue® (DEF) stationary and mobile 84 -105

10
Diesel
Stationary tank systems for diesel (p. 10-30)
DIESEL TANK GUIDE
Tank series CUBE UNI tanks Steel tanks
Capacity (L) 980 1,000 - 2,500 2,000 5,000 400 - 1,500 4,000 - 30,000
Outdoor yes yes yes yes - yes
Lockable yes yes - yes - -
Certification – stationary use yes yes yes yes yes yes
Transport certification according to ADR optional - - - - -
Forkliftable yes - - - yes -
Ergonomics
working hight (cm) 120 140 180 145 117 / 142 / 185 -
hose reel optional optional - optional - -
pump capacity (L/min) 56 up to 72 50 up to 80 up to 50 up to 90
Revision dome / Cleaning opening yes yes yes yes - yes
Dimensions compact compact compact compact
Material combination plastic / plastic steel / plastic steel / steel
Warranty (years) 10 10 10 10 5 10
Service + Maintenance yes yes yes yes yes yes
CEMO UNI
• 400 - 4,500 L
•
Double-wall tank
comprising HDPE inner tank
and galvanised sheet steel
bund
• indoor installation
•
does not require a bund, even
in water-protected areas
CEMO steel tank
• 4,000 - 30,000 L
•
above ground tank sys-
tem, steel double-wall
CEMO CUBE
•
1,000 - 15,000 L
•
HDPE bunded tank
•
installation in buildings
and outdoors
CEMO tank monitoring
Fuel level monitoring system,
without and with remote
monitoring for unpressurised
tanks
from
12
from
25
30
from
28
CEMO CUBE 2000
Slimline diesel tank
•
Double-walled tank with
optical leakage detectiong
23 24
CEMO CUBE 980
• Complete system Basic and Premium
• compact design, easy to operate
• all components at optimum working height

11
Diesel
STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS FOR DIESEL FILLING STATIONS FOR OWN CONSUMPTION
Example: Filling station for own consumption up to 2,000 L
Roof for fuel dispensing areas
The filling station is intended for the refuelling
of the company’s own vehicles. It is operated
by the operator or by instructed persons
appointed by the operator, and the total
annual output is a maximum 100,000 L.
The self-consumption filling station consists
of the storage tank and the filling station.
A summary of the conditions to be met for a
self-consumption filling station is provided
below:
The ordinance on facilities for handling
substances that are hazardous to water
(AwSV) came into force on 1 August 2017.
It harmonizes national requirements and
replaces the 16 ordinances on facilities for
handling substances that are hazardous to
water (VAwS) of the individual German states.
TRwS 781 (vehicle fuelling stations) will
therefore also be regarded nationwide as the
generally acknowledged technical regulation
in accordance with Sec. 62 (2) of the Water
Management Act (WHG). TRwS 781 defines
the requirements for self-consumption filling
stations.
A Storage facility
1.
Storage containers with test mark or Na-
tional Technical Certification, single-walled
GRP containers up to 2,000 L without
bund, but on a subsurface that is impervi-
ous to fluid with a 1 cm upstand ( e.g. R1
sealing surface elements), also pertains
to tank batteries up to 10,000 L; other
double-walled containers or in a bund.
2.
For installation in the open air, the
storage tank must be certified for this pur-
pose. This requirement is met by CEMO
CUBE tanks, CEMO GRP tanks and
double-walled steel tanks
(cf. certification); PE tanks in sheet steel
jackets only indoors.
3.
Collision protection, for example: guard
rails, large stones, high threshold or spray
protection walls around the
compact fuel dispensing area.
4.
Automatic dispensing nozzle is required.
Exception: Delivery from storage tanks
1,000 L is also perwithted using manually
operated pumps with shut-off valve on the
dispensing hose. This also applies to deliv-
ery with electrically operated pumps, if the
pumps are disconnected from the power
network by a manually operated switch
during downtimes.
5.
Permanently connected filling nozzles
with tanker coupling.
6.
Certified overfill prevention
7.
A syphon lock on the pump is required.
8.
No requirement for specialist assistance
up to 10,000 L installation size.
9.
Fire prevention regulations (distances,
ventilation, design of walls and doors, etc.)
must be met.
B Fuel dispensing area
1.
Size of the fuel dispensing area:
effective range of the nozzle, i.e. minimum
hose length plus 1 m, liwithable by walls or
positively guided filler hose, e.g. compact
fuel dispensing area.
2.
The retention volume for the delivery
devices is arrived at from the pump
capacity in L/min x 3 min. For example,
a pump with a volume flow of 50 L/min
has a retention volume of 150 L.

When filling the storage container, a
retention volume for the fuel volume is
required that will contain the volume of
liquid that would be discharged at maxi-
mum flow, until the self-activating safety
devices take effect.
This results in a retention volume of
R = 0.1m³ when filling using a hose
coupling, and a retention volume of
R = 0. 9m³ when filling using devices
with dead man’s switch and emergency
stop actuator.
Contrary to this, the maximum volume
dispensing volume and thus the required
retention volume may be reduced at
owner-occupied filling stations by means
of a non-replaceable restriction, e. g. by a
smaller hose diameter.
3.
Keep binding agents and fire
extinguishers ready.
Obligations of the operator:
1.
Register filling stations with more than
1,000 L with the water authorities below.
2.
Inspection prior to commissioning by an
expert in accordance with the Water
Management Act (WHG) of filling stations
with more than 1,000 L to 10,000 L.
Periodic inspection (every 5 years) by
an expert in accordance with the Water
Management Act (WHG) of filling stations
with more than 10,000 litres.
3.
Obtain construction certification for filling
stations with more than 5,000 L.
These principles apply to above-
ground filling stations outside of
water conservation areas.
We will be happy to advise you for
this purpose.
Stationary tank systems for diesel
Building wall or other
wall higher than 1 m
CEMO filling
station 2,000 L
Oil binding agent,
bucket, shovel Fire extinguisher
Impact protection
Effective range of the
nozzle hose length + 1 m
Fuel dispensing area
H
Projection
–0.6* H

12
Diesel
Video CUBE-Tank
CEMO CUBE
Most fuel stations available today have been adapted from oil storage tanks and
often give the appearance of being cobbled together as best as possible. Perhaps
now is the time to redesign from scratch and produce a purpose- designed fuel
station better suited to today’s user.
CEMO present the latest in security, function and design in the CUBE. We have
introduced features with benefits, not compromises and jigs. The first dispensing
station to be designed as a dispensing station with everything in its place, easily
accessible and straightforward to use.
It’s impressive – a great concept. Take a look and see if you agree.
Integral 110 % bund gives added
environmental protection.
All equipment is positioned so that it is
easy to see and access at an optimum
level over the bund.
The honeycomb structure (1,000,1,500,
2,500, 5,000 L) and steel supports
(1,000, 1,500, 2,500 L) result in superior
robustness.
double protection
ergonomic
designed-in stability
Cable duct allows easy connection
to the electric pump.
electric connection access
integrated in lid
The automatic hose reel helps you
keep 8 m of hose in order.
always tidy

13
Diesel
Three connection points on the
circumference for shackles or lifting
eyes when being lifted from above
(5,000 L version)
Four points for securing the tank to
the ground to protect form strong wind
damage (5,000 L version)
easy to lift
wind damage prevention
Lockable lid secured by toggle latches.
Opens upwards on supporting gas
struts to allow access from three
sides.
robust, lockable lid
CUBE diesel tank 5,000 L
Outdoor Premium
Hinged lid with 380 mm opening for
tank inspection (5,000 L).
large inspection hatch
The integrated dispensing nozzle holder
catches drops after filling.
cleanliness
When open, the lid gives unimpeded
access to all components from three
sides.
open on all sides

14
Diesel
CEMO CUBE
Stationary tank systems for diesel PG 4
Diesel tank dispensing system, Basic
and Premium
with general construction inspection
certification no. Z-40.21-510
• comprising integrated bund
• visual bund alarm
• tanker coupling
• electronic overfill sensor
• vent
• analogue contents gauge
• suction hose
• 230V pump 56 L/min
(72 L/min on 2,500 L versions)
• 4m delivery hose
• automatic nozzle with integral nozzle
holder
• certified for outdoor installation
with hinged lid (outdoor model)
• completely assembled
CUBE diesel tank 1,500 L Outdoor
Description Capacity L
External dimensions
cm (wxdxh)
Weight
approx. kg Order no.
Indoor Basic
4 m dispensing hose DN 19, without hinged lid
1000 120 x 80 x 174 135 10420
1500 120 x 115 x 174 165 10292*
2500 120 x 180 x 174 220 10293***
Outdoor Basic
4 m dispensing hose DN 19, with hinged lid
1000 120 x 80 x 180 150 10294*
1500 120 x 115 x 180 180 10295*
2500 120 x 180 x 180 235 10296***
Outdoor Premium
K33 flow meter, cartridge filter with water separator,
hose reel with 8 m hose DN 19, with hinged lid
1000 120 x 80 x 180 170 10297*
1500 120 x 115 x 180 200 10298*
2500 120 x 180 x 180 255 10299***
CUBE-Tank Extension I Indoor: CUBE-Tank with integrated bund, with visual
bund alarm, filling connection with tanker coupling and overfill prevention sensor,
vent, analogue contents gauge, suction hose with connection kit to first tank,
completely assembled
1500 120 x 115 x 174 155 10776
2500 120 x 180 x 174 210 10512
CUBE-Tank Extension I Outdoor:
same as CUBE-Tank Extension I Indoor, incl. with hinged lid
1500 120 x 115 x 180 170 10774
2500 120 x 180 x 180 225 10300
CUBE-Tank Extension II Indoor: same as CUBE-Tank Extension I Indoor,
only with connection to CUBE-Tank Extension II
1500 120 x 115 x 174 155 10777
2500 120 x 180 x 174 210 10544
CUBE-Tank Extension II Outdoor:
same as CUBE-Tank Extension II Indoor, incl. with hinged lid
1500 120 x 115 x 180 170 10775
2500 120 x 180 x 180 225 10545
* with electric pump 56 L/min ***
with electric pump 72 L/min (pump output in free flow. Please note that the pump output
can fall sharply depending on the length and cross-sectional area of the hose.)
CUBE diesel tank 2,500 L Indoor Basic
CEMO CUBE diesel tank
CEMO CUBE
diesel tank 2,500 litre
Outdoor Premium
• K33 meter
• filter with water separator
• hose reel with 8 m hose DN 19
Order no. 10299
TOP SELLER

15
b
a
Diesel
CUBE diesel
tank 2,500 L
Outdoor
Premium
Plus 20 SIM
CUBE diesel
tank Outdoor
Premium
Plus 10
CEMO CUBE Outdoor PG 4
Premium Plus and Premium Plus SIM
with tank data management system “CMO10” and CMO20 SIM”
* with electric pump 56 L/min ***
with electric pump 72 L/min (pump output in free flow. Please note that the pump output
can fall sharply depending on the length and cross-sectional area of the hose.)
Diesel tank dispensing system,
Outdoor Premium Plus 10
• tanker coupling
• vent
• suction hose
• pump 230 V
• meter with access control and tank data
management system “CMO10” for up to 250 users
• incl. 5 user keys and 1 master key
• hose reel with 8m hose DN 19
• automatic nozzle with integral nozzle holder
• with hinged lid certified for outdoor installation
Outdoor Premium Plus 20 SIM
features as for Outdoor Premium Plus 10,
and also:
• for up to 999 users
• access via PIN code
• mileage / operating hours input
• electronic contents gauge
• GPS function
• modem for tank data transmission
External dimensions
cm (wxdxh)
Weight
1000 120 x 80 x 180 170 10780*
1500 120 x 115 x 180 200 10778*
2500 120 x 180 x 180 255 10736***
Outdoor Premium Plus 20 SIM
1000 120 x 80 x 180 170 11320*
1500 120 x 115 x 180 200 11321*
2500 120 x 180 x 180 255 11322***
CEMO CUBE diesel tank
a
Meter with access control and tank
data management system “CMO10”
for up to 250 users
b
Additional for Premium Plus 20 SIM:
modem for tank data transfer,
GPS function for up to 999 users
incl. 5 user and
1 master key
Informations for the management system see page 19.

16
Description Order no.
Hose reel
with 8 m hose DN 19
10375
K33 flow meter,
3-digit tank display
10376
Filter
with water separator
10377
K33 meter, complete with filter and water separator 10662
Meter with access control and CMO 10 tank data management system for up to 250 users, incl.
5 user keys and 1 master key
10745
Data transfer set
with 3 data transfer cards and USB key reader for wireless data transfer to PC,
incl. PC software
10746
Key set with 5 user keys 10747
LED instrument lighting with motion sensor and battery 10378
Hinged lid, orange, complete with supporting gas struts and mounting accessories 10324
Accessory package for
placement lengthwise
Accessory package for placement lengthwise in connection of two CUBE diesel tanks 2,500 L
with expansion unit I (see page 14)
or CUBE diesel filling stations 5000 L (see page 17)
10666
ACCESSORIES FOR CUBE DIESEL TANK 1,000, 1,500 AND 2,500 L
ACCESSORY FOR CUBE DIESEL TANK SYSTEM 5,000 L
CEMO CUBE
Stationary diesel tank systems PG 4
Diesel

17
CUBE-Dieseltank Erweiterungstank I
Erweiterungstank II
2500 l 2500 l 2500 l
Expansion unit II CUBE diesel tank Expansion unit I
Dispensing hose with connection to first tank and switching valves
included in the expansion kit.
CUBE diesel filling station 7,500 L with expansion unit I and II
CEMO CUBE diesel filling station PG 4
CUBE diesel filling station, 5,000 L
Outdoor Premium
Filling the CUBE tank systems
is this easy.
Description Comprising
Delivery rate
L/min *
External dimensions
cm (wxdxh)
Weight
5,000 L
Indoor Basic
CUBE diesel filling station Indoor Basic (10293)
and CUBE expansion unit I Indoor (10512)
72 250 x 180 x 174 430 10525
5,000 L
Outdoor Premium
CUBE diesel filling station Outdoor Premium (10299)
and CUBE expansion unit I Outdoor (10300)
72 250 x 180 x 180 480 10379
7,500 L
Indoor Basic
CUBE diesel filling station Indoor Basic (10293),
CUBE expansion unit I Indoor (10512)
and CUBE expansion unit II Indoor (10544)
72 380 x 180 x 174 640 10546
7,500 L
Outdoor Premium
CUBE diesel filling station Outdoor Premium (10299),
CUBE expansion unit I Outdoor (10300)
and CUBEexpansion unit II Outdoor (10545)
72 380 x 180 x 180 705 10547
Accessories see page 16. *
Pump output in free flow. Please note that the pump output can fall sharply depending on the
length and cross-sectional area of the hose.
CEMO CUBE DIESEL TANK SYSTEM 5,000 L AND 7,500 L
Diesel

18
Diesel
Outdoor Basic and Outdoor Premium
Z-40.21-565
• with integrated bund
• with visual bund alarm
• filling connection with tanker coupling
and overfill prevention sensor
• vent
• contents gauge
• suction hose
• pump 230 V, 72 L/min*
holder
• with hinged lid certified for outdoor
installation
External dimensions
cm (wxdxh)
Weight
Outdoor Basic
4 m dispensing hose DN 25, with hinged lid
5, 000 240 × 230 × 185
205 11078
Outdoor Premium
K33 flow meter, cartridge filter with water separator,
hose reel with 8 m hose DN 25, with hinged lid
230 11079
CUBE-Tank Extension I Outdoor
CUBE-Tank with integrated bund, with visual bund alarm, filling connection
with tanker coupling and overfill prevention sensor, vent, contents gauge,
suction hose with connection kit to first tank, completely assembled
201 11081
CUBE-Tank Extension II Outdoor
same as CUBE-Tank Extension I Outdoor,
only with connetion to CUBE-Tank Extension II
201 11096
CUBE DIESEL TANK 5,000 L
CUBE diesel tank
5,000 L,
Outdoor Basic
CUBE diesel tank 5,000 L, Outdoor Premium
CEMO CUBE diesel filling station 5,000 L PG 4
TOP SELLER
CUBE diesel tank 5,000 L
Outdoor Premium
• capacity 5,000 litre
• pump 230 V
• K33 flow meter, filter with water separator,
hose reel with 8 m hose,
with hinged lid
Order no. 11079
Pump output in free flow. Please note that the pump output can fall sharply
depending on the length and cross-sectional area of the hose.

19
Diesel
External dimensions
cm (wxdxh)
Weight
5000 240 x 230 x 185
212 11323
Outdoor Premium Plus 20 SIM*** 212 11324
CUBE DIESEL TANK 5,000 L OUTDOOR PREMIUM PLUS AND PLUS SIM***
Accessories see page 20.
Diesel
*
• with visual bund alarm
and overfill prevention sensor
• vent
• contents gauge
• suction hose
• pump 230 V/72 L/min*
management system „CMO20“ for up
to 999 users, incl. 5 user keys and
1 master key
• hose reel with 8m hose DN 25
holder
• with hinged lid certified for outdoor
installation
Outdoor Premium Plus 20 SIM***
same as Outdoor Premium Plus 20,
additional with:
• electronic contents gauge
• GPS function
• modem for tank data transfer
CUBE Diesel tank 5,000 L, Outdoor Premium Plus 20 SIM

Meter with access control and tank data man-
agement system CMO20 for up to 999 user
Additional for Premium Plus 20 SIM:
modem for tank data transfer, GPS function
incl. 5 user and
1 master key
CEMO CUBE diesel tank 5,000 L Outdoor
Premium Plus and Premium Plus SIM PG 4
with tank data management system “CMO20”
TANK SYSTEMS PREMIUM PLUS AND PLUS SIM*** WITH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CMO10 AND CMO20
CMO10 AND CMO20 CMO20 SIM***
Configuration
and SMS alarm
Real-time fuel level
monitoring
Automatic
real-time
transmission of
transactions and
fuel level over
GSM network
Transfer
transactions to
PC with RFID
reader attached
to PC
Server
Internet
CMO10 CMO20
Transfer transactions from
CMO 10 manually
CMO20 SIM***

20
Diesel
CEMO CUBE diesel tank PG 4
ACCESSORIES FOR CUBE DIESEL TANK 5,000 L (SUPPLIED AS COMPONENTS)
Hose reel with 8 m hose DN 25 11092
K33 flow meter,
10376
Cartridge filter with water separator 11093
K33 flow meter complete with filter and water separator 11094
Meter with access control and “CMO 10“
tank data management system for up to 250 users,
incl. 5 user keys and 1 master key
10745
Data transfer set
with 3 data transfer cards and USB key reader
for wireless data transfer to PC, incl. PC software
10746
Key set with 5 user keys 10747
Hinged lid, orange, complete with supporting gas struts
and mounting accessories
11095

21
Diesel
Outdoor Basic
Outdoor Premium
CEMO CUBE diesel tank 5000 L
with high-performance submersible pump CENTRI SP 80 AC, 230 V. PG 4
Outdoor Basic and Outdoor Premium
tank systems
with General Construction Inspection
Certification Z-40.21-565
• bunded
•
with visual leak indicator
•
filling connection with tanker coupling
and over-fill sensor
•
mechanical contents gauge
•
high-performance submersible pump
CENTRI SP 80 AC, 230 V, 80 L/min*
•
automatic nozzle A120 with commercial
vehicle flow rate (not suitable for pas-
senger vehicles)
•
with lockable lid, certified for installation
outdoors
•
fully assembled, 5 m connection cable
Description External dimensions
in cm (w x d x h)
Weight
(approx.)
in kg
Order
no.
CUBE diesel tank 5,000 L Outdoor Basic, 4 m dispensing hose DN 25, effective
delivery rate approx. 70 L/min
240 x 230 x 185 205 11649
CUBE diesel tank 5,000 L Outdoor Premium, flow meter K33, filter with
water separator, hose reel with 8 m dispensing hose DN 25, effective delivery
rate approx. 60 L/min
240 x 230 x 185 230 11650
Higher flow rate for
shorter refuelling stops.
NEW
NEW
CEMO submersible pumps:
the superior pumping principle for your
tank system. Simple, fast and safe.
•
Run time limitation: automatic switch-
off after preset time
•
easy start-up: stands on the tank
bottom – no suction height
•
submersible centrifugal pump
Ø 130 mm, suitable for common tanks
and IBCs
• voltage 230 V/50 Hz, power 800 W
• high flow rate
• motor thermally protected
• connection 1 IT without check valve
NEW
*

22
Werkstoff
Benennung
Zeichng.-Nr.
Name
Datum
Bearb.
Gepr.
Norm
Maßstab
Ers. f.
Ers. d.
EDV Nr.:
Name
Datum
Änderung (Mit.-Nr.)
Nr. Plot-Datum:
91625 Schnelldorf
71384 Weinstadt
Blatt:
Allgemeintoleranzen
CEMO
25.07.2014
ISO 2768-m
CEMO IDW
1
Diesel
Expansion unit I CUBE diesel tank Expansion unit II
Suction hose with connection to first tank and switching valves
included in the expansion unit.
CUBE diesel filling station 15,000 L with expansion unit I and II
CEMO CUBE diesel tank system PG 4
Description Comprising
Delivery rate
L/min *
External dimensions
cm (wxdxh)
Weight
10,000 L
Outdoor Premium
CUBE diesel dispensing station Outdoor Premium
(11079) and CUBE expansion unit I Outdoor (11081)
72 500 x 230 x 185 413 11097
15,000 L
Outdoor Premium
CUBE diesel dispensing station Outdoor Premium (11079)
and CUBE expansion unit I Outdoor (11081)
and CUBE expansion unit II Outdoor (11096)
72 760 x 230 x 185 614 11098
CUBE DIESEL TANK SYSTEM 10,000 L AND 15,000 L
CUBE diesel tank system 10,000 L
Outdoor Premium

23
Diesel
Description
External dimensions
in cm (l x w x h)
Weight
(approx.) in kg Order no.
Indoor Basic
4 m dispensing hose DN 19, without lockable lid
130 x 112 x 118 107 11628
Outdoor Basic
4 m dispensing hose DN 19, with lockable lid
130 x 112 x 118 119 11629
Indoor Premium
Flow meter K33, filter with water separator, hose reel with 8 m hose DN 19,
without lockable lid
130 x 112 x 118 130 11630
Outdoor Premium
Flow meter K33, filter with water separator, hose reel with 8 m hose DN 19, with lockable lid
130 x 112 x 118 141 11631
* Pump output in free flow.
Please note that the pump output can fall sharply depending on the length and cross-sectional area of the hose.
Complete station, Basic and Premium

compact design, easy to use
• all components at optimum working
height
• with integral bund
• with visual leak indicator
and limiting value transmitter
• bleeding cap
• contents gauge
• 1 suction hose
• pump 230 V, 56 L/min*
• automatic nozzle with dispensing nozzle
holder
• with lockable lid, certified for installation
outdoors (Outdoor versions)
• with forklift pockets for internal transport
• fully assembled
• for version with ADR certification see
page 45
tank with integral
bund offers twice
the safety
Indoor Basic
4 m dispensing hose DN 19, without lockable lid
CUBE 980 L
Indoor Basic
CUBE 980 L
Outdoor Premium
Outdoor Basic
4 m dispensing hose DN 19, with lockable lid
Indoor Premium Flow meter K33, filter with water
separator, hose reel with 8 m hose DN 19, without
lockable lid
Outdoor Premium Flow meter K33, filter with
water separator, hose reel with 8 m hose DN 19,
with lockable lid
CEMO CUBE 980 L PG 4
NEW
Bunded

24
Diesel
Description
External dimensions
in cm (l x w x h)
Weight
(approx.)
in kg Order no.
Outdoor safety package
CUBE Slimline 2000 L
86 x 212 x 211 210 11682
Available from September 2022
PUMPS AND ACCESSORIES, DESIGNED FOR CUBE SLIMLINE 2000 L
Description
External dimensions
in cm (l x w x h)
Weight
(approx.)
in kg Order no.
CUBE Slimline 2000 L 86 x 180 x 180 180 11664 Available from September 2022
NEW
Outdoor safety package
CUBE Slimline 2000 L
Double-walled tank with visual leak detec-
tion. Certified for outdoor installation without
leak detection device, even in water protec-
tion areas!
Consists of:
• CUBE tank Slimline 2000 L (order no.
11664)
• Accessory pack for outdoor installation
(order no. 7355)
• pump approx. 50 L/min, 230 V
(self-priming)
• Mechanical flow meter
• Automatic nozzle
• 4 m extension hose DN 19
• installed within a protective housing (order
no. 7354)
Dieseltank
CEMO CUBE Slimline 2000 L PG 4
contents gauge
tanker coupling
robust connection flange
for outdoor installation
overfill prevention sensor
integral bund with
leakage detector
easy tank cleaning
also certified for biodiesel
sturdy steel supports
100% corrosion resistant
CUBE SLIMLINE 2000 L WITHOUT ACCESSORIES
Accessory pack for indoor and outdoor installation (on single tank),
consisting of: dome lid, vent cap, overfill prevention sensor,
filling connection, suction hose with foot valve, installation instructions
suitable for electric pump 50 L/min in protective box, order no. 7354
7355
Pump approx. 50 L/min, 230 V (self-priming),
mechanical ﬂow meter, automatic nozzle with type certification, 4m hose, in protective box
7354
Extension hose DN 19 with 1 connection
for electric pump approx. 50 L/min
For additional hose lengths, see page 118
2 m 7071
4 m 7072
Dome lid steel
with two angled threaded nipples 2, for filling and venting,
2 straight threaded nipples 2 and 1, TW coupling and vent cap
1451
Tank heater type TH 370, 230 V, dia. 44 mm
for electric heating of EL grade heating oil and diesel fuel power 0.22 kW,
thermostatically controlled, prevents separation of paraffins at low temperatures
8126

25
Diesel
UNI-Tank 1,500 L
with pump 230 V 50 L/min
Single tank
• from HDPE with integral galvanised
sheet steel bund and base pallet
• standard accessories:
contents gauge, visual leakage detector,
integral carrying handles
• no pump
• for storage of diesel, biodiesel, without
additional bund, even in water-protected
areas*
• certified for installation indoors
• can be filled with dispensing nozzle
(except Uni-Tank 1,500 L)
• low overall height (up to 1,000 L),
thus no step is necessary
Capacity L Dimensions cm (l x w x h) Certification no. Weight approx. kg Order no.
400 73 x 70 x 117 Z-40.21-365 50 7979
750 98 x 77 x 142 Z-40.21-288 66 7379
1,000 128 x 77 x 142 Z-40.21-288 89 7380
1,500 163 x 77 x 185 Z-40.21-432 151 7881
*
National installation laws and conditions must be observed.
UNI-Tank
1,000 L
Capacity L Number of UNI-Tank 1000 L Delivery rate L/min Dimensions cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
1,000 1 50 166 x 77 x 159 114 10224
2,000 2 50 166 x 157 x 159 206 10225
3,000 3 50 166 x 237 x 159 298 10226
Diesel tank system
with UNI-Tank 1,000 L or 1,500 L
Tank system comprising:
• UNI-Tank 1,000 L (7380) or
1500 L (7881), 1, 2 or 3 tanks
• filling connection with tanker
coupling (7390)
• overfill prevention sensor (1437),
• extraction pipe and vent
• components not fitted to tank
to avoid transport damage
• pump 230 V self-priming with
automatic nozzle, dispensing nozzle holder,
meter, 4 m dispensing hose and ventilation
• other lengths for dispensing hose optional,
see page 116
• individual filling of the tanks
via fixed tanker connection, extraction
and venting via common lines
Capacity L Number of UNI-Tank 1500 L Delivery rate L/min Dimensions cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
1,500 1 50 201 x 77 x 202 176 8821
3,000 2 50 201 x 157 x 202 330 8822
4,500 3 50 201 x 237 x 202 484 8823
Diesel tank system with 2 UNI-Tanks 1,500 L
(Order no. 8822)
UNI-TANK
DIESEL TANKS SYSTEMS WITH UNI-TANK 1,000 L OR 1,500 L
CEMO UNI-Tank diesel filling stations PG 4

26
Basic package 1,000 L 8683
Basic package Premium 1,000 L 10239
Basic package Premium 1,000 L
comprising:
• diesel tank UNI 1,000 L (order no. 7380)
• pump 230 V, self-priming,
approx. 50 L/min (order no. 7768)
• pump bracket (order no. 7631)
• automatic nozzle
• 4 m connecting cable
• suction hose with foot valve
• nozzle holder
• hose clamp (order no. 10252)
Accessory:
• K33 flow meter (order no. 7779
and 7984) see page 116
• electric flow meter FMT 3/50
(order no. 7574) see page 27
Basic package
UNI-Tank 1,000 L
• UNI-Tank 1,000 L
(order no. 7380)
• pump 230 V, approx. 30 L/min
effective (order no. 8639)
• 4 m connecting cable
• 6 m hose, may be sectioned
into suction and dispensing hose
• suction filter
Accessory:
• K24 digital flow meter (8644)
see page 27
Order no. 8683
BASIC PACKAGES UNI-TANK
Diesel
CEMO UNI-Tank diesel filling stations PG 4
TOP SELLER

27
Diesel
PUMPS AND ACCESSORIES SPECIALLY DESIGNED FOR UNI- AND MULTI-TANK
Hand pump, dispensing volume 25 L/min
suitable for UNI-/MULTI-Tank up to 1,000 L
1452
Pump 12 V, not self-priming, approx. 30 L/min effective,
4 m connecting cable with crocodile clips, 6 m hose, dispensing nozzle
8640
4 m connecting cable, 6 m hose, dispensing nozzle
8638
4 m connecting cable with crocodile clips, 6 m hose, automatic nozzle
8641
4 m connecting cable, 6 m hose, automatic nozzle
8639
K24 digital ﬂow meter can be calibrated,
measuring range 10-120 L/min, 5-digit display, 6-digit total delivery display,
inlet and outlet 1 external thread, with 1 steel coupling
8644
Dispensing hose for electric pump CENTRI
Additional DN19 hose, priced per meter
(the standard 6m hose is still included in the pump kit)
11351
Electric pump approx. 50 L/min
suitable for UNI-/MULTI-Tank 750 L and 1,000 L 230 V (self-priming),
with foot valve, automatic nozzle, 4 m dispensing hose, pump bracket
7573
Electronic flow meter FMT 3/50
for electric pumps 50 L/min, display can be rotated in 90° steps
7574
Extension hose DN 19 ***
(with 2 x 1 thread) for electric pump approx. 50 L/min
2 m 7071
4 m 7072
Fixed tanker coupling
suitable for UNI-/MULTI-Tank 750 L, 1,000 L and 1,500 L
with tanker coupling, vent pipe and overfill prevention sensor
7857
Pump bracket
suitable for UNI-/MULTI-Tank 750 L and 1,000 L for mounting Cematic pumps
7631
230V pump, approx. 50 L/min (self-priming)
with flow meter, suction hose, automatic nozzle, nozzle holder, 4 m dispensing hose,
mounted on the bracket and can be hung on the side of the UNI-/MULTI tank
8162
self-regulating, prevents separation of paraffins at low temperatures
8126
Hose bracket
suitable for UNI-/MULTI-Tank 750 L, 1000 L and 1500 L
10252
Ultrasonic contents gauge,
suitable for UNI-/MULTI-Tank, all sizes
10275
*** For additional hose lengths, see page 116
CEMO UNI / MULTI diesel tanks PG 4
ACCESSORIES

28
Above ground tank system
steel double-wall for outdoor installation,
certified for the storage of diesel fuel and
biodiesel
Construction:
• manufactured in accordance with
DIN 6616/D or DIN 6624 or DIN EN
12285 (on request)
• welded on saddle feet
• painted externally with primer and
top coats
• ladder (5,000 L model no ladder due
to low overall height)
• dip stick
• extraction pipe in dome lid
• anti-siphon device
• bund alarm with
liquid control
• overfill prevention sensor
• factory test certificate
Options:
• paint schemes according to customer
specification possible (additional charge)
The standard containers are primed and
painted. We offer a 10-year warranty
against rusting through.
Capacity L Dimensions cm (l x w x h)* Tank ø cm DIN Weight approx. kg Order no.
4000 240 x 165 x 225 160 6616/D 1100 7580
5000 445 x 130 x 190 125 6624 1250 7376
7500 390 x 175 x 225 160 6616/D 1800 7377
10000 520 x 175 x 225 160 6616/D 2200 7378
15000 780 x 175 x 225 160 6616/D 3000 8140
20000 668 x 215 x 266 200 6616/D 3800 8141
30000 982 x 215 x 266 200 6616/D 5200 8142
* with ventilation pipe
Steel tank fitted
with optional
bracket and suction
hose for diesel
dispensing pumps
Capacity L Dimensions cm (l x w x h)* Tank ø cm DIN Weight*** approx. kg Order no.
4000 290 x 165 x 225 160 6616/D 1130 8591
5000 495 x 130 x 190 125 6624 1280 8592
7500 440 x 175 x 225 160 6616/D 1830 8593
10000 570 x 175 x 225 160 6616/D 2230 8594
15000 830 x 175 x 225 160 6616/D 3030 8595
20000 718 x 215 x 266 200 6616/D 3830 8596
30000 1032 x 215 x 266 200 6616/D 5230 8597
Prices w/o dispensing pump but incl. assembly * with vent pipe and bracket *** without dispensing pump
STEEL TANK WITHOUT ACCESSORIES
TANK SYSTEM AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.
STEEL TANK WITH BRACKET FOR DIESEL DISPENSING PUMPS
TANK SYSTEM AS DESCRIBED ABOVE, ADDITIONALLY EQUIPPED WITH BRACKET AND EXTRACTION PIPE FOR DIESEL DISPENSING PUMPS
(SEE PAGE 111), COMPLETELY MOUNTED. THE DIESEL DISPENSING PUMPS MUST BE ORDERED SEPARATELY.
Diesel
CEMO diesel tank stations with steel tank PG 4

29
Pump 230 V, CUBE 70 K33
(details / accessories see page 113)
Pump 230 V, CUBE 70 K33
• self-priming
• pump dispensing volume approx. 70 L/min
• flow meter with cumulative meter
and single-use meter
• 4 m dispensing hose, automatic nozzle
• installed within a protective housing
Pump 230 V, CUBE 70 MC50
• self-priming
• pump dispensing volume approx.
70 L/min
• electronic flow meter with 50 user codes
• 4 m dispensing hose, automatic nozzle
• installed within a protective housing
Pump 230 V, CUBE 70 MC50
(details / accessories see page 113)
4000 270 x 165 x 225 160 6616/D 1130 7859
5000 475 x 130 x 190 125 6624 1280 7860
7500 420 x 175 x 225 160 6616/D 1830 7861
10000 550 x 175 x 225 160 6616/D 2230 7862
15000 810 x 175 x 225 160 6616/D 3030 8143
20000 698 x 215 x 266 200 6616/D 3830 8144
30000 1012 x 215 x 266 200 6616/D 5230 8145
* with vent pipe
STEEL TANK WITH PUMP 230 V, CUBE 70 K33
TANK SYSTEM AS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 28, ADDITIONALLY EQUIPPED WITH PUMP SYSTEM AND EXTRACTION PIPE,
WITH COMPONENTS FULLY MOUNTED
4000 270 x 165 x 225 160 6616/D 1130 7863
5000 475 x 130 x 190 125 6624 1280 7864
7500 420 x 175 x 225 160 6616/D 1830 7865
10000 550 x 175 x 225 160 6616/D 2230 7866
15000 810 x 175 x 225 160 6616/D 3030 8146
20000 698 x 215 x 266 200 6616/D 3830 8147
30000 1012 x 215 x 266 200 6616/D 5230 8148
* with vent pipe
STEEL TANK WITH PUMP 230 V, CUBE 70 MC50
TANK SYSTEM AS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 28, ADDITIONALLY EQUIPPED WITH PUMP SYSTEM AND EXTRACTION PIPE,
WITH COMPONENTS FULLY MOUNTED
Level measurement unit pneumatic, for retrofitting 7565
Level indicator OCIO for diesel, 230 V
An innovative system for management of the liquid level in tanks at atmospheric pressure.
Special features: continuous measurement, display of heights, volumes and refill percentages,
minimum and maximum level alarms, high accuracy, simple installation, simple software
configuration
7795
ACCESSORIES FOR DIESEL TANK STATIONS WITH STEEL TANK
Diesel
CEMO diesel filling stations with steel tank PG 4
Delivery / shipping costs for a one-off delivery:
Delivery ex works. When a delivery is made the customer must provide a crane or forklift
for unloading. Be sure to take the weight of the tank into account.

30
CEMO tank monitoring PG 4
FILL CONTENTS GAUGES AND TANK MONITORING UNITS WITH DATA
TRANSFER FOR UNPRESSURISED TANKS
Description / Capacity L Order no.
Level measurement unit pneumatic, for diesel 7565
Level measurement unit pneumatic, for AdBlue® 8020
Mechanical contents gauge with float for diesel and water.
No free aperture on tank required.
10717
Fill level indicator With ultrasonic technology Visual
Data transmission by radio waves at 433 MHz, range 200 m, bars indicate fill level at the tank sensor
and the indoor receiver. The receiver is plugged into a 230 V socket.
Suitable for tanks with out internal fittings in the ultrasonic cone of 30° e.g. UNI-tank or CUBE-tank.
10275
Contents gauge Piusi OCIO for diesel, 230 V
Special features: continuous measurement, display of heights, volumes and refill percentages, minimum
and maximum level alarms, high accuracy, simple installation, simple software configuration, PC connec-
tion possible
7795
Contents gauge Piusi OCIO for oil, 230 V, IP55 7796
Contents gauge Piusi OCIO for AdBlue®, 230 V, IP55 10219
Fill contents gauge GOK SmartBox 1, 230 V, IP54, without sensor
Displays fill level in millimeters, litres and percentage as well as free capacity in litres
11172
Analogue data transfer module 4 - 20 mA, for SmartBox 8394
Fill contents gauge GOK SmartBox 4, 230 V, IP54, without sensor
Fill level displayed in millimetres, litres and per cent and free capacity in litres, data transfer via GSM
as SMS or email, depending on provider, required SIM card not included.
Event signal input, e.g. to report a system fault. 1 relay with make/break contact
11173
GOK SmartBox 4 Pro display unit, 230 V, IP54, without probe
Connection of up to four probes, otherwise 11173
11174
GOK SmartBox 4 LAN display unit, 230 V, IP30, without probe
Fill level displayed in millimetres, litres and per cent and free capacity
in litres, data transfer via LAN connection to a local network.
Event signal input, e.g. to report a system fault.
1 relay with make/break contact
11175
GOK SmartBox 4 LAN Pro display unit, 230 V, IP30, without probe
Connection of up to four probes, otherwise 11175
11176
LAN PC set for SmartBox 4 LAN, software (CD) and licence
Display on PC and evaluation functions for one tank: Extraction curve, consumption table, litre logbook,
alerts. Data relaying via automatic email
11177
LAN PRO PC set for SmartBox 4 LAN, software (CD) and licence
Display on PC and evaluation functions for max. 56 tanks
11178
Pressure probe, stainless steel LC 0 - 250 mbar for SmartBox,
6 m cable, with mounting set, GKL 1 %
11179
Cable junction box, IP66, breathable, for SmartBox
Required when the indicator is installed more than 6 m from the bottom of the tank
11180
Sensors for special media and other pressure ranges for the SmartBox available on request.
Additional interfaces for smart box can be optionally retrofitted e.g. B. 4-20 mA, 0-5 V, M-Bus, H-Protocol
Diesel

31
Diesel
Refuelling tanks
Mobile tank systems for diesel (pp. 31-61)
CEMO DT-MOBIL EASY
CEMO DT-MOBIL EASY COMBI
• 125 - 980L
CEMO
Diesel trolley
• 60L + 100L
CEMO MULTI TANK
• 400 - 1.500L
CEMO DT-MOBIL
EASY generator tank
210 - 980L
CEMO DT-MOBIL PRO
generator tank
• 440 + 980L
CEMO CUBE MOBIL
generator tank
• 980L
CEMO diesel and
heating oil trolley
• 60L + 100L
XX
Generator tanks
CEMO DT-MOBIL
• 400 - 980L
CEMO DT-MOBIL
HORIZONTAL
• 980 - 3.000L
CEMO DT-MOBIL PRO
CEMO DT-MOBIL PRO COMBI
• 980, 980/200, 850/100 or 440, 440/50 L
Heavy duty refuelling systems
from
36
from
55 58
60
59
from
34
from
47
60 61
CEMO CUBE MOBIL
• 980L
45

32
Legal basics
Mobile tank stations for diesel fuel and
petrol are used in many businesses.
The legal basics are governed in the
ADR (European Agreement Concerning
the International Carriage of Dangerous
Goods by Road), the GGVSEB (German
Regulation Concerning the Transport of
Dangerous Goods by Road and Rail) and
the GGBefG (German Dangerous Goods
Transportation Act). If the container is
used as a fixed tank station, the filling
station regulations for own consumption
are applicable, see page 11.
Use of mobile diesel
or petrol tank systems/IBC
According to the regulations on hazard-
ous goods, mobile tank systems do not
exist.
They are so-called IBCs. The abbrevia-
tion IBC stands for Intermediate Bulk
Container. IBCs are used in various sec-
tors for transport and storage, including
the transport and storage of hazardous
goods. They are filled with fluid or pour-
able products, but are also used for loose
bulk products. This includes, for example,
fuels for fueling machines, chemicals,
waste products, dusts, but also food
products, cosmetics and pharmaceutical
products. IBCs contain a volume of up to
3,000 litres.

Exemptions in combination with
the type of transport, sub-section
1.1.3.1c) ADR
– Craftsman regulation –
If all exemption prerequisites according
to 1.1.3.1 c) ADR are observed, complete
exemption is granted in terms of hazard-
ous- goods regulations. In other words,
the hazardous-goods regulations are no
longer applicable.
This lifts a great burden from agricultural,
forestry, landscaping and crafts opera-
tions, because they no longer have to use
the provisions otherwise applicable to the
transport of hazardous goods.
These are:
• use of design-tested packaging
•
non-observance of identification and
tagging regulations
•
exemption from the obligation to carry
fire-extinguishing equipment
•
exemption from the obligation to carry
accompanying documentation
(here: carriage document)
In practical terms, this arrangement rep-
resents a significant easement, because
deliveries for direct consumption up
to max. 450 litres are exempted from
the ADR regulations as per RSEB 1-4.1
(German Implementation Guideline for
Regulation Concerning the Transport of
Dangerous Goods by Road and Rail).
Transport for direct consumption means
that up to 450 L can be driven to the
machine, even in a car. This quantity
must not be left there, but must be imme-
diately filled into the consumers' tanks
and consumed.
Please also observe our checklist
“Craftsman regulation”, page 33.
Test or examination
From the viewpoint of hazardous-goods
regulations, the mobile diesel filling
stations are Intermediate Bulk Containers
(IBC). The manufacturer uses different
names for these diesel tank systems
in some cases, e.g. container or tank.
However, these terms, which are known
from hazardous-goods legislation, do not
have anything to do with the
actually applicable packaging definition
under hazardous-goods legislation,
i.e. Intermediate Bulk Containers / IBC.
Unfortunately, tests and examinations
are often not performed on the employed
mobile tank systems by an inspection
body certified by the German Federal
Institute for Materials Testing (BAM) for
Intermediate Bulk Containers (IBC).
Tests and examinations of this kind are
specified by regulations and laws such
as the ADR (Accord européen relatif au
transport international des marchandises
dangereuses par route), the GGVSEB
and the GGBefG (Regulations for the
Transport of Dangerous Goods).
The test or examination intervals are
between 2½ and 5 years – from the date
of manufacture.
Check the type plate of your mobile
diesel tank system.
If the last stamped test/examination
was longer than 2½ years ago, you
should have a test/examination per-
formed by an authorised inspection
body as soon as possible.
IMPORTANT LEGAL REGULATIONS FOR MOBILE TANK SYSTEMS
Example:
DT-Mobil EASY 200 L
Mobile tank systems for diesel
Diesel

33
Example: DT-Mobil EASY for direct consumption
Diesel
– CHECKLIST –
TRANSPORT OF DIESEL FUEL ACCORDING TO THE CRAFTSMAN REGULATION
Claim to the craftsman regulation [1.1.3.1 c) ADR] yes no *
Are the deliveries in question associated with the primary business activity?
Quantities not exceeding 450 litres per package
Do not exceed max. quantities according to the table 1.1.3.6 ADR
– 1000-point rule –
(diesel fuel = 1000 litres net)
Measures taken to prevent leakage of the contents under normal transport conditions
Load adequately secured
Leak-proof and undamaged containment and closures of the packagings
No adhesion of dangerous residues
No transport for internal or external supply of the business.
Exception: transport for direct consumption according to RSEB 1-5.1
* Exemption cannot be claimed
Additional regulations to be observed:
Instruction given

34
The anti-kink protection and swivel joint provide the
best possible protection for your delivery hose. The
container can be completely closed with an isolation
valve for transport.
Integrated guides for ratchet straps (100 L)
provide safety for transport in the vehicle.
Whether upright or horizontal –
everything fits; no hose out of place.
Integrated dispensing nozzle holder
with lock.
Large tyres for easy handling on terrain
and over stairs.
The integrated vent system means
that fuel can be taken out continu-
ously without the trolley needing
to be opened.
Mobile fuelling on site used to be a tricky topic. Apart from the question of transport, smaller quantities of fuel were easily spilled,
depending on whether tank connections, funnels or hoses were used. The new CEMO tank trolleys are a completely different story.
They deliver up to 100 litres of diesel fuel or petrol on site in absolute safety and in accordance with regulations.
CEMO diesel trolley
Diesel
recesses for lashing straps
hose holder
nozzle holder
all-terrain wheels
integrated vent anti-kink protection + swivel joint + shut-off valve
CAS battery
Totally mobile and cable free,
independent of vehicle batteries.
NEW

35
Level
100%
5kg (60L)
20kg (100 L)
30°
Level
70%
2kg (60 L)
6kg (100 L)
30°
Level
50%
neutral
30°
CEMO diesel trolley
Description/Capacity
Dimensions in
cm (l x w x h)
Weight
60L, with crank pump and manual nozzle 90 x 53 x 38 15 11100
60L, with submersible pump 12 V CENTRI SP30 and automatic nozzle 90 x 53 x 38 15 11133
100L, with crank pump and manual nozzle 100 x 59 x 43 20 11101
100L, with submersible pump 12 V CENTRI SP 30 and automatic nozzle 100 x 59 x 43 20 11102
Weight distribution at
handle while moving 60 L
and 100 L trolley
Description
Dispensing volume
pump
Capacity of
battery
Max. volume (litre)
per battery charge
Dimensions in
cm (l x w x h) Order no.
charger and battery included
diesel trolley 60 L 30 L/min 2 Ah 360 90 x 53 x 38 11597
diesel trolley 100 L 30 L/min 4 Ah 720 100 x 59 x 43 11598
Supplied without charger or battery – use your own CAS battery
diesel trolley 60 L 30 L/min - - 90 x 53 x 38 11590
diesel trolley 100 L 30 L/min - - 100 x 59 x 43 11591
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
Diesel trolley 60 L and 100 L
• suitable for use under ADR 1.1.3.1c)
for single-site refuelling by a person
in the course of their primary business
• polyethylene container with integral
hand grip and carry handles
• filler cap with integral vent and
breather valve
• outlet connection with isolation valve
• trolley 100 L: 300mm diameter
pneumatic tyres, all-terrain
trolley 60 L: 240mm diameter
plastic tyres
• internal baffle
• integral nozzle holder
• trolley 100 L: moulded recesses
enabling strapping during transport
Mounted pump:
• crank pump 0,38 L per revolution with
3m delivery hose DN 19 and nozzle
• self-priming pump CENTRI SP30, 12V,
30 L/min, extremely quiet, with 3m
dispensing hose DN 19 and 4m fly
leads or CAS battery
Accessory: digital flow meter K24
for assembly between dispensing hose
and automatic nozzle for the version with
electric pump, see page 121.
Accessory see page 44
CEMO diesel trolley PG 4
Diesel
CENTRI SP30
EXTREMELY
QUIET
Diesel trolley 100 L with 18 V pump
CENTRI SP30 and CAS battery
Diesel trolley 60 L
with crank pump
Diesel trolley 60 L with 12 V pump
CENTRI SP30

36
Video
DT-Mobil EASY
Diesel
CEMO DT MOBIL EASY
The built-in hose brackets keep things
tidy until you next need to fill up.
The isolation valve enables the container
to be sealed off completely, thus adding to
safety during transportation (125 L, 200 L,
460 L, 600 L, 850/100 L and 980 L).
The folding crane and lashing eyes (460 L,
600 L, 850L/100 L and 980L) make it
easier to secure the load in the prescribed
manner, and serve at the same time as
fastening eyes if the device is lifted by
crane.
Integral recesses (125 L, 200 L 210 L and
440 L) and lashing eyes (460 L, 600 L,
850L/100 L and 980 L) to allow immobi-
lisation with a ratchet lashing strap during
transportation.
The adjustable lid mount allows it to be
installed either on the left or the right
for the best possible access (460 L and
600 L).
The integral forklift pockets make handling
easier when the tank is full.
The built-in carry handles enable the
equipment to be handled easily during
loading.
built-in hose brackets
dispensing hose can be isolated
folding crane eye and lashing eyes
recesses for ratchet tie-down
adjustable lid mount
integral forklift pockets
built-in ergonomic carry handles
Innovative diesel filling stations offering
a wealth of useful features.

37
210 L with CENTRI SP30 12 V and CAS battery
210 L with pump 12 V 125 L with hand pump
210 L with CENTRI SP30 18 V and CAS battery
NEW
Diesel
DT-Mobil Easy 210 litre with
CENTRI SP30 pump
Packages:
without hinged lid: order no. 10978
with hinged lid: order no. 10981
TOP SELLER
CENTRI SP30
EXTREMELY
QUIET
Dimensions in
cm (l x w x h)
Weight approx.
kg Order no.
Hand pump and manual nozzle 125 80 x 60 x 45 22 8915
Pump CENTRI SP30, 12 V, 30 L/min, automatic nozzle 125 80 x 60 x 45 20 10606
Pump CENTRI SP30, 12 V, 30 L/min, automatic nozzle 210 78.5 x 59.5 x 68.5 19 10978
Pump 12 V, 40 L/min, automatic nozzle 210 78.5 x 59.5 x 68.5 22 10980
Pump CENTRI SP30, 12V, 30 L/min, automatic nozzle, hinged lid 210 78.5 x 59.5 x 68.5 21 10981
Pump 12 V, 40 L/min, automatic nozzle, hinged lid 210 78.5 x 59.5 x 68.5 23 10983
Pump 24 V, 40 L/min, automatic nozzle, hinged lid 210 78.5 x 59.5 x 68.5 23 11104
DT-Mobil EASY
Certified for transport for immediate
consumption according to ADR1.1.3.1c)
Container:
• single-walled 125 L, 210 L, 440 L and
440/50 L polyethylene
• integral dispensing nozzle holder
• integral filler neck
• integrated vent with pressure relief
•
integral forklift pockets and handles
• integral recesses for ratchet straps
during transport
Pre-fitted pump:
• self-priming pump 24V DC, 40 L/min,
with automatic nozzle, 4m dispensing
hose DN 19 and 4m electric cable
• submersible pump CENTRI SP30, 12 V,
30 L/min, extremely quiet, with auto
matic nozzle, 4m dispensing hose
DN 19 and 4m electric cable or CAS
battery
• hand pump 25 L/min, 2.7m dispensing
hose DN 19 and manual nozzle
210 L with pump 12 V
DT-MOBIL EASY ACCORDING TO ADR 1.1.3.1C)
210 L with 12V submersible CENTRI SP30 12 V
and hinged lid
CEMO DT MOBIL EASY 125 L and 210 L PG 4
ACCORDING TO ADR 1.1.3.1C)
Description
Dispensing volume
pump
Capacity of
battery
Max. volume (litre)
per battery charge
Dimensions in
DT-Mobil EASY 210 L with hinged lid 30 L/min 4 Ah 720 78.5 x 59.5 x 68.5 11601
DT-Mobil EASY 210 L with hinged lid 30 L/min - - 78.5 x 59.5 x 68.5 11594
NEW
NEW
Accessories: see page 44

38
1080
1175
220
NEW
CENTRI SP30
EXTREMELY
QUIET
Diesel
CEMO DT MOBIL EASY pick-up 210 L PG 4
Description / Capacity
Dimensions in cm
(l x w x h)
Weight
DT-Mobil EASY pick-up 210 L with submersible pump CENTRI SP 30, 12 V, 30 L/min, and
auto shut-off nozzle
118 x 79 x 45 26 11248
DT-Mobil EASY pick-up 210 L with 12V pump, 40 L/min, and auto shut-off nozzle 118 x 79 x 45 29 11249
DT-Mobil EASY pick-up 210 L with submersible pump CENTRI SP 30, 12 V, 30 L/min,
auto shut-off nozzle and lid
118 x 79 x 45 30 11250
DT-Mobil EASY pick-up 210 L with pump 12 V, 40 L/min, auto shut-off nozzle and lid 118 x 79 x 45 34 11251
DT-Mobil EASY pick-up 210 L with pump 24 V, 40 L/min, auto shut-off nozzle and lid 118 x 79 x 45 34 11252
DT-MOBIL EASY PICK-UP 210 L ACCORDING TO ADR 1.1.3.1c)
The perfect solution for transport by
pick-up truck.
• overall height 45 cm. Fits under the load
area cover.
• with recess for tie-down straps to secure
tank in load area
DT-Mobil EASY
certified for transport or for immediate
consumption under ADR 1.1.3.1 c).
Container:
• Pick-up 210 L, polyethylene, single wall
• filler cap with vent and breather valves
• integral forklift pockets and handles
• integral recesses for fastening with
tie-down straps during transport
Pre-installed pump:
• self-priming pump 12 V DC, 40 L/min,
with auto shut-off nozzle, 4 m dispensing
hose DN 19 and 4 m electrical cable
• submersible pump CENTRI SP 30,
30 L/min, extremely quiet, with 4 m dis-
pensing hose DN 19 and 4 m cable or
CAS battery
Pick-up 210 L with submersible pump
CENTRI SP30 18 V and CAS battery
Pick-up 210 L with submersible pump
CENTRI SP30 12 V
Integral recesses for fastening with
tie-down straps
Pick-up 210 L with pump 12 V
210 L with submersible
pump CENTRI SP30 and
hinged lid
Description
Dispensing volume
pump
Capacity of
battery
Max. volume (litre)
per battery charge
Dimensions in
DT-Mobil EASY Pick-up 210 L with hinged lid 30 L/min 4 Ah 720 118 x 79 x 45 11627
DT-Mobil EASY Pick-up 210 L with hinged lid 30 L/min - - 118 x 79 x 45 11626
NEW
NEW

39
440 L with quick coupling
440 L Premium with automatic nozzle and meter
440/50 L COMBI with pump 12 V
1045
1175
219
Description
Dispensing
volume
pump
Capacity of
battery
Max. volume (L)
per battery
charge
Dimensions in
DT-Mobil EASY 440 L with CENTRI SP30, 18V, with hinged lid 30 L/min 4 Ah 720 118 x 80 x 71 11603
DT-Mobil EASY 440 L with Cematic 3000/18V, with hinged lid 40 L/min 4 Ah 900 118 x 80 x 71 11687
DT-Mobil EASY 440 L with CENTRI SP30, 18V, with hinged lid 30 L/min - - 118 x 80 x 71 11596
DT-Mobil EASY 440 L with Cematic 3000/18V, eith hinged lid 40 L/min - - 118 x 80 x 71 11686
Diesel/AdBlue
®
CEMO DT MOBIL EASY 440 L
CEMO DT MOBIL EASY COMBI 440/50L PG 4
ACCORDING TO ADR 1.1.3.1C)
440 L
Description
Capacity
L
Dimensions in cm
(l x w x h)
Weight
Quick coupling and hinged lid 440 118 x 80 x 71 35 11110
Submersible pump CENTRI SP30 SP30, 12 V, 30 L/min, extremely quiet, automatic nozzle 440 118 x 80 x 71 33 10984
Pump 12 V, 40 L/min, automatic nozzle 440 118 x 80 x 71 35 10985
Submersible pump CENTRI SP30, 12 V, 30 L/min, extremely quiet, automatic nozzle, hinged lid 440 118 x 80 x 71 36 10987
Pump 12 V, 40 L/min, automatic nozzle, hinged lid 440 118 x 80 x 71 39 10988
Pump 24 V, 40 L/min, automatic nozzle, hinged lid 440 118 x 80 x 71 39 11105
Premium, pump 12 V, 40 L/min, meter K24, hose reel with 8 m hose DN 19,
automatic nozzle, hinged lid
440 118 x 80 x 85 62 11107
Premium, pump 24 V, 40 L/min, meter K24, hose reel with 8 m hose DN 19,
automatic nozzle, hinged lid
440 118 x 80 x 85 62 11108
Dimensions in cm
(l x w x h)
Weight
Submersible pump CENTRI SP30, 12 V, 30 L/min, extremely quiet,
automatic nozzle, hinged lid COMBI
440/50
118 x 80 x 85 51 10991
Pump 12 V, 40 L/min, automatic nozzle, hinged lid 118 x 80 x 85 54 10992
Pump 24 V, 40 L/min, automatic nozzle, hinged lid 118 x 80 x 85 54 11106
440 L and 440/50 L
DT-Mobil EASY
• container: 440 L and 440/50 L
Description see page 38
COMBI versions
with additional tank for AdBlue®:
with submersible pump CENTRI SP30,
4m dispensing hose DN 19 and
automatic nozzle
DT-MOBIL EASY ACCORDING TO ADR 1.1.3.1c)
DT-MOBIL EASY COMBI ACCORDING TO ADR 1.1.3.1c)
440/50 L COMBI
Accessories:
see page 44
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

40
Description/Capacity
Dimensions in cm
(l x w x h)
Weight
200 L with hand pump, manual nozzle and hinged lid 80 x 62 x 61 26 10080
200 L
with submersible pump CENTRI SP30, 12V, 30 L/min,
automatic nozzle and hinged lid
80 x 62 x 61 24 10735
200 L
with pump 12V, 40 L/min,
80 x 62 x 61 28 10082
200 L
80 x 62 x 61 28 10112
460 L
without pump, with quick coupling
for vehicles with integrated suction pump
116 x 80 x 81 42 10415
460 L
with pump 12V, 40 L/min and automatic nozzle 116 x 80 x 81 47 10416
460 L
460 L
116 x 80 x 86 60 10418
460 L
116 x 80 x 86 60 10419
600 L
without pump, with quick coupling
for vehicles with integrated suction pump
116 x 80 x 102 48 10084
600 L
600 L
600 L
116 x 80 x 107 66 10087
600 L
116 x 80 x 107 66 10088
DT-MOBIL EASY WITH ADR CERTIFICATION
Diesel
CEMO DT MOBIL EASY 200, 460 and 600 L PG 4
ADR CERTIFIED
DT-Mobil EASY with ADR certification
certified for transport under ADR,
examination every 2 ½ years according to
ADR 6.5.4.4.1 b) and ADR 6.5.4.4.2 b).***
Completely assembled.
Container:
• 200 L, 460 L or 600 L polyethylene,
single-walled
• with hinged lid (200L version)
• with crane eyes (460 L and 600L version)
•
integral forklift pockets and handles
• integral recesses (200L) or loops
(460 L and 600 L) for securing with
ratchet straps during transport
DT-Mobil EASY 600 L
with electric pump,
automatic nozzle
and hinged lid
Pre-fitted pump:
• self-priming, pump 12V or 24VDC,
25 or 40 L/min, with automatic nozzle,
4m dispensing hose DN 19 and 4m
electrical cable
• submersible pump CENTRI SP30, 12V,
30 L/min, extremely quiet, with auto
matic nozzle, 4m dispensing hose DN
19 and
4m electrical cable
• hand pump 25 L/min, 2.7m dispensing
hose DN 19 and manual nozzle
***
Transport certification for all plastic IBCs is
limited to a life of 5 years. The 200 L model
is therefore also certified for transport for
direct consumption under ADR 1.1.3.1 c).
Please note that transport certification for all
plastic IBCs is limited to a period of 5 years.
DT-Mobil EASY
200 L with
electric pump,
automatic
nozzle and
hinged lid
See catalogue page 153 for suitable steel
bund SW 600/2

41
Diesel
CEMO DT MOBIL EASY 460 and 600 L PG 4
ADR CERTIFIED AND WITH CAS BATTERY
Accessories see page 44
Li-Power-Block with rope
loop for easy hanging
and carrying
Li-Power-Block 12.8 V - 3.3 Ah with charger
Discharge volume of approx. 300-380 litres on a single charge, without idling,
depending on the pump, charging time approx. 66 min.
10749
Sufficient for an output volume of approx. 500 – 630 litres without idling,
10750
Battery Systems, Li-Power-Block PG 4
SUITABLE FOR PUMPS WITH 12 VDC SUPPLY VOLTAGE
Lithium iron phosphate battery (LiFePO4)
• totally mobile, independent of vehicle batteries
• 12.8 V nominal voltage, 3.3 Ah or 5.5 Ah capacity
• battery operating temperature range: -30°C to + 80°C
• very low self-discharge, no environ
mentally harmful
heavy metals, no memory effect
• high intrinsic safety and integrated protection circuit,
electrical protection class IP 67
• terminal protection caps protect against accidental
short circuit
• easy to hang or carry due to rope handle
• includes charger 100 – 240 VAC, output 14.4 V – 3 A
BATTERY SYSTEMS, LI-POWER-BLOCK
NEW
DT MOBIL Easy 460 L with 18V pump
Cematic 3000/18 and CAS battery
DT-Mobil EASY with ADR certification
certified for transport under ADR,
examination every 2 ½ years accor-
ding to ADR 6.5.4.4.1 b) and ADR
6.5.4.4.2 b)..***
Completely assembled
• submersible pump Cematic
3000/18, 18 V, 40 L/min
• totally mobile and cable-free, inde-
pendent of vehicle batteries
• very low self-discharge, no environ-
mentally harmful heavy metals
• no memory effect
• high intrinsic safety and integrated
protection electronics (11689 and
11691)
• charger 220-240VAC, output 18
V-3A, included
• with hinged lid
• 4 m dispensing hose DN 19
***
Please note that transport certification for all
plastic IBCs is limited to a period of 5 years.
Description
Dispensing volume
pump
Capacity of
battery
Max. volume (litre)
per battery charge
Dimensions in
DT-MOBIL EASY 460 L with Cematic 3000/18 40 L/min 4 Ah 900 116 x 80 x 86 11689
DT-MOBIL EASY 600 L with Cematic 3000/18 40 L/min 4 Ah 900 116 x 80 x 107 11691
DT-MOBIL EASY 460 L with Cematic 3000/18 40 L/min - - 116 x 80 x 86 11688
DT-MOBIL EASY 600 L with Cematic 3000/18 40 L/min - - 116 x 80 x 107 11690
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

42
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Weight
980 without pump with quick coupling 980 127 x 107 x 112 95 10817
980 with hand pump 60 L/min, 4 m dispensing hose DN 19, manual nozzle 980 127 x 107 x 112 100 11025
DT-MOBIL EASY 980 L WITHOUT PUMP OR WITH HAND PUMP
DT-Mobil EASY 980 without pump,
with quick coupling
Certified for transport under ADR.
Examination every 2 ½ years according to
ADR 6.5.4.4.1 b) and ADR 6.5.4.4.2 b).***
Container:
• 980 L polyethylene, single-walled
• integral baffle
• integral forklift pockets
• integral handles
• with crane eyes
• with flap lid
• integral loops for securing the trolley
with ratchet lashing strap during
transport
Basic versions:
with powerful electric pump, 4 m dispens-
ing hose DN25 / 6 m with CENTRI SP 80
(without hose reel, meter and filter) and
automatic nozzle
Premium versions:
with powerful electric pump,
hose reel with 8 m hose DN25,
flow meter, filter with water separator
and automatic nozzle
Pumpen:
• Bipump 12 V,
500 W, approx. 85 L/min*
• pump Cematic Duo 24/12 V,
420 W, approx. 70/35 L/min*
• pump Cematic 72, 230 V,
• submersible pump CENTRI SP80 AC,
230 V, 80 L/min*
• hand pump 60 L/min*
DT-Mobil EASY 980 Basic
DT-Mobil EASY 980
DT-Mobil EASY 980 with hand pump
*
Pump output in free flow. Please note that the pump output can fall sharply depending on the length and cross-sectional area of the hose.
*** Please note that transport certification for all plastic IBCs is limited to a period of 5 years.
CEMO DT MOBIL EASY 980L
ADR CERTIFIED
Diesel
DT MOBIL Easy 980 Basic with CENTRI SP80 DT MOBIL Easy 980 Premium with CENTRI SP80
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Weight
approx. kg
Electric pump version
Bipump 12 V
Cematic Duo
24/12 V Cematic 230 V CENTRI SP80 230 V
Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no.
980 Basic 980 127 x 107 x 112 107 10818 10822 10826 11647
980 Premium 980 127 x 107 x 112 130 10819 10823 10827 11648
DT-MOBIL EASY 980L DIESEL TANK
NEW
NEW
NEW NEW
maintenance-free, high-performance
submersible pump CENTRI SP80 AC,
230 V

43
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Weight
approx. kg
Electric pump version diesel (AdBlue: CENTRI SP30 12 V)
Bipump 12 V Cematic Duo 24/12 V Cematic 230 V
Order no. Order no. Order no.
850/100 Basic 850/100 127 x 107 x 112 121 10820 10824 10828
850/100 Premium 850/100 127 x 107 x 112 143 10821 10825 10829
*
Examination every 2 ½ years according to
ADR 6.5.4.4.1 b) and ADR 6.5.4.4.2 b).***
Container:
• 850/100 L polyethylene, single-walled
(diesel/AdBlue® tank)
• integral baffle
• with crane eyes
• integral loops for securing the trolley
with ratchet lashing strap during
transport
Basic versions:
with powerful electric pump, 4 m dispens-
ing hose DN25 (without hose reel, meter
and filter) and automatic nozzle
Premium versions:
with powerful electric pump,
hose reel with 8 m hose DN25,
flow meter, filter with water separator
DT-Mobil EASY COMBI
850/100 Premium
DT-Mobil Easy COMBI 850/100 Premium
DT-MOBIL EASY COMBI 850/100L DIESEL-/ADBLUE®-TANK
Diesel/AdBlue
®
CEMO DT MOBIL EASY COMBI 850/100L PG 4
ADR CERTIFIED
Pumps:
• pumpe Bipump 12 V, 500 W,
approx. 85 L/min*
• pumpe Cematic Duo 24/12 V,
• pumpe Cematic 72, 230 V,
• submersible pump CENTRI SP30 12 V,
• hand pump 60L/min*
MBI versions
with additional tank for AdBlue®:
with submersible pump CENTRI SP30,
12 V, 5m dispensing hose DN 19 and
automatic nozzle

44
Diesel
CEMO DT MOBIL EASY PG 4
ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORY FOR DT-MOBIL EASY WITH CAS BATTERY
Lid for DT-Mobil EASY 125 L and 200 L
(from year of construction 2011)
8963
Hinged lid lock for DT-Mobil EASY 125 L and 200 L,
complete with two keys
10214
Hinged lid for DT-Mobil EASY 210 L 11062
Hinged lid for DT-Mobil EASY pick-up 210 L, 440 L and 440/50 L 11057
Hinged lid for DT-Mobil EASY 430 L, 460 L, 600 L, 850/100 L and 980 L
(can be hinged on right or left)
8833
K24 Digital flow meter for 12 V and 24 V pumps, 40 L/min
for DT-Mobil EASY 200 L
8832
K24 Digital flow meter for 12 V and 24 V pumps, 40 L/min
for DT-Mobil EASY 430 L, 460 L and 600 L
8908
K24 Digital flow meter for DT-Mobil EASY 210 L, 440 L and 440/50L 11111
K24 Digital flow meter for DT-Mobil EASY 850/100 L and 980L 10905
K33 flow meter for DT-Mobil EASY 980 L
with hand pump
11171
Contents gauge for DT-Mobil EASY 220 L 11256
Contents gauge for DT-Mobil EASY 440 L/50 L 11059
Contents gauge for DT-Mobil EASY 850/100 L and 980 L Contents gauge for DT-Mobil EASY 850/100 L and
980 L (from year of manufacture 2021)
11503
Contents gauge for DT-Mobil EASY 430 L and 460 L 8881
Contents gauge for DT-Mobil EASY 850/100 L and 980 L Contents gauge for DT-Mobil EASY 850/100 L and
980 L (until year of manufacture 2020)
10830
Oil-resistant anti-slip mat for DT-Mobil EASY 125 L, 200 L and 210 L,
oil- and weather-resistant
10166
Oil-resistant anti-slip mat for DT-Mobil EASY 430 L, 440 L, 440/50 L, 460 L and 600 L,
oil- and weather- resistant
10167
DIN 9680 plug, 3-pin, 6 - 24 V, max. 25 A, IP 54 10229
DIN 9680 socket, 3-pin, 6 - 24 V, max. 25 A, IP 54 10230
Adhesive label set for retrofitting to DT-Mobil EASY 10261
a charger ASC55, 220 - 240 VAC, 3 A, CAS 11385
b Li-Power battery 18 V / 2,0 Ah CAS 11386
c Li-Power battery 18 V / 4,0 Ah CAS 11387
d Li-HD battery 18 V / 8,0 Ah CAS 11388
a
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

45
Diesel
Mobile tank systems for diesel ADR CERTIFIED
CEMO CUBE MOBIL 980 L PG 4
Examination every 2 1/2 years according to
ADR 6.5.4.4.1 b) and ADR 6.5.4.4.2 b).***
Certified as storage tank with General
Construction Inspection Certification
Z-40.21-589
• compact design, easy to use
• with integral baffle
• with integral bund
• with visual leak indicator
• contents gauge
•
1 suction line with shut-off valve
automatic nozzle with dispensing nozzle
holder
• with lockable lid
• fully assembled
Basic version
with high-performance pump, 4 m dispensing
hose DN 25 (without hose reel, flow meter
and filter) and automatic nozzle
Premium version
with high-performance pump, hose reel with
8 m hose DN 25, flow meter, filter with water
separator and automatic nozzle
Pumps
Bipump pump, 12 V,
Cematic Duo pump, 24/12 V,
Cematic 72 pump, 230 V,
*
CEMO CUBE MOBIL 980 L WITH ELECTRIC PUMP Electric pump version
Bipump 12 V Cematic Duo 24/12 V Cematic 230 V
Description Capacity L Dimensions in
cm (l x w x h)
Weight
approx. kg Order no. Order no. Order no.
980 Basic 980 130 x 112 x 118 123 11632 11634 11636
980 Premium 980 130 x 112 x 118 145 11633 11635 11637
Premium version with Bipump, 12 V
Basic version with Cematic Duo, 24/12 V
NEW
CEMO CUBE MOBIL 980 L WITHOUT PUMP OR WITH HAND PUMP
Description Capacity L Dimensions in
cm (l x w x h)
Weight
980 without pump with quick coupling 980 130 x 112 x 118 102 11677
980 with hand pump 60 L/min, 4 m dispensing hose DN 19, manual nozzle 980 130 x 112 x 118 117 11678
Version with hand pump 60 L/min
Version without pump with quick coupling
CUBE Mobil 980 L
Premium
bunded tank
offers twice
the safety
forkliftable
certified for storage
and transport
ergonomic and
compact

46
Where diesel and AdBlue® are required in
mobile situations, tanks need to be filled
quickly and without fuss.
CEMO has the solution for you: combined
systems that contain both tanks. Which
means you only have to bring one tank
to the place of use, but have access to
diesel and AdBlue® at the same time.
Watch our film on YouTube and be
convinced by the innovative professional
solution of the CEMO-Tanks.
Diesel
CEMO video:
The COMBI-Tanks
NEW
Oil drip mat PG 4
The mobile filling area for
filling at construction sites
•
innovative absorbtion system
•
for indoor or outdoor use
•
absorbs oil but repels water
•
extremely high absorption capacity
• also usable in rainy conditions
A clean solution:
the innovative oil drip mat.
Available in 3 sizes
Description Maximum absorption capacity in L Dimensions (l x w) cm
Weight (approx.)
in kg
Order no.
Oil drip mat M10 10 90 x 69 2 11638
Oil drip mat XL30 30 137 x 137 5 11639
Oil drip mat XXL40 44 218 x 137 8.5 11640

47
DT-Mobil PRO PE and PRO PE COMBI
• outer bund made from 3 mm painted steel sheet,
with lifting lugs, stackable, lockable
• with inner tank for diesel made from polyethylene
• with electronic overfill sensor
Basic version:
• powerful pump 12 V or 24 V, self-priming, 40 L/min
• 4 m dispensing hose DN19
Premium version:
• powerful 12 V or 24 V pumps, self-priming, 40 L/min
• hose reel with 8 m hose DN19
• K24 flow meter
COMBI version with additional tank for AdBlue®:
with submersible pump CENTRI SP30, 12 V,
4m dispensing hose DN 19 and automatic nozzle
Description Capacity L External dimensions cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
PRO PE 440 L without pump, with quick coupling 440 125 x 87 x 107 196 11113
PRO PE 440 L Basic with 12 V pump 440 125 x 87 x 107 202 11115
PRO PE 440 L Basic with 24 V pump 440 125 x 87 x 107 203 11116
PRO PE 440 L Premium with 12 V pump 440 125 x 87 x 107 215 11117
PRO PE 440 L Premium with 24 V pump 440 125 x 87 x 107 216 11118
PRO PE COMBI 440/50 L Basic with 12 V pump 440/50 125 x 87 x 107 208 11119
PRO PE COMBI 440/50 L Basic with 24 V pump 440/50 125 x 87 x 107 209 11120
DT-MOBIL PRO PE 440 L AND PRO PE COMBI 440/50 L
K24 flow meter for diesel 11111
ACCESSORY
Diesel/AdBlue
®
CEMO DT MOBIL PRO PE 440 L
CEMO DT MOBIL PRO PE COMBI 440/50 L PG 4
ACCORDING TO ADR 1.1.3.1 )
440/50 L COMBI Basic
with pump 12 V
440/50 L COMBI Basic with pump 12 V
440 L without pump, with quick coupling 440 L Basic with 12 V pump 440 L Premium with 12 V pump

48
Contractors want complete, time-saving and simple solutions for the combined filling of diesel and AdBlue® on site.
Container handling should also be as simple and time-saving as possible. The combination canister (petrol and oil) for petrol-driven
saws is an example. CEMO has now rigorously implemented the wishes of professionals with the DT-MobilCUBE COMBI.
Diesel/AdBlue
®
Mobile COMBI tank systems for diesel and AdBlue®
• with ADR transport certification
• 980 L capacity, therefore below the
exemption limit of 1,000 L according
to ADR 1.1.3.6.3
• also ideally suited for biodiesel and
diesel with increased biodiesel content
• versions with powerful 12 V, 24 V
and 230 V pumps
• inner container with integrated equip-
ment such as powerful pumps, hose reel
(with hose DN 25), meter and filter with
water separator, dispensing
nozzle holder, optionallmarquee heaters
and power generators.
• DT-MobilCUBE COMBI with second
inner tank in polyethylene, for AdBlue®,
with CENTRI SP30 electric pump
• bund volume of 110%
• certified for use in water
conservation areas
• The steel tanks are primed and painted.
We provide a 5-year warranty against
rusting through.
Galvanised forklift pockets and stacking corners with crane eyes
simplify transport and setup. Two tanks can be stacked one on top
of the other when full.
for crane hooks or grabs
Order no. 11112
Inner container in painted 3 mm steel
sheet, alternatively in polyethylene,
with integrated baffle.
Cubic shape, hence optimal
use of space.
transport-friendly
high-quality coating
optional lifting frame
very robust
optimal use of space
* National installation laws and conditions must be observed.
We will be happy to advise you.
** Outer container made of 2.5 mm sheet steel on DT MOBIL
PRO ST 980 Basic.
Outer container in painted 3 mm
steel sheet** – high-quality coating.

49
lockable
Diesel/AdBlue
®
All fittings are on the inside and thus protected.
Inner container with equipment, patent protected.
Gas struts simplify opening and
closing of the lid.
bund alarm
contents gauge
For routing hoses and cables.
DT-Mobil PRO ST COMBI
980/200 Premium Plus,
with pump Bipump
easy to open
tidies away nice and small
double safety
clear
hose grommet
PRO ST
PREMIUM
PRO PE COMBI
PE
PE
PRO PE
PE
PRO ST COMBI
ST
PE
ST
PRO ST BASIC
the DT-Mobil PRO and DT-Mobil PRO COMBI systems
PRO
Outer
container
made of steel
in all versions
Lid has integrated bar lock to prevent theft.
Lid can be locked with a padlock on DT MOBIL PRO ST 980 Basic.
ST

50
PE
DT-Mobil PRO PE Basic
package
• capacity 980 litre
• with inner tank for diesel made from polyethylene****
• 4 m dispensing hose DN25
(without hose reel, meter and filter)
• 12 V Bipump, 500 W, approx. 85 L/min***
Order no. 10787
Diesel
CEMO DT MOBIL PRO PE PG 4
ADR CERTIFIED
DT-Mobil PRO PE
• with inner tank for diesel
made from polyethylene****
Basic version:
• powerful electric pump
• 4 m dispensing hose DN25 (without
hose reel, meter and filter)
Premium version:
• K33 flow meter
• cartridge filter with water separator
Pump options:
• Bipump 12 V,
500 W, approx. 85 L/min***
420 W, approx. 70/35 L/min***
• hand pump 60 L/min***
DT-Mobil PRO PE 980 Basic,
with pump Cematic Duo
DT-Mobil PRO PE 980 Premium,
DT-Mobil PRO PE 980 with hand pump
60 L/min
Examination every 2 ½ years
(see ADR 6.5.4.4.1 b and ADR 6.5.4.4.2 b).
DT-MOBIL PRO PE DIESEL TANK WITHOUT PUMP OR WITH HAND PUMP
Description
Capacity
L
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Weight
approx. kg
Electric pump version diesel
Bipump 12 V Cematic Duo 24/12 V Cematic 72, 230 V
PRO PE 980 Basic 980 136 x 115 x 130 365 10787 10797 10807
PRO PE 980 Premium 980 136 x 115 x 130 385 10789 10799 10809
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Weight
PRO PE 980 without pump, with quick coupling 980 136 x 115 x 130 330 10937
PRO PE 980
with hand pump 60 L/min, 4 m dispensing hose DN 19, manual nozzle 980 136 x 115 x 130 335 11026
***
Pump output in free flow. Please note that the pump output can fall
sharply depending on the length and cross-sectional area of the hose.
****
Please note that transport certification for all combination IBCs with plastic inner tanks for diesel is limited to a period of 5 years.
After that, the inner tank must be replaced. We offer you this tank replacement service.
For accessories see page 51, for tank replacement service, page 54.
Lifting frame accessory see page 48.
DT-MOBIL PRO PE DIESEL TANK WITH ELECTRIC PUMPS
TOP SELLER

51
PE
PE
DT-Mobil PRO PE COMBI 850/100 Premium,
DT-Mobil PRO PE COMBI Basic
package
• capacity 850/100 litre
• with inner tank for diesel made from polyethylene****
• 4 m dispensing hose DN25 (without hose reel, meter, filter)
• 12 V Bipump, 500 W, approx. 85 L/min***
• additional tank for AdBlue®, details below
Order no. 10792
Diesel/AdBlue
®
CEMO DT MOBIL PRO PE COMBI PG 4
ADR CERTIFIED
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Weight
approx. kg
Electric pump version diesel (AdBlue: CENTRI SP30 12 V)
PRO PE COMBI 850/100
Basic
850/
100
136 x 115 x 130 360 10792 10802 10812
PRO PE COMBI 850/100
Premium
850/
100
136 x 115 x 130 380 10794 10804 10814
DT-Mobil PRO PE COMBI
made from polyethylene***
• supply cable for both pumps
Basic version:
see DT-Mobil PRO PE
Premium version:
see DT-Mobil PRO PE
Exception:
K24 meter on version DT-Mobil
PRO PE COMBI 850/100 Premium
Additional tank for AdBlue®:
• made from polyethylene
• pump CENTRI SP30, 12 V
• 5m dispensing hose DN 19
*** Pump output in free flow. Please note that the pump output can fall sharply depending on the length and cross-sectional area of the hose.
****
Please note that transport certification for all combination IBCs with plastic inner tanks for diesel is limited to a period of 5 years.
After that, the inner tank must be replaced. We offer you this tank replacement service.
DT-Mobil PRO PE COMBI 850/100 Basic,
(see ADR 6.5.4.4.1 b and ADR 6.5.4.4.2 b).
K24 meter for DT-Mobil PRO PE and PRO PE COMBI for diesel 10905
Adhesive label set for retrofitting (see page 57) 10261
Pump options:
• Bipump 12 V,
420 W, approx. 70/35 L/min***
• submersible pump CENTRI SP30, 12 V,
DT-MOBIL PRO PE COMBI DIESEL ADBLUE®-TANK WITH ELECTRIC PUMP
ACCESSORIES SUITABLE FOR DT-MOBIL PRO PE AND DT-MOBIL PRO PE COMBI
Tank replacement service see page 54.
TOP SELLER
NEW

52
Pump options:
• Bipump 12 V, 500 W, approx. 85 L/min***
420 W, approx. 70/35 L/min***
• hand pump 60 L/min***
DT-Mobil PRO ST 980
Premium, with pump
Cematic 72
Description
Capacity
L
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Weight
approx. kg
Electric pump version diesel
PRO ST 980 Basic 980 136 x 115 x 118 450 11427 11428 11429
PRO ST 980 Premium 980 136 x 115 x 130 525 10790 10800 10810
PRO ST 980 Premium Plus 980 136 x 115 x 130 525 11121 11122 11123
PRO ST 980 Premium Plus SIM 980 136 x 115 x 130 525 10791 10801 10811
DT-Mobil PRO ST
made from painted 3 mm steel sheet
• ADR certification for unlimited time period
• NEW with overfill prevention sensor
Basic version:
• 4 m dispensing hose DN25/1 (without
hose reel, meter and Filter)
Premium version:
• K33 flow meter
Premium Plus version:
management system “CMO 10”
for up to 250 users, incl. 5 user keys
and 1 master key
• automatic nozzlee
Premium Plus SIM version:
same as Premium Plus, in addition:
• modem for data transfer
• GPS function
• electronic contents display
***
Pump output in free flow. Please note that the pump output can fall
sharply depending on the length and cross-sectional area of the hose.
Optional: electronic overfill
prevention sensor
DT-Mobil PRO ST 980 Basic,
with Cematic 72 pump
Generator and heater connection set with quick couplings (1/2 flow and return braided hoses) 11506
K33 flow meter for DT MOBIL PRO ST with hand pump 11171
K33 flow meter for DT MOBIL PRO ST Basic 11423
Filter with water separator for DT-Mobil PRO ST Basic 11424
DT-MOBIL PRO ST DIESEL TANK WITHOUT PUMP OR WITH HAND PUMP
DT-MOBIL PRO ST DIESEL TANK WITH ELECTRIC PUMPS
ACCESSORIES SUITABLE FOR DT-MOBIL PRO ST WITHOUT PUMP OR WITH HAND PUMP
Diesel
CEMO DT MOBIL PRO ST PG 4
ADR CERTIFIED
Tanks must be examined every
2 ½ years (see ADR 6.5.4.4.1 b
and ADR 6.5.4.4.2 b).
Accessories for DT-Mobil PRO ST and PRO ST Combi
with electric pump see page 53.
Accessory lifting frame see page 48.
DT-Mobil PRO ST 980 Basic,
with hand pump 60 L/min
Information on
Premium Plus
and Plus SIM
see page 54
Description Capacity L External dimensions cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
DT-Mobil PRO ST 980 Basic without pump,
with quick coupling
980 136 x 115 x 118 430 11425
DT-Mobil PRO ST 980 Basic with hand pump 60 L/min,
4 m dispensing hose DN 19, manual nozzle
980 136 x 115 x 118 440 11426
PRO ST Premium
ST ST
PRO ST Basic

53
DT-MOBIL PRO ST COMBI
980/200 Premium, with
Bipump
Description
Capacity
L
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Weight
approx. kg
Electric pump version diesel (AdBlue: CENTRI SP30)
Diesel: Bipump 12 V Cematic Duo 24/12 V Cematic 72, 230 V
PRO ST COMBI 980/200
Basic
980/
200
136 x 115 x 130 510 10793 10803 11327
Premium
980/
200
136 x 115 x 130 535 10795 10805 11328
Premium Plus
980/
200
136 x 115 x 130 535 11124 11125 11329
Premium Plus SIM
980/
200
136 x 115 x 130 535 10796 10806 11330
DT-Mobil PRO ST COMBI
• with inner tank for diesel made
from painted 3 mm steel sheet
• Certification for unlimited period
of time
• with overfill prevention sensor
• NEW supply cable for both
pumps
Basic version:
see DT-Mobil PRO ST
Premium version:
see DT-Mobil PRO ST
Premium Plus version:
see DT-Mobil PRO ST
Premium Plus SIM version:
see DT-Mobil PRO ST
Additional tank for AdBlue®:
• made from polyethylene
• pump CENTRI SP30,
12 V or pump Cematic Blue
230 V
• 5m dispensing hose DN 19
***
Pump output in free flow. Please note that the pump output can fall sharply depending
on the length and cross-sectional area of the hose.
Overfill prevention
sensor
DT-Mobil PRO ST COMBI 980/200
Premium Plus, with Bipump
Pump options:
• Bipump 12 V,
420 W, approx. 70/35 L/min***
• submersible pump CENTRI SP30,
12 V, 220 W, approx. 25 L/min***
(for the 24 V and 230 V versions with
voltage transformer)
Accessory:
Generator and heater
connection set complete
with flow and return
braided hoses and two
sets of quick coupling
1/2 ET
DT-MOBIL PRO ST COMBI DIESEL ADBLUE®
-TANK WITH ELECTRIC PUMPS
K33 flow meter for DT-Mobil PRO ST COMBI with electric pump 10906
Adhesive label set for retrofitting (see page 61) 10261
Generator and heater connection set with quick couplings (1/2 flow and return braided hoses) 11506
ACCESSORIES SUITABLE FOR DT-MOBIL PRO ST AND DT-MOBIL PRO ST COMBI WITH ELECTRIC PUMP
Diesel/AdBlue
®
CEMO DT MOBIL PRO ST COMBI PG 4
ADR CERTIFIED
(see ADR 6.5.4.4.1 b and ADR
6.5.4.4.2 b).
ST
PE
PRO ST COMBI

54
Diesel
CEMO tank replacement service and
Complete Care Package for
DT MOBIL PRO PE and COMBI PG 100
ADR certification is limited to 5 years
for all combination IBCs, such as our
DT-Mobil PRO PE and PRO PE COMBI.
Thereafter, the inner tank for diesel must
be renewed. We offer this tank replace-
ment service including ADR test certifi-
cate. This offers you the following advan-
tages:
• The inspection by an officially recognized
expert that is required after 5 years as
per ADR 6.5.4.4.1 a) for all metal IBCs,
all rigid plastic IBCs and all combination
IBCs (cost approx. € 260) is included in
the tank replacement service.
• Experts inspect the complete filling sta-
tion.
• Any additional repair work required can
be inexpensively performed at the same
time.
We also offer a 10-year Complete
Care Package.
The package includes the following services:
• inspection by experts after 2.5 and 7.5
years
• tank replacement service after 5 years
• scheduling of inspection dates
DT-Mobil PRO PE 980 Basic,
DT-Mobil PRO PE COMBI 850/100 Basic,
Old PE Inner
Tank
New PE Inner
Tank
Replacement of the inner tank of the PRO PE versions, including ADR test certificate 10874
Replacement of the inner tank of the PRO PE COMBI versions, including ADR test certificate 10875
10-year* Complete Care Package (including two expert inspections and container replacement according to ADR
for version PRO PE).
11287
10-year* Complete Care Package (including two expert inspections and container replacement according to ADR
for version PRO PE COMBI.
11288
*
valid from
date of
manufacture
CMO10 CMO10 SIM***
TANK SYSTEMS PREMIUM PLUS AND PLUS SIM*** WITH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CMO10
Transfer transactions from
CMO 10 manually
Configuration
and SMS alarm
monitoring
Automatic
real-time
transmission of
transactions and
fuel level over
GSM network
Server
Internet
CMO10 SIM***
CMO10
Transfer
transactions to PC
with RFID reader
attached to PC

55
* National installation laws and conditions must be observed. We will be happy to advise you.
Pump hood model
double-wall, hot
galvanised (see also
Mobile package 980 L)
Pump cabinet model
double-wall, hot galvanised
Tank system
for mobile outdoor and indoor use
indefinite certification period
• certified for transport under ADR
• capacity 400, 600 or 980 litre, i.e. lower
than the permitted limit of 1000 litres as
per ADR chapter 1.1.3.6.3.
• galvanised
• with two crane eyes and forklift pockets
• protection ring for pump system
• dip stick
• discharge line R 1, lockable
• vent pipe R 1½, lockable
• filling connection R 2, lockable
• DT 980 with overfill prevention sensor
• for orders of 5 or more,
available in company colours
Double-wall model:
• also certified as a storage container
according to DIN 6623
• certified for water-protected areas*
• with bund alarm
Single-wall model:

if used in water-protected areas,
a bund is to be provided
Examinations every 2½ years corres
ponding
ADR 6.5.4.4.1 b and ADR 6.5.4.4.2 b.
Double sided hot galvanised model Capacity L Dimensions in cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
A
with lockable pump hood,
(without pump etc.)
400 96 x 96 x 150 216 7577
600 96 x 96 x 177 258 7578
980 121 x 121 x 181 305 7386
B
with lockable pump cabinet,
(without pump etc.)
400 96 x 96 x 150 229 7749
600 96 x 96 x 177 271 7750
980 121 x 121 x 181 318 7751
Double-sided hot galvanised model Capacity L Dimensions in cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
A
(without pump etc.)
400 95 x 95 x 147 146 7316
600 95 x 95 x 176 171,5 7314
980 120 x 120 x 177 179,5 7233
B
(without pump etc.)
400 95 x 95 x 147 160 7746
600 95 x 95 x 177 185 7747
980 120 x 120 x 177 193 7748
DT-Mobil980 L double-wall, galvanised, with lockable pump hood (Order no. 7386)
and pump 12V, 50 L/min, with automatic nozzle and 4 m dispensing hose (Order no. 7981)
10287
MOBILE PACKAGE 980 L
DT-MOBIL SINGLE-WALL, GALVANISED
DIESEL TANK SYSTEM AS DESCRIBED ABOVE,
CERTIFICATION NO.: D/BAM 6167/31A (400 L AND 600 L), D/BAM 5454/31A (980 L)
DT-MOBIL DOUBLE-WALL, GALVANISED
DIESEL TANK SYSTEM AS DESCRIBED ABOVE,
CERTIFICATION NO.: D/BAM 6599/31A (400 L AND 600 L GALVANISED), D/BAM 6600/31A (980 L GALVANISED)
2x3mm
STEEL SHEET
Diesel
CEMO DT MOBIL PG 4
TOP SELLER
MOBILE PACKAGE
Order no. 10287

56
Diesel
Tank system
for mobile outdoor and indoor use
• capacity 980 litre, i.e. under the permitted
limit of 1000 litres as per ADR chapter
1.1.3.6.3.
• painted
• with two crane eyes and forklift pockets
• protection ring for pump system
• dip stick
• ventilation pipe R 1½, lockable
• DT 980 with overfill prevention sensor
• for orders of 5 or more, available in cus-
tom colours.
Double-wall model:
• also certified as a storage container
• certified for water-protected areas*
• with bund alarm
Single-wall model:
if used in water-protected areas,
a bund is to be provided
ponding
ADR 6.5.4.4.1 b and ADR 6.5.4.4.2 b.
Pump hood model
double-wall, painted
(see also mobile package 980 L)
Painted model*** Capacity L Dimensions in cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
A
without pump hood,
fully assembled (without pump etc.)
980 122 x 122 x 141 300 7383
B
980 122 x 122 x 177 305 7384
Painted model*** Capacity L Dimensions in cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
A
without pump hood,
980 120 x 120 x 126 175 8586
B
980 120 x 120 x 177 179.5 8587
DT-Mobil980 L single-wall, painted, with lockable pump hood (Order no. 8587)
7216
DT-Mobil980 L double-wall, painted, with lockable pump hood (Order no. 7384)
7858
Complete assembly of the DT-Mobilwith pump 8379
MOBILE PACKAGE 980 L
DT-MOBIL SINGLE-WALL, PAINTED
DIESEL TANK SYSTEM AS DESCRIBED ABOVE
CERTIFICATION NO.: D/BAM 5454/31A (980 L)
DT-MOBIL DOUBLE-WALL, PAINTED
DIESEL TANK SYSTEM AS DESCRIBED ABOVE
CERTIFICATION NO.:
D/BAM 6600/31A (980 L PAINTED)
2x3mm
STEEL SHEET
*** For orders of 5 or more, available in custom colours.
CEMO DT MOBIL PG 4
also suitable for
Biodiesel
Vegetable oils
also suitable for
Biodiesel
Vegetable oils
TOP SELLER
MOBILE PACKAGE
Order no. 7216 + 7858

57
Lockable pump hood
(included in model B)
7219
Lockable pump cabinet
with dispensing nozzle holder
7763
Hand pump, 30 L/min,
with manual nozzle and 4 m dispensing hose, Viton gaskets
11683
Pump 12 V, 50 L/min,
with automatic nozzle and 4 m dispensing hose
7981
with automatic nozzle and 4 m dispensing hose (can also be operated at 12 V, in which case
the pump dispensing volume is 35 L/min.) Reliably self-priming only for operation with 24 V.
7982
7222
with truck automatic nozzle and 6 m dispensing hose DN 25
10689
K33 meter
for hand pump and electric pump
7753
Extension hose DN 19
for electric pump approx. 50 L/min
2 m, with 1 connection 7071
4 m, with 1 connection 7072
Splash guard insert for DT-Mobil dispensing nozzle filling
A splash guard insert was developed to simplify the filling of mobile diesel tank systems using
dispensing nozzles. This splash guard insert is simply inserted into the filler neck. It serves as a sealing
element between the filler neck of the DT-Mobil and the outlet nozzle of the dispensing nozzle.
After filling, the splash guard insert can remain in the filler neck.
8272
Battery cable, 2.3 m,
with 3-pin European standard socket
8194
Ratchet tie-down 35 mm x 3 m,
2-piece with hooks
8834
Adhesive label set
for retrofitting der DT-Mobil and KS-MOBIL
10261
ACCESSORIES SUITABLE FOR SINGLE- AND DOUBLE-WALLED MOBILE DIESEL TANK SYSTEM PG 4
For additional hose lengths, see page 116.
Diesel
CEMO DT MOBIL PG 4
NEW

58
Tank system for mobile outdoor
and indoor use with general
construction inspection certification
no. PA-06-W 187
• size 980 L certified as storage tank
according to DIN 6624-2
• also ideally suited for biodiesel and
diesel with increased biodiesel content
• certified for water-protected areas
• double-wall
• painted (for orders of 5 or more,
available in company colours)
• two crane eyes and forklift pockets
• dip stick, overfill prevention sensor
and bund alarm
Examinations every 2½ years
according to ADR 6.5.4.4.1 b
and ADR 6.5.4.4.2 b.
Robust cabinet:
• lockable, tamper-resistant
• protection against pump system
damage
•
2 x stacking of the system when full
(Size 980 L), tested to 4x safety (6t)
• discharge pipe R 1, lockable
• vent pipe R 1½, lockable
Diesel
More accessories see page 57.
3,000 L
980 L
EXTREMELY
ROBUST
7981
(can also be operated at 12 V, in which case the pump dispensing volume is 35 L/min.)
Reliably self-priming only for operation with 24 V!
7982
7222
with truck automatic nozzle and 6 m dispensing hose DN 25
10689
K33 flow meter for electric pump 7753
Description Capacity L Dimensions in cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
double-wall horizontal 980 136 x 105 x 160 450 7765
double-wall horizontal* 2000 190 x 130 x 185 650 8837
*built to order
DT-MOBIL DOUBLE-WALL, HORIZONTAL
ACCESSORIES
CEMO DT MOBIL horizontal PG 4
also suitable for
Biodiesel
Vegetable oils
2x3mm
STEEL SHEET

59
Diesel
Reliable energy supply
for mobile heaters and generators
Mobile diesel and heating
oil tanks for fan heaters and
power generators
Indoor and outdoor
Transport-friendly with tyres,
forklift pockets or foot pallet
Capacities from 60 to 1,500
litres
Tank
• made of HDPE with integral galvanised
sheet steel bund
• with rigidly connected sheet steel pallet
for handling with a forklift or pallet truck
from any of the four sides
• standard accessories:
filling contents gauge, visual bund
alarm, integral carrying handles
• no pump
• for storage of diesel, biodiesel without a
bund, even in water-protected areas*
• certified for installation indoors
Particular advantages:
• certified for transport according to
the ADR, but without a pump fitted –
examination after 2½ years (see ADR
6.5.4.4.1 b and ADR 6.5.4.4.2b).***
• lower centre of gravity increases stability
and improves handling/transport
Capacity L Dimensions cm (l x w x h) Certification no. for storage and transport Weight approx. kg Order no.
400 73 x 74 x 117 Z-40.21-365 / D/BAM6403/31HA1 55 7536
750 98 x 80 x 146 Z-40.21-288 / D/BAM11580/31HA1 82 7381
1000 128 x 80 x 147 Z-40.21-288 / D/BAM11581/31HA1 100 7382
1500 164 x 80 x 191 Z-40.21-432 / D/BAM6404/31HA1 165 7539
* National installation laws and conditions must be observed.
***The transport certification for all plastic-IBC is limited to 5 years.
CEMO MULTI tank PG 4
Base pallets with collision protection

60
Diesel
980 L
210 L 440 L
Diesel and heating oil trolley 60 L and 100 L
for single site refuelling by a person
in the course of their main business
• polyethylene container with integral
hand grip and carry handles
• fill cap with integral breather valve
• flow connector with 3/8 quick-coupling
with counterpart
• return connector with 3/8 quick-coupling
with counterpart
pneumatic tyres, air-filled, all-terrain
trolley 60 L: 240mm diameter plastic tyres
• interior baffle
The mobile solution for supplying heating systems and generators.
The trolley can be used as an emergency supply when a heating oil tank is being replaced.
The innovative diesel and heating oil tank with a wealth of useful features.
Transport-friendly thanks to rugged construction, ratchet strap recesses and forklift pockets.
Description/Capacity Dimensions in cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
Diesel and heating oil trolley 60 L with quick couplings 90 x 53 x 38 12 10526
Diesel and heating oil trolley 100 L with quick couplings 100 x 59 x 43 17 10527
60 L
100 L
CEMO DT MOBIL EASY generator tank PG 4
Description Capacity L Dimensions in cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
210 generator tank 210 78.5 x 59.5 x 68.5 21 11374
440 generator tank 440 118 x 80 x 71 36 11375
980 generator tank 980 127 x 107 x 112 95 11376
DT-Mobil EASY generator tank
• 980 litre: certified for transport accord-
ing to the ADR*
210 and 440 litre: certified for transport
for immediate consumption according
to ADR1.1.3.1c)
• integral recesses (210 L and 440 L)
or loops (980 L) for ratchet tie-downs
during transport
• 980 litre: incl. hinged lid and
fill-level indicator
210 and 440 litre: incl. hinged lid
Flow and return braided
hoses and two pairs of
quick couplings 1/2 IT
ideal for generators and heat-
ers.
Return
Flow
CEMO diesel and heating oil trolley PG 4
* Please note that ADR certification for all combination IBCs with plastic inner tanks for diesel is limited to a period of 5 years.

61
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Weight
DT-Mobil PRO 440 PE generator tank with 2 connections
with quick-coupling (1 x flow, 1 x return)
440 125 x 87 x 107 196 11378
DT-Mobil PRO 980 PE generator tank with 2 connections
with quick-coupling (1 x flow, 1 x return)
980 136 x 115 x 130 325 11377
DT-Mobil PRO 980 ST generator tank
with 4 connections with quick-coupling (2 x flow, 2 x return)
980 136 x 115 x 118 430 11430
CUBE Mobil 980 generator tank with
2 connections with quick-coupling
980 130 x 112 x 118 100 11679
• certified for transport under ADR (980 L)
• with connections with quick-coupling for
marquee heaters and power generators
• DT-Mobil PRO PE 440 generator tank:
with inner tank for diesel made of
polyethylene, ADR certified 1.1.3.1 c),
with flow and return hoses with quick-
coupling
• DT-Mobil PRO PE 980 generator tank:
with inner tank for diesel made of poly-
ethylene***
with flow and return hoses with quick-
coupling (1 x flow, 1 x return)
DT-Mobil PRO ST 980 Basic
generator tank with four connections
DT-Mobil PRO PE 980
generator tank with two connections
Protected hose routing
(see ADR 6.5.4.4.1 b and ADR 6.5.4.4.2 b).
Our new DT-Mobil PRO tank is characterised by its extremely high strength due to the steel outer
container with hot-dip galvanised steel forklift pockets and stacking corners with crane eyes.
The new CUBE-Tank Mobile impresses with its PE sump due to its lower weight.
Diesel
CEMO DT MOBIL PRO generator tank PG 4
CEMO CUBE MOBIL generator tank PG 4
TANK REPLACEMENT SERVICE see page 54
***
Please note that ADR certification is limited to 5 years for all combination IBCs with a plastic inner tank for diesel.
The inner tank must be replaced after this time. We offer this tank replacement service.
Generator and heater connection set with quick couplings (1/2 flow and return braided hoses) for DT-Mobil PRO ST 11506
ACCESSORIES
PE
ST
DT-Mobil PRO ST 980
generator tank
DT-Mobil PRO
Outer container
in steel, inner
container in steel
or PE
Delivery line with quick coupling set each with
counterpart and 1/2 internal thread connection
for flow and return line suitable for mobile oil
heaters and generators
Return
Flow
NEW
• DT-Mobil PRO ST 980 generator tank:
Certification for unlimited period of time,
with inner tank for diesel made
from painted 3 mm steel sheet, with 4
connections with quick-coupling
(2 x flow, 2 x return) with overfill preven-
tion sensor
• CUBE Mobil generator tank 980:
with inner tank and bund made of poly-
ethylene***
with 2 connections with quick-coupling
(1 x flow, 1 x return)
NEW
CUBE Mobil 980
generator tank with two connections

64
69
CEMO petrol trolley
• 60 L + 95 L
• mobile tank system for petrol
• suitable for use under ADR 1.1.3.1c) for single
site refuelling by a person in the course of their main business
• container constructed from high density electrically
conductive polyethylene to eliminate static
• flashback arrester
• large tyres, all-terrain
Airfield tank systems on request
Petrol
Tank systems for petrol (p. 64-71)
CANISTERS
• 5 L to 25 L
• model with explosion-
proof filling
• models with nozzle pump
CEMO KS MOBIL
• 400 L - 980 L
• certified for transport
according to ADR, also
in water-protected areas
• certified as a storage tank
• explosion shock proof
construction
CEMO KS MOBIL
• 90 L - 300 L
• explosion shock proof construction
CEMO KS MOBIL EASY
• 120 L + 190 L + 330 L
• certified for transport according to ADR
• electrically conductive highly
cross-linked polyethylene
• patented flame suppressant filling
Explosion pressure
resistant
flashback
arrester
70
68
66
70

65
IMPORTANT LEGAL CONDITIONS FOR HANDLING PETROL
The requirements for handling petrol (H 224)
are comparable to those of diesel fuel (H 226),
but are somewhat stricter. The more strin-
gent requirements are due to the usually
higher water hazard class in accordance
with the German Water Management Act
and to the lower flash point (extremely
flammable liquid according to GHS) of pet-
rol. The more stringent requirements are
described below.
Storing petrol
There are many laws and regulations that
must be complied with when storing petrol.
Excerpts from the German Ordinance on
Industrial Safety and Health (Betriebs
sicher
heitsverordnung (BetrSichV)), the German
Water Management Act (Wasser
haus
halts
gesetz (WHG)), the German Technical
Regulations for Hazardous Substances
(Technische Regel Gefahrstoffe (TRGS)) and
the regulations related to garages in Germany
(Garagenverordnung) are given here.
These regulations clearly define the permis-
sible storage quantities, storage site require-
ments, and the risk assessments required
by the employer.
This information has been clearly organised
in the following table.
For storage tanks with a capacity of 200 L or
more, a restraining device is required if the
tanks do not have a double-walled design.
Transporting petrol
The following regulations must be observed
when transporting petrol (see page 32). They
go above and beyond the scope of require-
ments for transporting diesel fuel.
•
Maximum quantity as defined in table
1.1.3.6 ADR (1000 point rule) is 333 l.
For quantities greater than this, a dange
rous goods driving licence is generally
required and the German Craftsman
Regulation in accordance with ADR 1.1.3.1
c) no longer applies.
•
Mobile fuel filling stations with ADR certifica-
tion require this for packaging groups II and III.
Transferring and filling petrol
The Ordinance on Industrial Safety and
Health (BetrSichV) is the German imple-
mentation of European Directive 95/63/EC
and regulates the provision of equipment
by the employer. This also includes the risk
assessment of the equipment, which in turn
includes the assessment of the risk of explo-
sion in accordance with TRBS 2152 Part 1.
If the formation of hazardous, explosive
atmospheres cannot be prevented with
certainty, the employer is to assess the
following:
1.
the probability and duration of the occur-
rence of a hazardous, explosive atmos-
phere,
2.
the probability of the existence or crea-
tion and the coming into effect of ignition
sources, including electrostatic discharg-
es, and
3.
the extent of the effects to be expected
from explosions.
The assessment must refer to the specific
local and operating conditions.
Note: More than 10 litres of contiguous
explosive atmosphere in enclosed spaces
must be viewed as a hazardous explosive
atmosphere, regardless of the size of the
space.
What does this mean for you
in your day-to-day work?
In general, the transferring and filling of
petrol must be done in well ventilated rooms
or outdoors.
According to the Ordinance on Industrial
Safety and Health, you should only provide
devices/equipment that are state of the art.
In addition, you should pay special attention
to the risk assessment when handling petrol.
The best option for reducing the risk is never
to allow a contiguous explosive atmosphere
of more than 10 litres to form in the first
place. The current state of the art only
en
ables this to be achieved inside containers
in use by means of explosion-suppressing
inserts.
Another option is to prevent the explosive
atmosphere from being ignited by ignition
sparks by placing flame arresters into the
container openings.
If the container has an explosion-proof
design, neither an explosion-suppressing
insert nor a flame arrester is required up to a
container size of 1000 l. As a rule, explosion-
proof containers are made from thick-walled
sheet steel, although they have the dis
advantage of being very heavy.
Should you use equipment that is manu-
factured without explosion-suppressing
inserts or flame arresters, the probability
of the existence or creation and the com-
ing into effect of ignition sources, including
electrostatic discharges, is to be especially
assessed. In practice, this is very difficult to
achieve with changing types of work (forest,
road, constructions sites or in the workshop).
As a rule, the creation of sources of ignition
and electrostatic charge cannot be fully
prevented and therefore ruled out safely
enough.
We therefore recommend using canisters or
containers 10 L, which are not designed
to be explosion-proof, with explosion-
suppressing inserts or flame arresters.
Important information related to risk
assessments can be found in the operating
instructions for CEMO petrol tank systems.
This will make it easier for you to fulfil your
obligations as an employer.
Technical Regulations
for Hazardous Substances
(TRGS) 510
Ordinance on In-
dustrial Safety and
Health (BetrSichV)
Water
Management
Act (WHG)
Regulations on Garages
(Garagenverordnung)
Storage in
homes
no
General duty
of care under
Section 5 and
Duty of Care
Principle
Section 62
Storage in
basements
not regulated
Risk assessment
reqired due to risk
of explosion
Storage in
retail areas
not regulated
Storage in
work areas
regulation for small quantities applies up to 10 L;
quantities exceeding 10 L must be stored in an F90
safety cabinet or hazardous materials storage area
Storage in
garages
20 L in small garages up to 100 m²,
not permitted in larger garages
Storage
outdoors
Active storage – distance of 10 m from building; pas-
sive storage up to 200 L – distance of 3 m; passive
storage up to 1,000 L – distance of 5 m from building
Risk assessment
reqired due to risk
of explosion
Petrol
Tank systems for petrol

66
Model with pump cabinet,
double-walled, hot galva-
nised, design approved
Double sided hot galvanised model Capacity L Dimensions in cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
1.
without pump hood,
completely assembled (without pump etc.)
400 96 x 96 x 114 211 7754
600 96 x 96 x 141 253 7755
980 121 x 121 x 141 300 7756
2.
completely assembled (without pump etc.)
400 96 x 96 x 150 229 7760
600 96 x 96 x 177 271 7761
980 121 x 121 x 181 318 7762
Tank system KS-MOBIL double-walled
certification no. D/BAM 6599/31A
(400 L and 600 L), D/BAM 6600/31A (980 L)
• for mobile outdoor and indoor use
• indefinite certification period
• certified for transport under ADR, also in water-
protected areas*
• certified as a storage tank according
to DIN 6623
• certified for petrol
• capacity 400, 600 or 980 litre
• design approved as a complete system
in all variations
• KS-MOBIL for bioethanol on request
Construction:
• double-walled steel container
• with two crane eyes
• forklift pockets
• guard ring for pump system
• dip stick
• ventilation pipe R 2, lockable
• bund alarm and overfill prevention sensor
• long, removable ventilation pipe
(3 m above ground)
ponding
ADR 6.5.4.4.1 b and ADR 6.5.4.4.2 b.
According to TRbF (German Technical Regulations for Combustible Liquids), if actively storing petrol, a distance of 10 m between the container and building must
be maintained, unless the building wall is constructed according to TRbF or there are fire-resistant components of sufficient width and height between the building
and the container (e.g. F90 fire prevention store). According to health and safety regulations, all filling stations for petrol must have a permission (applicable when
used as fixed filling station). We will be happy to advise.
Please note: The permitted max. amount for petrol is according to ADR chapter 1.1.3.6.3, 333 L (basic requirements, e.g. no dangerous good driving permit necessary).
Lockable pump cabinet
with dispensing nozzle holder (included in model 2)
7763
Dispensing hose for gasoline/petrol
for extension or as a replacement,
4 m, coupling nut on one side, other side 1 outer thread
8521
Automatic dispensing nozzle for petrol,
EN13012, ATEX, with swivel joint 1 internal thread
10142
Adhesive label set
for DT-Mobiland KS-MOBIL retrofitting
10261
Explosion pressure
resistant
KS-MOBIL DOUBLE-WALL
ACCESSORIES SUITABLE FOR MOBILE FUELING SYSTEMS
Petrol
CEMO KS MOBIL PG 4
Mobile fuel tank systems for petrol
2x3mm
STEEL SHEET

67
Complete assembly of the KS-MOBIL with pump 8379
Hand pump, 30 L/min,
with manual nozzle,
4 m dispensing hose, Viton gaskets
11683
Pump, approx. 40 L/min,
ATEX, 12V, with automatic nozzle,
4 m dispensing hose
10257
ATEX, 230V, with automatic nozzle,
4 m dispensing hose
10259
with meter, ATEX, 12V, with automatic nozzle,
4 m dispensing hose
10258
with meter, ATEX, 230V, with automatic nozzle,
4 m dispensing hose
10260
Electric pumps for petrol are supplied without connection cable. For matching accessories, see page 124. According to Directive 2009/104/EC
(in Germany the Industrial Safety Ordinance BetrSichV) or other valid national regulations, the electrical connection must be carried out
professionally and in accordance with the regulations according to a risk assessment performed by the local operator.
PUMPS SUITABLE FOR PETROL TANK SYSTEMS
Petrol
Fuel tank systems, stationary and mobile PG 4
Funnel with filter and water separator,
suitable for aircraft fuelling
It is practically impossible to avoid
dirt and water in fuels. That leads
to blocked filters, corrosion, motor
failure and even motor damage.
The filter membrane of the funnel
reliably holds back dirt and water.
This settles on the bottom and
can be easily disposed of.
Funnel with water separator and filter
F3C, max. 13 L/min, electrically conductive
10515
Funnel with water separator and filter
F15C, max. 45 L/min, electrically conductive
10516
Accessory funnel with
filter and water separator PG 4
Funnel
Filter
Dirty fuel
Dirt and water
Clean fuel
NEW

68
Description/Capacity Dimensions cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
90 L with hand pump 25 L/min 80 x 40 x 74 60 8840
200 L with pump 12V, 25 L/min, ATEX and automatic nozzle 80 x 60 x 95 79 10755
300 L with pump 12V, 25 L/min, ATEX and automatic nozzle 120 x 60 x 108 112 10995
KS-MOBIL 90 L and 200 L
certification no. D/BAM 13136/31A (90
L), D/BAM 13137/31A (200 L),
D/BAM 15331/31A (300 L)
• individual refuelling systems for mobile
use indoors and out
(TÜV-tested), therefore also suitable
for petrol and oil/petrol mixtures
• single-wall steel container from 3mm
sheet steel, painted
•
with handles that can also be used
as crane eyes
• forklift pockets
• pump box lockable
• delivery line lockable
• filling connection 1½
• dipstick
Pre-fitted pump:
• 25 L/min hand pump, 1.5m filling
hose (statically conductive) and
manual nozzle
• self-priming pump 12V,
25 L/min, ATEX-certified,
automatic nozzle,
4m dispensing hose (statically
conductive) and 4.1m
electrical cable
corres
ponding ADR 6.5.4.4.1 b and
ADR 6.5.4.4.2 b.
KS-MOBIL 90L
KS-MOBIL 200L
Pump cabinet (KS-MOBIL 200 L)
with pump 12V, 25 L/min, ATEX,
4m discharge hose and automatic
dispensing nozzle
Pump cabinet (KS-MOBIL 300 L)
with pump 12V, 25 L/min, ATEX, hose
reel (accessory) and automatic nozzle
Explosion pressure
resistant
Hose reel with 10 m hose DN 19, electrically conductive, for petrol 10996
CEMO KS MOBIL PG 4
ADR CERTIFIED
ACCESSORY FOR KS-MOBIL 300L
Petrol and
petrol mixtures
Petrol

69
a
b
c
Petrol
Canister 25 L
with dispensing nozzle pump
• HD-PE container 25 L
• approved for the transport of fuel
• handle for easy use
• nozzle with integral hand pump, up to
7.5 L/min, with locking latch on trigger
guard
• 1.5m flexible delivery hose
Ex0 canister, 20 L and 10 L
Ex0 Canister non-explosive
• ADR certified
• container made from HDPE
• patented explosion and shockproof insert
• fulfils the highest safety requirements
• child safety lock
• spout integrated in the canister
• fits commercially available canister
holders
• stackable to save space
Important notice:
All petrol canisters must be labelled with safety and danger signs (10 x 10 cm) according to health and safety regulations.
CEMO Canister l petrol trolley PG 4
Petrol trolley 53 L
• UN certified for the transport of fuel
• HD-PE container 53 L with wheel and
handle for maneuverability
• container constructed from high density
electrically conductive polyethylene to
eliminate static (optional)
• dispensing nozzle pump, 7.5 L/min,
with 3m delivery hose and locking
catch for the trigger guard
• baffle
• filling nozzles with integrated vent
• 2 shut-off valves for problem-free
removal of the delivery hose
•
integrated recesses for securing
the trolley with ratchet lashing
strap during transport
• designed to siphon after priming with
hand pump
Ex0 Canister 10 L with explosion-proof filling 35 x 17 x 31 2 10268
Ex0 Canister 20 L with explosion-proof filling 35 x 17 x 49.5 3 10269
Canister 25L with nozzle pump 36 x 24 x 43 2.1 11367
Petrol trolley 53L 87 x 42 x 33 9 10047
a

Knurled nut for securing the locking cap
b
Vent valve
c
Delivery nozzle holder
Canister 25 L with nozzle pump

70
KS-MOBIL Easy 120 L and 190 L
certified for transport under ADR
certification no. D/BAM 14341/31H2
corres
ponding ADR 6.5.4.4.1b***
and ADR 6.5.4.4.2b.
Container:
• single-walled 120 L or 190 L
• electrically conductive highly
cross-linked polyethylene
• patented flame suppressant filling
• dipstick for checking fill level
• integral vent and pressure relief
• integral recesses for ratchet straps
during transport
Pre-fitted pump:
• 25 L/min hand pump, 2.7m dispensing
hose (statically conductive) and manual
nozzle
• self-priming pump 12V DC 25 L/min
or 230V AC 40 L/min, ATEX-certified,
automatic dispensing nozzle, 4m filling
hose (statically conductive) and 5m elec-
trical cable (pump 230V without cable)
Petrol
Petrol trolley Ex0*** 60L, with hand pump 90 x 53 x 38 18 10507
Petrol trolley Ex0*** 95L, with hand pump 100 x 59 x 43 20 10162
Petrol trolley Ex0*** 60L, with electric pump 90 x 53 x 38 20 10508
Petrol trolley Ex0*** 95L, with electric pump 100 x 59 x 43 22 10646
* explosion-suppressing insert *** with flashback arrester
CEMO petrol trolley 60 and 95 L PG 4
KS-MOBIL Easy 190
L with hand pump
and hinged lid
KS-MOBIL Easy 120 L with pump 12V
Explosion-suppressing insert (patent
protected), hence no explosive atmosphere
inside the container (120 L and 190 L)
CEMO KS MOBIL EASY 120 and 190 L PG 4
ADR CERTIFIED
for single site refuelling by a person in
the course of their main business
• container constructed from high density
electrically conductive polyethylene
to eliminate static
• flashback arrester
• integral grip and carry handles
• filling cap with integral breather valve
• delivery hose with stop valve
• handpump 25 L/min and nozzle
• with pump 12V, 25 L/min,
automatic nozzle, 4.1m cable with
battery terminals
pneumatic tyres, air-filled, all-terrain;
3.2m conductive dispensing hose
plastic tyres; 2.7m conductive
dispensing hose
• internal baffle
for strapping during transport
60 L with hand pump 95 L with hand pump 95 L with electric pump
Flashback arrester
*** The transport certification for all plastic IBCs is
limited to 5 years.

71
Mobile tank systems for petrol
CEMO KS MOBIL EASY 120 and 190 L PG 4
ADR CERTIFIED
Petrol and
petrol mixtures
flashback arrestor
(330 L)
CEMO KS-MOBIL EASY 330 L PG 4
Basic and Premium versions
certified for transport under ADR
D/BAM 15862/31H2
corres
ponding ADR 6.5.4.4.1b***
and ADR 6.5.4.4.2b.
• compact design, easy to use
• all components at optimum working height
• container made of electrically conductive,
highly cross-linked polyethylene
• lockable lid with steel support stays
• flashback arrestor
• contents gauge
• integral baffle
• integral recesses for ratchet straps during
transport
• with self-priming pump, 12 V DC, 25 L/min*,
with ATEX certification, automatic nozzle
and 5 m cable
• fully assembled
KS-Mobil Easy 330 L Premium with hose reel and galvanised steel base
KS-Mobil Easy 330 L Basic
Description
External dimensions
in cm (l x w x h)
Weight
(approx.)
in kg Order no.
KS MOBIL Easy 330 L Basic 118 x 79 x 57 42 11502
KS MOBIL Easy 330 L Premium 144 x 80 x 67 84 11361
ACCESSORY Order no.
Digital flow meter K24 A ATEX for mounting between dispensing hose and
automatic nozzle
10411
*
Pump dispensing volume in free flow. Please note that the pump dispensing volume can fall sharply
depending on the length and cross-sectional area of the hose. *** The transport certification for all
plastic IBCs is limited to 5 years.
Basic version
with 4 m dispensing hose DN 19,
electrically conductive, 2 m earthing
conductor with
terminal clamp
Premium version
with hose reel with 10 m hose DN 19,
electrically conductive, 10 m earthing
conductor with terminal clamp with
sturdy galvanised steel base, forklift-
able from four sides
NEW
Petrol
Capacity / Description Dimensions cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
120L with hand pump 80 x 60 x 45 23 10091
120L
ATEX and automatic nozzle
80 x 60 x 45 33 11498
120L with hand pump and hinged lid 80 x 60 x 47 26 10092
120L
ATEX, automatic nozzle and hinged lid
80 x 60 x 47 36 11499
190L with hand pump 80 x 60 x 59 25 10093
190L
80 x 60 x 59 35 11500
190L with hand pump and hinged lid 80 x 60 x 61 28 10094
190L
ATEX, automatic nozzle and hinged lid
80 x 60 x 61 38 11501
190L
80 x 60 x 59 35 10458

72
TANK SYSTEMS FOR LUBRICANTS

74
74
Lubricants
CEMO CUBE PG 4
Stationary tank systems for lubricants
External dimensions cm
(wxdxh)
Weight
CUBE-Tank Indoor Basic,
4 m dispensing hose, handheld digital flow meter,
cannot be calibrated, without hinged lid
1000 120 x 80 x 174 140 10308
1500 120 x 115 x 174 170 10309
CUBE-Tank Indoor Premium,
hose reel with 15m dispensing hose, handheld digital flow meter,
cannot be calibrated, no lid
1000 120 x 80 x 174 160 10310
1500 120 x 115 x 174 190 10311
CUBE-Tank Outdoor Premium,
hose reel with 15m dispensing hose, handheld digital flow meter,
cannot be calibrated, no lid
1000 120 x 80 x 180 175 10312
1500 120 x 115 x 180 205 10313
2500 120 x 180 x 180 260 10424
CUBE-Tank for lubricants
1,000 L Outdoor Premium
230V electric gear pump 9 L/min at 12 bar
with digital handheld flow meter for lubricants
(cannot be calibrated*)
CUBE-Tank for lubricants
1,500 L Outdoor Premium
Hose reel with 15 m dispensing hose 10423
Accessory hose reel Accessory LED instrument lighting
Dispensing station for lubricants,
Basic and Premium
• tanker coupling
• vent
• suction hose
• 230V electric gear pump 9 L/min
at 12 bar (cannot be calibrated)
• certified for outdoor installation with hin-
ged lid (outdoor model)
Electric pumps (technical data)
Pump 230 V (cannot be calibrated*).
Gear pump with a delivery rate of
9 L/min, max. delivery pressure 12 bar,
suitable for engine, transmission and
hydraulic oils up to SAE 140
*
see information on weights and
measures regulation on page 76
ACCESSORIES
Fresh oil

75
Lubricants
CEMO CUBE Waste oil tank PG 4
Collection station for waste oil, indoor and outdoor
• integrated bund
•
integrated filling funnel with strainer
•
integrated drainer for oil-contaminated parts, such as oil filters
• suction pipe with tanker coupling
• breather cap
• contents gauge
• additional 1 and 2 connections
• with hinged lid, certified for installation
outdoors (outdoor versions)
CUBE-Waste oil tank
1,000 L, Outdoor
Overfill prevention sensor, complete, supply voltage 230 V, comprising: level transmitter (sensor length 250 mm)
with screwed connection R 1, display unit (alarm device) with signal light and buzzer.
10703
Accessory LED instrument lighting
Accessory overfill prevention
sensor (only necessary when
filling with fixed connection)
Integrated filling funnel with strainer and drainer
for oil-contaminated parts, such as oil filters
ACCESSORIES
Waste oil
(wxdxh)
Weight
CUBE-Waste oil tank Indoor,
without hinged lid
1000 120 x 80 x 174 125 10477
1500 120 x 115 x 174 155 10478
2500 120 x 180 x 174 210 10479
CUBE-Waste oil tank Outdoor,
with hinged lid
1000 120 x 80 x 180 140 10480
1500 120 x 115 x 180 170 10481
2500 120 x 180 x 180 225 10482

76
76
a b
c
d
Lubricants
CEMO UNI PG 4
Stationary tank systems for lubricnts pneumatic
Regulation on the putting into circulation and provision of measuring devices on the market
and on their use and calibration (Weights and Measures Regulations – MessEV)
§ 5
Uses exempt from the scope of application
(1) The Weights and Measures Act and these regulations are not to be applied to measuring devices or readings
that are used in normal commercial practice
6.
in businesses of the motor trade or at public filling stations for determining the volume or the mass of lubricating
or transmission oil, brake fluid, refrigerant for air conditioners, anti-freeze or screenwash
Important information regarding the Weights and Measures Regulation (extract)
**** National installation laws and conditions must be observed. We will be happy to advise you.
Type / Capacity L Dimensions cm (l x w x h) Hose Weight approx. kg Order no.
UNI 750
UNI 750
108 x 77 x 167
108 x 77 x 187
4 m, hose holder
15 m, open hose reel
90
108
8251
8679
a
b
UNI 1000
UNI 1000
138 x 77 x 167
138 x 77 x 187
4 m, hose holder
114
132
8252
8680
c
d
UNI 1500*
UNI 1500*
187 x 77 x 210
212 x 77 x 210
4 m, hose holder
168
188
8681
8682
* incl. filling connection with TW coupling, breather cap and overfill protection
Pump 230 V (cannot be calibrated*)
with a delivery rate of 9 L/min and max.
delivery pressure of 12 bar
*
see information on weights and measures
regulation
Tank from HDPE with integral galvanised
sheet steel bund, standard accessories
such as pallet base, filling contents gauge
and visual bund alarm, suction kit, pump,
dispensing hose and digital manual flow
meter, with holder and drip tray.
Components delivered unmounted to
prevent damage during transport.
For storage of fresh and waste oil with a
flash point 55°C and certified for use
in water protected areas without a bund*
when installed indoors.
Electric pumps (technical data)
Pump 230 V (cannot be calibrated*).
Gear pump with a delivery rate of 9 L/
min, max. delivery pressure 12 bar, suit-
able for engine, transmission and
hydraulic oils up to SAE 140
COMPACT LUBRICANT SYSTEM WITH ELECTRIC PUMP
Fresh oil

77
Lubricants
Tank from HDPE
certification
Individual tank with integral galvanised
sheet steel bund, standard accessories
such as filling contents gauge, visual
leakage detector device, integral carrying
handle, no pump.
For storage of fresh and waste oil with
a flash point 55°C also certified
for indoor installation and in water
protection areas without a bund*.
Low overall height (up to 1,000 L), thus
no steps are required when filling with
waste oil.
UNI-Tank
Tank as described above
with foot pallet.
MULTI-Tank
Tank as described above with integral
sheet steel pallet for moving with
a forklift or hand forklift from any of
four sides.
Particular advantages:
• certified for transport according to
the ADR, but without a pump fitted.
Examination after 2½ years
(see ADR 6.5.4.4.1 b).***
• lower centre of gravity increases stabil-
ity and improves handling/ transport.
CEMO UNI l MULTI PG 4
Stationary tank systems for lubricnts
Fresh and
waste oil
***
The transport certification for all plastic-IBC is limited to 5 years.
Capacity L Dimensions cm (l x w x h) Certification no. Weight approx. kg Order no.
400 73 x 70 x 117 Z-40.21-365 50 7979
750 98 x 77 x 142 Z-40.21-288 66 7379
1000 128 x 77 x 142 Z-40.21-288 89 7380
1500 163 x 77 x 185 Z-40.21-432 151 7881
Capacity L Dimensions cm (l x w x h) Storage and transport Certification no. Weight approx. kg Order no.
400 73 x 74 x 117 Z-40.21-365 / D/BAM6403/31HA1 55 7536
750 98 x 80 x 146 Z-40.21-288 / D/BAM11580/31HA1 82 7381
1000 128 x 80 x 147 Z-40.21-288 / D/BAM11581/31HA1 100 7382
1500 164 x 80 x 191 Z-40.21-432 / D/BAM6404/31HA1 165 7539
MULTI-TANK
UNI-TANK
Base pallets with collision protection
MULTI-Tank series

78
78
CEMO VISCOTROLL – Mobile compact system PG 4
Mobile compact lubricant system
is the ideal oil dispenser solution in all
cases, where the drum may have to be
moved anywhere within the workshop.
Thanks to the electric power supply, con-
nection to any type of socket is possible
and no compressed air supply is needed.
The unit has a self-priming gear pump,
which guarantees a constant dispensing
volume as well as even, pulsation- and
noise-free flow.
A flow meter with a display integrated into
the nozzle enables exact metering and
volume control of the dispensed liquid.
Pump technical data – see Viscomat
lubricant pump 200/2 page 126.
Wheeled drum trolley of tubular construc-
tion complete with nozzle holder, hose
holder and drip tray, self-priming pump
with connected 230 V AC asynchronous
motor with self-ventilation (protection
category IP 55), 1 suction hose with foot
valve and filter, 4 m pressure hose ½,
nozzle with flexible end, drop-free auto-
matic valve.
Description Weight approx. kg Order no.
Viscotroll 200/2 with flow meter K 400 35 7910
GRP filling funnel with sealable lid 7389
Suction pipe with tanker coupling for UNI/MULTI-Tank up to 1,000 L 7390
Suction pipe with tanker coupling for UNI/MULTI-Tank 1,500 L 8323
Hand pump
for engine oils up to SAE 50
for UNI/MULTI-Tank up to 1,000 L
1452
Overfill prevention complete, supply voltage 230 V,
comprising: level sender (probe)
with reducer R 1 and ¾, indicator (alarm arrangement)
with alarm lamp and buzzer.
11452
Leakage detector device
visual and acoustic
7391
Ultrasonic contents gauge,
suitable for UNI-/MULTI-Tank,
all sizes
10275
Viscotroll 200/2 with flow meter
pressure switch with incorpo-
rated safety valve available on
request
ACCESSORIES FOR UNI- AND MULTI-TANK
Lubricants
CEMO Lubricant tanks PG 4
Fresh and
waste oil

79
Lubricants
DOUBLE-WALLED –
therefore also certified for
water protection areas
without external bund!
two connection flanges ( Ø 170 mm)
for up to 8 connection options
integral bund with leakage detector
contents gauge
easy tank cleaning
100% corrosion resistant
sturdy steel supports
CEMO CUBE Profitank 2000 L PG 4
Stationary tank system for lubricants, double walled Fresh and
waste oil
Successor to the legendary CEMO
DWT tank with general construction
inspection certification (applied for)
• with two connection flanges
• also suitable for water protection areas
• certified for installation outdoors
• Extensive range of accessories such
as sturdy steel dome lids for mounting
connection hoses and pumps
Description
External dimensions
in cm (l x w x h)
Weight
CUBE-Profitank 2000 L 86 x 180 x 180 180 11665
Available from September 2022
NEW

80
80
Lubricants
Filling funnel complete,
with ventilation connection and lockable cover,
for Profi-Tank 2000 L
7207
Padlock for above, galvanised 1490
Dome lid (steel) complete with suction pipe, with pipe couplings, respectively 1 x 2, 1 ½ and 1.
Supplied with: tanker coupling and a blanking cap for each pipe coupling 2, 1 ½ and 1...
for Profi-Tank 2000 L
7332
Electronic overfill prevention, 230 VAC
comprises evaluation unit and probe housing protection category IP 54,
fitting 1 and ¾, reduction 2 to 1,
probe 500 mm
11452
Contents gauge Piusi OCIO for oil, 230 V, IP55
Special features: continuous measurement, display of heights, volumes and refill percentages,
minimum and maximum level alarms, high accuracy, simple installation, simple software
configuration, PC connection possible
7796
Step, galvanised, step heights 20 cm and 40 cm 3345
self-regulating, prevents separation of paraffins at low temperatures
8126
Dome lid (steel) with 4 threaded pipe couplings (straight),2 for filling, also 2, 1 ½ and 1.
Supplied with: a blanking cap for each pipe coupling 2, 1 ½ and 1.
1436
Dome lid (steel) with 2 threaded tubes (sloping welded),
1 x 2 for filling, 1 x 2 for vent and 2 threaded pipe
couplings (straight) 2 and 1.
Supplied with: Tanker coupling and ventilation cap.
1451
ACCESSORIES FOR FRESH OIL TANK
ACCESSORIES FOR WASTE OIL TANK
ACCESSORIES GENERAL
CEMO CUBE Profi tank PG 4
Stationary tank system for fresh and waste oil, double walled

81
Description Dimensions cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
60 L with electric pump, LiFePO4 battery,
charger and oil dispensing nozzle
90 x 53 x 38 17 10936
100 L with electric pump, LiFePO4 battery,
charger and oil dispensing nozzle
100 x 59 x 43 22 10751
Electronic K400 meter,
oval gear principle, 1-30 L/min, ½ inner thread, max. 70 bar,
suitable for oil metering pistol and more
8574
Lithium-iron phosphate battery (LiFePO4), 12.8 V – 3.3 Ah,
as spare battery
Pumping volume with one battery charge (depending on viscosity) approx. 90 litre.
10602
CEMO lubricant trolley PG 4
The practical solution for filling vehicles
used on construction sites or in the field.
• capacity 60 L and 100 L
• for transport and independent filling of
unused engine, gear and hydraulic oils
(no dangerous goods as per ADR)
• polyethylene container with integral hand grip
and carry handles
• filler cap with integral vent and breather valve
• outlet connection with isolation valve
pneumatic tyres, all-terrain
trolley 60 L: 240mm diameter plastic tyres
• interior baffle
• equipped with 12 V, self-priming electric gear
pump, 4.5 L/min, max. delivery
pressure 5 bar with battery and charger,
with oil dispensing nozzle, 3.2 m dispensing
hose (100 L), 2.7 m dispensing hose (60 L)
Electric pump with LiFePO4 battery
Lubricant trolley 100 L
with K400 meter as accessory
incl. charger
ACCESSORIES
Lubricants

82
Electronic K400 flow meter,
oval gear principle, 1-30 L/min, ½ inner thread, max. 70 bar,
suitable for oil metering pistol and more
8574
Lid for Lubricant Mobil Easy 200 L 8963
Li-Power-Block 13,2 V - 5,5 Ah with charger (see page 41)
The battery has the capacity to pump approximately 150 litres of lubricant on a single charge,
depending on viscosity.
10750
200 L with pump 12V and oil metering pistol 80 x 60 x 59 31 10752
Lubricants
CEMO MOBIL EASY PG 4
Mobile tank systems for lubricants
with clean engine, gear and hydraulic oils
(no dangerous goods as per ADR) used on
constructions sites or in the field.
• single-walled container made
of polyethylene
• belt guide for tie-down straps
• DN 100 filler neck with cap
• vent with pressure relief
• self-priming, 12 V electric gear pump,
10 L/min, max. delivery pressure 4 bar,
4 m connection cable with crocodile clips
• delivery hose 4 m
• oil dispensing nozzle
Li-Power-Block as accessory
ACCESSORIES
Lubricant MOBILE Easy 200 L
with 12 V pump and oil
dispensing nozzle

83
Lubricants
Mobile device for the simple filling of
screenwash or radiator antifreeze. Optimal
for the workshop or the vehicle fleet.
Suitable for concentrate and water mix-
tures. Mixing can be done directly in the
container.
• caddy with 60 L capacity
• scale as content indicator
• markings for common mixing ratios
• crank pump with 0.38 litres
per revolution
• delivery valve with lock
Caddy for screenwash
or radiator antifreeze PG 4
Accessory digital flow
meter K24
Antifreeze fluid
Screenwash
Transfer trolley for oil 130 L PG 4
60 L caddy or screenwash or radiator antifreeze,
with crank pump, 2.9 m delivery hose and manual nozzle
90 x 53 x 38 14 10873
Digital flow meter K24
plastic, 6 - 100 L/min, 1 internal thread, 90° elbow for direct attachment to the pump
10274
ACCESSORY
and machines in the workshop
• for transport and independent filling of
fresh engine, gear and hydraulic oils in
the workshop
• totally mobile and cable-free
• 130 L container made of high-quality
polyethylene, with integral handles
• low centre of gravity
• filler neck with integral ventilation
• with contents gauge
• integral pump sump allows the container
to be emptied almost entirely
• equipped with four steering castors
ø 100 mm (two steering castors with
rotation and swivel brake)
• equipped with self-priming gear pump,
2.5 L/min, max. delivery pressure 4 bar,
with battery and charger, with oil meter-
ing pistol and 2 m dispensing hose
Description
Pump
dispensing
volume
Battery capacity Max. volume (litres)
per battery charge
Dimensions in cm
(l x w x h)
Order no.
130 L with pump, battery,
charger and oil metering pistol
6 L/min 4 Ah 120 50 x 75 x 101 11546
130 L without pump and battery 6 L/min - - 50 x 75 x 101 11676
Filling vehicles and machines
in the workshop
NEW
NEW
c Electronic flow meter K400, oval wheel principle, 1 - 30 L/min,
½ internal thread, max. 70 bar, suitable for oil metering pistol and more
8574
ACCESSORIES TRANSFER TROLLEYS
a Charger ASC55, 220 - 240 VAC, 3 A, CAS 11385
b Li-Power Battery 18 V / 4,0 Ah CAS 11387
a b
c
NEW
NEW
NEW

84
TANK SYSTEMS FOR ADBLUE® | DEF

86
88
91
97
104
101
98
AdBlue
®
CEMO tank systems for AdBlue®
/ DEF (p. 86-105)
• 1,500 L, 2,500 L
• expandable to 5,000 L
• everything packed into a small
space
• 5,000 L
• everything fully integrated
• the new dimension of CEMO
CUBE-Tanks
• low-cost entry-
level solution
CEMO CUBE 5,000 L CEMO CUBE
“OUTDOOR” AND “INDOOR”
BASIC AND PREMIUM
The classic choice for everyone
who has not yet acquired their
own larger tank system.
CEMATIC BLUE
PUMP SYSTEM FOR IBCS
• complete system
• simple
CEMATIC BLUE
PUMP SYSTEM
FOR DRUMS 220 L
• mobile and adaptable
• refilling where
necessary and
cleaning up where
there is space
BLUETROLL MOBILE
• mobile passenger vehicle
filling system in the work-
shop
TROLLEY CAR PRO
The practical solution for filling
vehicles when used on construction
sites or in the field.
• 125 L - 980 L
• no ADR certification is required
for transport
BLUE-MOBIL EASY
TROLLEY
FOR ADBLUE®
CENTRI SP30
PUMP SYSTEM
FOR DRUMS 200 L
AdBlue®
is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association.
We also offer tanks
and systems for
co-generation plants
and biogas plants.
Please feel free to
contact us.
99
All-terrain due to large wheels and
integrated baffle.
• 60 L + 100 L
• no ADR certification is
required for transport

87
EURO 5
EURO 6
LEVEL IIIB
LEVEL IV
Aqueous urea solution AUS 32 (trade
name AdBlue®, for example) ) is a non-
hazardous chemical substance as defined
in the German Ordinance on Hazardous
Substances.
AdBlue® must not be exposed to direct
sunlight. The optimal storage temperature
is between - 5°C and + 20°C.
It freezes at -11°C and should not be
stored for longer periods above +30°C,
because vaporisation of ammonia
increases with temperature and the urea
concentration decreases.
All parts in contact with fluids must be
made of stainless steel or certified plas-
tics, because the urea solution is highly
pure and must correspond to ISO 22241.
CEMO tank systems meet this require-
ment.
AdBlue® is classified as a low hazard
to water (water hazard class 1).
Consequently, the relevant provisions of
the laws pertaining to water and water-
ways apply. These were summarised
by the German Association for Water,
Wastewater and Waste (DWA) in technical
rule TRwS 781-2. It covers the filling of
vehicles with aqueous urea solution from
stationary storage tanks as well as mobile
tanks used at a fixed location in filling
stations for vehicles, both for public filling
and private filling station.
The capacity constitutes the state of the
art and is binding for all operating compa-
nies, both for existing tank systems as
well as for new systems to be established.
In all cases, contamination of the light
oil separator or the sewer system by
AdBlue® must be avoided.
Thus for filling storage tanks and fueling
vehicles a filling area which is inperme-
able to fluids with an effective range
according to TRwS 781: 4.1.2 is required.
•
For volumes greater than 1,000 litres,
the tank must be double-walled or a
means of retention must be present.
Please clarify the requirements which
apply to your local water authorities.
We will be happy to advise you.
•
Storage tanks must be equipped with
an certified overfill prevention system.
•
Collision protection, for example as kerb,
guard rail, large stones or similar.
Filling of vehicles with AdBlue®
•
Nozzles with automatic shut-off must
be used.
•
The retention capacity of the necessary
filling area must constitute 5 min of the
maximum pump delivery rate and at
least the maximum defined delivery vol-
ume with the use of an automatic pump.
•
If this retention volume is not present
without AdBlue® getting into the light
oil separator or sewer system, then the
requirement is considered met, only
if the locking catch of the nozzle is
removed and it is ensured that the dis-
pensing hose cannot be run over.
Filling the storage tank
•
For a filling area in the open, rainwater
need not be considered in the calcula-
tion of retention volume when the area
is covered.
•
The necessary retention volume with the
use of a dispensing hose safety system
amounts to R1 = 0.1 m³; for filling using
equipment with a safety button which
must be held down while filling and an
emergency shutoff function R1 = 0.9 m³
•
The entire retention capacity present
can be filled up to the oil separator if a
closure is present at a suitable position
before it, which can be closed during
the filling of the large tank.
TIP
No retention capacity is required if:
1.
Dispensing hoses are in accord-
ance
with the German Technical
Regulations for Flammable Liquids
(TRbF) 50 Appendix B or Directive
97/23/EC are used and operated
in accordance with Bulletin
T002 of the Employment Accident
Insurance Fund of the Chemical
Industry (BG Chemie)
2.
Full hose delivery equipment
with dry coupling is used
3.
An immobiliser is used on the
tank vehicle
4.
Filling of the storage tanks takes
place on a filling area compliant
with TRwS 781
5.
The dispensing hose cannot be
run
over (for example, automatic
hose reel with spring return
without pawl).
The points listed are abbreviated excerpts
from the cited and general regulations
in some cases with no guarantee of
completeness.
Storage containers
BASICS AND REQUIREMENTS FOR FILLING STATIONS FOR ADBLUE®
AdBlue
®
Filling stations for AdBlue®
AdBlue®

88
All components are clearly located
at optimal height within the bund.
The new CUBE-Tank series is the first generation of filling stations to have been
uncompromisingly developed as a complete system from the outset. With the
5,000 L size, CEMO is expanding this concept upwards. Everything has its place
and nothing interrupts the filling process. Let us convince you of the advantages
of this overall concept.
ergonomically perfect
Three attachment points around the
circumference Ø 20 mm for shackles
or hoists for lifting of the empty tank
station from above.
Four fixing points on the floor for
wind load protection.
Hinged lid with 300 mm inspection
port.
easy to lift
wind load protection
large access
Integral 110% bund gives added
environmental protection.
double protection
video
CUBE-Tank
AdBlue
®
CEMO CUBE 5,000 L
Stationary tank systems for AdBlue®
AdBlue®

89
Description Capacity L External dimensions cm (wxdxh) Weight approx. kg Order no.
Indoor Basic
DN 19 dispensing hose 6 m
5,000 240 x 230 x 174 185 11140
Indoor Premium
meter K24, DN 19 hose reel 8 m
5,000 240 x 230 x 174 200 11141
Outdoor Basic,
DN 19 dispensing hose 6 m
5,000 240 x 230 x 180 200 11028
Outdoor Premium,
meter K24, DN 19 hose reel 8 m
5,000 240 x 230 x 180 215 11029
Outdoor Premium
fuel terminal
5,000 240 x 230 x 180 217 11165
CUBE-Tank for AdBlue®
Outdoor storage and extension tank version as
per Basic but without pump, dispensing hose,
nozzle and nozzle holder.
For connection set see Accessories.
5,000 240 x 230 x 180 190 11352
Filling stations for AdBlue®,
Complete stations Basic and Premium
Z-40.21-565
• hinged lid (Outdoor)
• filling connection with 2 dry coupling
• electronic overfill prevention
• mechanical contents gauge
• pump 230 V, 35 L/min
• automatic nozzle with dispensing
nozzle holder
• fitting heater 250 W (Outdoor)
• all devices wired ready to connect
into a terminal box
CUBE-Tank
for AdBlue®,
Outdoor Basic
CUBE-TANK FOR ADBLUE®, FUEL TERMINAL
Meter FMT 3 with pulse output Dispensing nozzle switch
CUBE-Tank
for AdBlue®,
Outdoor Premium
CUBE-Tank for AdBlue® for connection
to an external fuel terminal
Features the same as CUBE-Tank
for AdBlue®, however in addition:
• FMT3 meter with pulsed output,
25 pulses per litre
• dispensing nozzle contact
• release relay 230 V
AdBlue
®
CEMO CUBE 5,000 L for AdBlue®
PG 4
AdBlue®

90
CMO20 SIM***
AdBlue
®
Description
Capacity
L
External dimensions
cm (wxdxh)
Weight
Outdoor Premium Plus 20 5,000 240 x 230 x 180 220 11339
Outdoor Premium Plus 20 SIM 5,000 240 x 230 x 180 220 11340
CUBE-TANK FOR ADBLUE® OUTDOOR PREMIUM PLUS AND PLUS SIM
CUBE Tank for AdBlue®
Outdoor Premium Plus with
Tank Management System CMO 20
Specification the same as CUBE Tank for
AdBlue® Outdoor Premium, and in addition:
• flow meter with access control and Tank
Data Management System “CMO20” for
up to 999 users, incl. 5 user key fobs
and one Master Key fob
• access via key or PIN code
• input of kilometre reading/operating
hours
Outdoor Premium Plus 20 SIM***
As Outdoor Premium Plus 20, additionally
with:
• electronic fill-level indicator
• GPS function
• modem for tank data transmission
AdBlue®
CEMO CUBE 5,000 L PG 4
Stationary tank stations for AdBlue®
CMO20 CMO20 SIM***
Configuration
and SMS alarm
monitoring
Automatic
real-time
transmission of
transactions and
fuel level over
GSM network
Transfer trans-
actions to PC with
RFID reader
Server
Internet
Transfer transactions manually
***
SIM card not included.
Connection set between expansion tank and first tank. Consisting of connection pipe,
hose, ball valves and connection fittings.
Insulation or heating for pipe and hose not included.
11353
Hose reel with 8 m of EPDM hose, DN 19, including mounting fittings 11168
10274
Hinged lid blue, with gas struts and mounting fittings 11142
Tank heater for AdBlue® 230 VAC/435 W, stainless steel, with 6 m connection cable
Switching temperatures:
Ton (-3) – (-5) °C, Toff (1 - 3) °C, size 700 mm x 47 mm.
Suitable for retrofitting at any time. Two or more heaters can be installed for higher output requirements.
We recommend insulating the installation surface of the tank system.
10756
Data transfer set
with 3 data transfer cards and USB key reader for wireless data transfer to PC,
incl. PC software
10746
Key fob with 5 user key fobs 10747
ACCESSORIES (NOT FITTED)

91
(wxdxh)
Weight approx.
kg Order no.
CUBE-Tank for AdBlue®, Indoor Basic,
6m dispensing hose, without hinged lid
1500 120 x 115 x 174 165 10301
2500 120 x 180 x 174 220 10302
CUBE-Tank for AdBlue®, Indoor Premium,
meter K24, hose reel with 8m dispensing hose
1500 120 x 115 x 180 190 10434
2500 120 x 180 x 180 250 10435
CUBE-Tank for AdBlue®, Outdoor Basic,
6m dispensing hose, Winter Pack Mid-Europe1, with hinged lid
1500 120 x 115 x 180 190 10303
2500 120 x 180 x 180 250 10304
CUBE-Tank for AdBlue®, Outdoor Premium,
meter K24, hose reel with 8m dispensing hose,
Winter Pack Mid-Europe1, with hinged lid
1500 120 x 115 x 180 205 10305
2500 120 x 180 x 180 265 10306
CUBE-Tank Extension Indoor: CUBE-Tank for AdBlue®
with integrated bund, with visual bund alarm, filling connection with 2 dry
tanker coupling, electronic overfill sensor, contents gauge, suction hose
with connection kit to first tank, completely assembled
2500 120 x 180 x 180 220 10436
CUBE-Tank Extension Outdoor: CUBE-Tank for AdBlue® with integra-
ted bund, with visual bund alarm, filling connection with 2 dry tanker
coupling, electronic overfill sensor, contents gauge, suction hose with
connection kit to first tank, Winter Pack Mid-Europe1,
with hinged lid, completely assembled
2500 120 x 180 x 180 235 10307
CUBE-Tank for AdBlue® Indoor Basic “Tank system” 2500 120 x 180 x 180 222 11036
CUBE-Tank for AdBlue® Outdoor Basic “Tank system” 2500 120 x 180 x 180 252 11037
CUBE-Tank for AdBlue® Outdoor Premium “Tank system”
1500 120 x 115 x 180 206 10466
2500 120 x 180 x 180 266 11038
1 Winter Pack Mid-Europe: includes heater 250W for equipment area
Dispensing station for AdBlue®,
Basic and Premium

• 2 dry tanker coupling
• automatic nozzle with
integral nozzle holder
• all devices wired ready to connect
into a terminal box
CUBE-Tank for AdBlue® for connecting
to an external fuel terminal
Specification as CUBE-Tank for AdBlue®,
however in addition
• FMT 3 meter with pulsed output,
25 pulses per litre
• dispensing nozzle contact
• release relay 230 V
CUBE-Tank for AdBlue®,
1,500L, Indoor Basic
1,500 L, Indoor Premium
Integral forklift runners assists
with loading and installation.
Moulded hexagonal
matrix for integral poly-
mer strength, supported
by twin steel bands at the
points of greatest load
AdBlue
®
CEMO CUBE for AdBlue®
PG 4
AdBlue®

92
1,500 L, Outdoor Premium
CUBE-Tank for AdBlue®, 1,500 L, Outdoor Basic
1,500 L, Outdoor
CUBE-Tank for AdBlue®, Outdoor Premium
heating with thermostat
Sealing brush prevents from cold.
External dimensions
cm (wxdxh)
Weight approx.
kg Order no.
CUBE-Tank for AdBlue® Outdoor Premium Plus,
meter with access control and tank data management system “CMT 10”,
user keys and master key
1500 120 x 115 x 180 206 11030
2500 120 x 180 x 180 266 10920
CUBE tank for AdBlue®,
Outdoor Premium, with
meter with access control
and “CMT 10” tank data
management system
as accessory
CUBE-TANK FOR ADBLUE® OUTDOOR PREMIUM PLUS WITH TANK DATA MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CMT 10
CUBE-Tank for AdBlue® Outdoor
Premium Plus with tank data
management system CMT 10
Design as CUBE-Tank for AdBlue®
Outdoor Premium, however
management system “CMT 10”
with up to 250 users
• incl. 5 user keys and 1 master key
AdBlue
®
CEMO CUBE PG 4
AdBlue®

93
Hose reel with 8 m EPDM hose, DN 19 10431
10274
Hinged lid blue, complete with gas strut and mounting fittings 10437
Tank heater for AdBlue® 230 VAC/435 W, stainless steel, with 6 m connection cable
Switching temperatures: Ton (-3) – (-5) °C, Toff (1 - 3) °C, size 700 mm x 47 mm.
Suitable for retrofitting at any time. Two or more heaters can be installed for higher output requirements.
We recommend insulating the installation surface of the tank system.
10756
Insulating jacket for CUBE-Tank 1,500 L
Grey insulating cover made from UV and weather-resistant PVC tarpaulin with flexible 20 mm insulation,
easy installation with Velcro fasteners, no “BLUE to go” logo (individual printing as advertising surface on request)
10954
Insulating jacket for CUBE-Tank 2,500 L 10955
Data transfer set
with 3 data transfer cards and USB key reader for data transfer to PC,
incl. PC software
10746
Key set with 5 user key fobs 10747
Accessory LED instrument lighting
Accessory K24 digital
flow meter
Accessory heater
Accessory hose reel
CUBE-fueling system 5,000 L
for AdBlue®, comprising:
• CUBE-Tank 2,500 L for
AdBlue®, Outdoor Premium
(10306)
• Extension Outdoor 2,500 L
(10307)
Accessory:
Insulating jacket
ACCESSORIES FOR CUBE-TANK FOR ADBLUE® (NOT ASSEMBLED)
AdBlue
®
CEMO CUBE for AdBlue®
PG 4
AdBlue®

94
Capacity L (gross) Dimensions cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
5000 239 x 135 x 198 295 8259
GRP bund 5500 L with tank certification no. DIBt: Z-40.12-471 298 x 159 x 134 165 8321
GRP bund 5,500 L
as accessory
PE banded tank
“Basic”,
without accessory
With general construction inspection
• PE banded tank “Basic”
made of high density
polyethylene (HD-PE)
• horizontal bands
• four 2 internally
threaded connections
• without accessories
PE BANDED TANK „BASIC” WITHOUT ACCESSORIES
MOBILE FILLING OF ADBLUE®
ACCESSORY
Blue-MOBIL Easy, see page 101 to 103
AdBlue
®
CEMO Tank stations PG 4
AdBlue®

95
Fixed tanker connection
with filling pipe and 2 stainless steel dry coupling,
vent with cartridge filter, mesh width 3 µm,
replaceable cartridge
8390
Suction kit,
hose 2 m with foot valve,
installation thread 2 ET, connection 1 IT
8865
Pump cabinet for mounting to the wall,
electric pump approx. 30 L/min with K24 electronic flow meter,
4 m delivery hose with automatic delivery valve,
complete in lockable metal cabinet, with foot valve as
accessory, for further accessories, e.g. suction hose, see below
10058
ACCESSORIES FOR FILLING STATIONS AUS 32, GENERAL
Dispensing hose EPDM, DN 19, 10 bar, per meter 8248
Suction hose PVC, DN 19, with plastic spiral, per meter 10757
Suction hose EPDM, DN 20, with wire spiral, per meter 8387
Plastic foot valve with connection nozzle DN 19 10661
Accessory hose clip, stainless steel 8249
ELAFLEX ZVA nozzle for AdBlue® 8.0, with swivel joint 1 ET,
with magnetic switch for “ELAFIX” magnetic adapter
8019
Automatic dispensing nozzle SB325, plastic, with swivel joint,
connection nozzle DN19
10190
Accessory stainless steel spout
with misfilling system and magnetic adaptor for SB325,
prevents from misfilling the diesel tank
10452
Accessory solenoid adapter
for AZV AdBlue® with solenoid switch
10192
Automatic dispensing nozzle with swivel joint,
made completely from plastic/stainless steel, connection nozzle DN19
10422
Accessory: plastic hand dispenser,
polypropylen (PP) body, stainless steel valve, Viton gaskets,
connection port DN19, stainless steel spout 19mm
8333
Accessory: plastic manual dispensing nozzle,
housing PA6, stainless steel, Viton gaskets,
connection nozzle DN 19, outlet 19 mm, with lever lock
11033
ACCESSORIES FOR PE BANDED TANK “BASIC”
AdBlue
®
CEMO filling stations for AdBlue®
PG 4
AdBlue®

96
FMOGne electric flow meter with twin-pulse output,
PEEK material, calibratable, 1” male thread both sides,
inlet at top, pulse out of open collector,
5 – 24 VDC, 2 x 100 pulses per litre
10049
Digital turbine meter FMT 3, Type open collector,
pulse out 25 p/l, material POM, 5 - 120 L/min,
ports 1 BSP male, horizontal flow direction
10451
K24 electric flow meter, plastic,
6 - 100 L/min, 1 external thread
with socket 1 stainless steel
8609
Flow meter K24 Pulse (87.73 pulses/L),
plastic, 5 - 120 L/min, 1” ET,
with 1” stainless steel socket
11034
Plastic swivel joint,
1 external thread, matches K24
8610
Plastic 90° hose connector,
DN 19, matches K24
8611
Plastic 90° hose connector,
1 external thread on sleeve, DN 19
8612
DN 19 hosetail with locknut 8731
90°elbow with locknuts for K24 meter 8732
Connecting piece, straight with locknuts for K24 8733
Electronic overfill prevention, 230 VAC
comprises evaluation unit and probe housing protection category IP 54,
fitting 1 and ¾, reduction 2 to 1,
probe 500 mm
11452
Dry coupling,
2 internal thread, stainless steel, with dust cap
8389
Pneumatic filling contents gauge,
display 0 - 100 %
8020
Electronic contents gauge OCIO,
230 V, IP 55, 2 relay outputs
10219
ACCESSORIES FOR FILLING STATIONS AUS 32, GENERAL
AdBlue
®
Stationary filling stations for AdBlue®
AdBlue®

97
a
Pump systems for AdBlue®
PG 4
COMPACT FILLING SYSTEMS FOR ADBLUE®
Drum pump ECO-1 for AdBlue® PG 4
COMPLETE PUMP SET ECO-1 FOR ADBLUE®
Low-cost entry-level solution
• self-priming as submersible pump
on container bottom
• electric pump approx. 25 L/min
• external pump dimensions:
length 160 mm, dia. 56 mm
• extremely quiet
• motor 230 V
• variable dispensing volume,
6 speeds can be selected
• sealless pump unit
• with bung adapter S 70 x 6
• 4 m filler hose
Bluetroll Mobile 12 V
Battery not included.
a Pump set CENTRI SP 30
12 V, with power pack for 230 V, 4 m hose, automatic nozzle
10590
b Bluetroll Mobile 12 V
Pump set CENTRI SP 30 with 4 m cable and battery crocodile clips, 4 m hose, automatic nozzle.
With transport trolley for drums.
10781
a Drum pump set ECO-1 with manual nozzle, max. 80 L/min 10869
b Drum pump set ECO-1 with automatic nozzle, max. 35 L/min 10870
c K24 electronic flow meter, with attachment screws and hose connector DN19 10871
b
Cost-effective entry-level solutions for drums
including 12 V submersible pump CENTRI
SP 30 and trolley see on page 120.
a b
c
Drum pump set ECO-1
with manual nozzle
Drum pump set ECO-1
with automatic nozzle
ACCESSORY
CENTRI SP30
EXTREMELY
QUIET
AdBlue
®
AdBlue®

98
a b
c
g
h
f
e
d
CEMO Cematic Blue pump systems PG 4
COMPACT FILLING SYSTEM FOR ADBLUE®
• high-quality diaphragm pump
made of plastic,
delivery rate approx. 30 L/min
supply voltage 230 VAC
• pump self-priming
• dispensing hose 6m
• automatic nozzle, plastic
a
Cematic Blue pump system BASIC auto nozzle, with universal bracket for IBCs as described above,
suction hose 1.5 m with SEC coupling
10215
b
Cematic Blue pump system for drums 220 L as described above,
suction hose 0.5 m with AF2 coupling and adapted suction pipe
10276
c
Bluetroll Mobile, mobile tank system for drums, consisting of a painted chassis, with steering
and fixed castors and the Cematic Blue pump system BASIC AZV and adapted suction pipe
10277
d
AdBlue® long life 3D filter, replaceable cartridge,
suitable for electric pump Cematic Blue and crank pump for AdBlue® 10782
e
3-piece suction pipe with coupling AF2, S 70 x 6 thread, external thread DN 19 10872
3-piece suction pipe with coupling AF2, 2 BSP thread, external thread DN 19 11063
f Digital flow meter K24, plastic, 6-100 L/min, 1 internal thread, 90° elbow for direct attachment to the pump 10274
g 2-piece suction pipe for IBC and 220 L tanks (can be shortened), suitable for SEC and CDS coupling, S 56 x 4 thread 10201
h SEC coupling with elbow hosetail DN19 10256
Drum not included
in the system.
Accessory:
2-piece suction pipe
for IBC and 220 L tanks
Accessory: coupling SEC
Optional flow meter, see accessories
Accessory:
3-piece suction pipe
with coupling AF2
Accessory:
long life 3D filter
ACCESSORIES FOR CEMATIC PUMP SYSTEMS
AdBlue
®
AdBlue®

99
Trolley 60 L for AdBlue®
with CENTRI SP30 and
CAS battery
NEW
CEMO trolley for AdBlue®
PG 4
• elegant blue container made from tested
polyethylene with integrated handle and
carry handles
• large wheels, dia. 240 mm, for simple
handling on terrain and over stairs
• integrated sloshing baffle
• blue container made from tested
polyethylene with integrated handle
and carry handles
• wheels, dia. 300, air-filled, all-terrain
• integrated sloshing baffle
• integrated recesses for securing with
ratchet tie-downs during transport
Version with crank pump
• solid construction for professional
operation
• housing in stainless steel and
technopolymer
• delivery rate 0.38 L per revolution
• with manual dispensing nozzle
• independent of electrical energy
Version with CENTRI SP 30
• electric submersible pump 12 V,
max. 20 A
• delivery rate approx. 25 L/min
• 4 m cable with fuse, switch and
crocodile clamps
• always self-priming, extremely quiet
• with lightweight automatic dispensing
nozzle in plastic/stainless steel
Version with CENTRI SP 30 and CAS
battery
• totally mobile and cable free,
independent of vehicle batteries
• very low self-discharge, no environmen-
tally harmful heavy metals, no memory
effect
• high intrinsic safety and integrated
protection circuit
• extremely quiet
• incl. charger 220-240VAC,
output 18 V-3A
with crank pump
with CENTRI SP30
AdBlue
®
CENTRI SP30
EXTREMELY
QUIET
AdBlue®
Trolley 100 L for AdBlue® with crank pump Trolley 100l for AdBlue® with CENTRI SP30
and CAS battery
NEW

100
Description Dimensions in cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
60 L with crank pump, dispensing hose 2.9 m 90 x 53 x 38 13 11127
60 L with CENTRI SP 30, dispensing hose 2.9 m 90 x 53 x 38 14 11128
100 L with crank pump, dispensing hose 3.4 m 100 x 59 x 43 19 11130
100 L with CENTRI SP 30, dispensing hose 3.7 m 100 x 59 x 43 20 11131
CEMO trolley for AdBlue®
PG 4
AdBlue
®
AdBlue®
Description
Pump dispen-
sing volume Battery capacity
Max. volume (litres)
per battery charge
Dimensions in cm
(l x w x h) Order no.
Including charger and battery
trolley for AdBlue® 60 L 25 L/min 2 Ah 300 90 x 53 x 38 11599
trolley for AdBlue® 100 L 25 L/min 4 Ah 600 100 x 59 x 43 11600
trolley for AdBlue® 60 L 25 L/min - - 90 x 53 x 38 11592
trolley for AdBlue® 100 L 25 L/min - - 100 x 59 x 43 11593
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
Trolley for Adblue® 60 L
K24 digital flow meter, plastic, 6 - 100 L/min, 1male thread,
with two hose connecting pieces and sleeve for mounting at the hose
or to the dispensing nozzle
10595
ACCESSORY
a b c d
a Charger ASC55, 220 - 240 VAC, 3 A, CAS 11385
b Li-Power battery, 18 V / 2.0 Ah, CAS 11386
c Li-Power battery, 18 V / 4.0 Ah, CAS 11387
d Li-HD battery, 18 V / 8.0 Ah, CAS 11388
Practical and economical:
one battery for all devices. CAS.
ACCESSORIES
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

101
CEMO BLUE-MOBIL EASY for AdBlue®
PG 4
Highly practical solution for refilling vehi-
cles with Selective Catalytic Reduction
(SCR) systems in the field.
Urea solution is not classed as hazardous,
so no ADR certification needed!
•
single-wall container constructed from
polyethylene certified for AdBlue®
• moulded recesses for strapping during
transport
• integral carry handles
• self priming 12V chemical pump approx.
30 L/min, 4m fly leads, with crocodile
clips
• 4m delivery hose DN 19
a
Blue-MOBIL
Easy 125 L b
Blue-MOBIL Easy 200 L
e
Blue-MOBIL Easy 980 L Premium,
pump 12 V
f
Blue-MOBIL Easy 980 L Premium,
pump 230 V
c
Blue-MOBIL Easy 600 L,
hinged lid als accessories
Description
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Weight approx.
kg Order no.
a
125 L, with pump 12V
80 x 60 x 45
22
10195
125 L, with pump 24V 10196
125 L, with pump 12 V, hinged lid 25 10314
b
200 L, with pump 12V
80 x 60 x 59 23
10197
200 L, with pump 24V 10198
200 L,
with pump 12V, hinged lid 80 x 62 x 61 26 10315
c
600 L,
with pump 12V, box with crane eyes
116 x 80 x 102 51
10174
600 L,
with pump 24V, box with crane eyes 10175
600 L, with pump 230V, box with crane eyes 116 x 80 x 102 54 10687
d
980 L,
with pump 12V, box with crane eyes, hinged lid
127 x 107 x 112
105 10972
980 L,
with pump 24V, box with crane eyes, hinged lid 105 11164
980 L, with pump 230V, box with crane eyes, hinged lid 108 10973
e
980 L
Premium, pump 12 V, box with crane eyes,
hinged lid, meter K24, hose reel 8 m, contents gauge
122 11146
f
980 L
Premium, pump 230 V, box with crane eyes,
hinged lid, meter K24, hose reel 8 m, contents gauge
125 11147
a
Blue-MOBIL
Easy 125 L
d
Blue-MOBIL
Easy 980L
BLUE-MOBIL EASY WITH DIAPHRAGM PUMP CEMATIC BLUE
AdBlue
®
AdBlue®

102
Robust and professional,
everything included!
Blue-MOBIL PRO PE 980 Premium
• outer container made of 3 mm steel
sheet, with high quality coating
• bidirectional forklift pockets and
lifting eyes
• lockable lid with gas struts
• inner container 980 L from high quality
polyethylene
• Cematic Blue pump, 230 V, 30 L/min
• K24 meter
• auto-rewind hose reel with 8 m of hose,
manual nozzle
• contents gauge
• tank heater and equipment heater 230 V
Sufficient for a dispensing volume of approx. 300 – 389 litres without idling,
0.9 10749
Sufficient for a dispensing volume of approx. 500 – 630 litres without idling,
1.2 10750
Charger 100 – 240 V, output 14.4 V - 3 A,
with crocodile clips
0.5 10759
Hinged lid for Blue-MOBIL Easy 125 L + 200 L, orange 4 8963
Hinged lid for Blue-MOBIL Easy 430 L + 600 L, orange (can be hinged on right or left) 13 8833
Contents gauge Blue-MOBIL Easy 440 L 0.3 11148
Digital flow meter K24, plastic, 6 - 100 L/min,
1 internal thread, 90° elbow for direct attachment to the pump
0.5 10274
K24 digital flow meter, plastic, 6 - 100 L/min, 1male thread,
with two hose connecting pieces and sleeve for mounting at the hose
or to the dispensing nozzle
0.6 10595
Insulation pack for Blue-MOBIL Easy 125 L + 200 L, including CEMbox 400, grey/oran-
ge (order no. 10334), comprising 30 mm insulation panels on the walls and 20 mm on
the floor. Space for battery (not included)
for supplying power to the pump and the heating pad as needed.
33 10008
Heating fabric 12 V, thermostatically controlled,
approx. 80 W, 50 x 98 cm, IPX 4,
cable 2 m with universal connector
0.7 10266
Coupler cable 1 m, 2-wire, max. 8 A,
battery crocodile clips + socket 12 V (SAE J563)
0.3 10267
Charger ASC55, 220 - 240 VAC, 3 A, CAS 1.3 11385
Li-Power battery 18 V / 2.0 Ah CAS 0.5 11386
Li-Power battery 18 V / 4.0 Ah CAS 0.7 11387
Li-HD battery 18 V / 8.0 Ah CAS 1.0 11388
ACCESSORIES FOR BLUE-MOBIL EASY
Description Dimensions in cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
Blue-MOBIL PRO PE 980 Premium 130 x 115 x 130 380 11159
CEMO BLUE-MOBIL PRO PE 980 L
for AdBlue®
PG 4
AdBlue
®
AdBlue®
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW

103
PG 4
AdBlue
®
CENTRI SP30
EXTREMELY
QUIET
AdBlue®
125 L 440 L
210 L
Specially adapted version of the
Mobile Easy suitable for storing and
dispensing urea solution AUS32 /
DEF / AdBlue®. Highly practical
solution for refilling vehicles with
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)
systems in the field.
Urea solution is not classed as
hazardous, so no ADR certification
needed!
• angle-wall container constructed
from polyethylene certified for
AdBlue®
• moulded recesses for strapping
during transport
• integral carry handles
• pump CENTRI SP 30,
12 V approx. 25 L/min, 4 m fly
leads, with terminal clamp
• 4m delivery hose DN 19
CENTRI SP 30 submersible pump, 12 V
Description External dimensions cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
125 L 80 x 60 x 45 20 10593
210 L 78.5 x 59.5 x 68.5 18.8 11143
210 L with hinged lid 78.5 x 59.5 x 68.5 20.5 11144
440 L with hinged lid 118 x 80 x 71 36.3 11145
210 L with CENTRI SP30 210 L with CENTRI SP30
Description
Pump dispensing
volume Battery capacity
Max. volume (litres)
per battery charge
Dimensions in cm
(l x w x h) Order no.
Including charger and battery
210 L with hinged lid 30 L/min 4 Ah 600 78.5 x 59.5 x 68.5 11602
210 L with hinged lid 30 L/min - - 78.5 x 59.5 x 68.5 11595
NEW
NEW
NEW

104
Bluefill
PRO X
Fass im Liefer
umfang nicht
enthalten.
AdBlue
®
Coupling
with sensor
Mobile refilling of passenger vehicles
for the workshop
The rapidly-increasing number of diesel
vehicles with AdBlue®
introduces new
challenges for workshops in refilling.
CEMO presents the ideal solution
for your business.
Trolley Car PRO and Bluetroll Car PRO
• 12V pump
• Elaflex automatic nozzle
• 4-8 L/min, adjustable on the dispensing
nozzle; from 2 L/min possible by
additional adjustment of bypass
and pressure switch at the pump
• digital flow meter K24 (trolley only)
• lithium iron phosphate battery
with charger
Mobile car AdBlue®
refilling PG 4
Trolley Car
Pro 60 L
Bluetroll Car
PRO 200 L
trolley Car PRO 60L 90 x 53 x 38 16 10773
Bluetroll Car PRO 200L
with suction pipe and coupling AF2
82 x 76 x 109 28 10867
Bluefill PRO X* 200 L or 60 L, car filling system with automatic shut-off 80 x 80 x 120 37 10868
Drum not
included in
the scope
of delivery.
3-piece suction pipe and coupling AF2 Coupling SEC
Bluefill PRO X
• chassis for 200 L and 60 L drums
• 230 V pump with 2 m dispensing hose
• dispensing volume preset
• dispensing volume automatic from 2 L/
min to 15 L/min
• coupling for vehicle tank to
ISO 22241
• self-cleaning sensor for
automatic switch-off
• closed system between
drum and vehicle tank,
venting back into the drum
• with suction pipe for the drum
and coupling type SEC
• the SEC coupling can be used
for filling the drum or even
connecting to an IBC for
direct filling
AdBlue®

105
In-house and safe
transport of AdBlue®
AdBlue
®
Transfer trolley Blue 130 L PG 4
• for safe, convenient indoor transfer of
AdBlue® from the storage area to the
vehicle
• totally mobile and cable-free
polyethylene, with integral handles
• equipped with four swivel castors ø
100 mm (two castors with rotation and
swivel brake)
• equipped with submersible pump,
approx. 25 L/min, with LiFePO4 battery,
charger, 2 m dispensing hose and auto-
matic nozzle
• suitable for commercial vehicles, con-
struction and agricultural machinery and
modern passenger cars.
Not suitable for older passenger cars
which can only be filled at a reduced
dispensing volume. Please refer to the
driver’s manual for your vehicle for infor-
mation about the maximum permissible
dispensing volume.
Transfer trolley Chem 130 L PG 4
• for safe, convenient indoor transfer of
liquid chemicals from the storage area
to the dispensing point
• totally mobile
polyethylene, with integral handles and
nozzle holder
• translucent container features a fill-level
scale
• equipped with four swivel castors
100mm (two castors with rotation and
swivel brake)
• The screw cap is positioned in the
centre and has an opening with a 2
BSP internal thread, where an electric
or manual drum pump with a length of
1,000 mm can be installed. Our drum
pumps can be found on pages 128-130.
130 L, without pump 50 x 75 x 101 20 11547
two swivel castors
with rotation and
swivel brake
submersible pump
low centre of gravity
1,000 mm electric or manual drum pump
can be installed (optional accessory)
Description Pump dispensing
volume
Battery
capacity
Max. volume (litres) per
battery charge
Dimensions in cm
(l x w x h)
Order no.
130 L, with submersible pump, battery, charger
25 L/min 4 Ah 600 50 x 75 x 101 11545
130 L without battery and charger 25 L/min - - 50 x 75 x 101 11675
Accessories transfer trolley see page 100
NEW
automatic nozzle

108
The right pump for every application
All details stated for pressure and delivery volume assume unobstructed suction and dis-
pensing without additional accessories, if not specified refer to effective dispensing volume.
AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association.
Water pumps
Petrol-driven pumps 120 - 124
With a dispensing volume up to 500 L/min
Chemical pumps
Drum pumps and pumps for IBCs 128 - 129
For acids, lyes and aggressive chemicals
Electric pumps Cematic Blue 131
Electric pumps with stainless steel housing for AUS 32
Hand pumps 130
Hand pumps for chemicals and urea solution AUS 32
Lubricant pumps
Viscomat pumps 125 - 127
up to SAE 140
Hand pumps 122
For lubricating oils
Petrol pumps
ATEX/IECEx-certified pumps 123 - 124
For flammable liquids
Diesel-/biodiesel pumps
page
Dispensing pumps 109 - 112
Recommended for easy filling of large annual diesel
requirements where tank data management is a must
CUBE pumps 113
Recommended for an annual diesel consumption between
10,000 and 250,000 litres wherever easy filling is required
Cematic pumps 114 - 118
Recommended for an annual diesel consumption between
1,000 and 40,000 litres wherever easy filling is required
without the need for integral tank data management
CENTRI SP80 119
Submersible pump for diesel/biodiesel and heating oil,
maintenance free
CENTRI SP30 119 - 120
Compact submersible electric pump
CENTRI diesel pump 121
Electric fuel pumps – low-wearing pumps with a long
service life
Hand pumps 122
For diesel and lubricating oils

109
B.SMART PG 4
Simple and intuitive – the Tank Data Management System with access control
via device using Bluetooth.

Description Flow rate L/min Order no. Order no. Order no.
10 user 20 userr 50 user
Diesel dispensing pump 70 B.SMART 70 11289 11290 11291
Diesel dispensing pump 100 B.SMART 90 11292 11293 11294
Dispensing pump for AdBlue® B.SMART 32 11295 11296 11297
MC-Box-System B.SMART - 11298 11299 11300
MC-Box-System B.SMART for 2 pumps - 11710 11711 11712
CUBE 70 B.SMART for Diesel 70 11301 11302 11303
CUBE 90 B.SMART or Diesel 90 11304 11305 11306
All devices for 230 V connection. Devices for 12 V or 24 V available on request.
MC-Box-System
CUBE 70/90
with optional pedestal
Diesel dispensing
pump 70/100
• Everything under a single part number:
fuel dispenser, access code for the web
app, and licences for driver/user.
• No monthly or annual costs. No ongoing
costs when upgrading your operating
system. No separate software required.
• The device sends the fuel receipts to
the Cloud. The administrator can track
each refuelling operation in real time. It
works on any device (PC, tablet, smart-
phone, etc.) and any operating system
(Windows, Linux, iOS, etc).
• Any number of B.SMART systems can
be monitored from anywhere.
• Suitable for all devices with iOS or
Android operating system. The app is
available free of charge from the App
Store or Google Play Store.
• Data can be exported from the web app
as a PDF or XLSX file.
• Drivers can work in the languages set
on their smartphones. Drivers without
smartphones can refuel using magnetic
keys.

110
B.SMART PG 4
Tank data management system
ACCESSORIES FOR B.SMART
5-User licence pack 11307
B.SMART ADD-ON tank level indicator, 1-year period 11492
B.SMART ADD-ON tank level indicator, 3-years period 11493
B.SMART ADD-ON tank level indicator, unlimited period 11494
Pedestal for electric pump CUBE 70 MC 50, black 7888
Key reader complete with USB interface 10878
Single user key, yellow 10877
B.Smart ADD-ON Fuel Economy, 1-year period 11703
B.Smart ADD-ON Fuel Economy, 3-years period 11704
B.Smart ADD-ON Fuel Economy, unlimited period 11705
B.Smart ADD-ON tank level + Fuel Economy, 1-year perio 11706
B.Smart ADD-ON tank level + Fuel Economy, 3-years period 11707
B.Smart ADD-ON tank level + Fuel Economy, unlimited period 11708
B.Smart Fuel Economy 45 QR-Codes 11709
Level gauge OCIO 2.0 RS485, 230 V 91528
ADD-ON Fill level monitoring
• Management of the tank fill level
• Setting alarms and notifications
• Management of suppliers and prices
• Display of trends and ranges
ADD-ON Fuel Economy monitoring
• Fleet management
• Limit consumption per vehicle and/or
driver
• Determine average consumption and
costs
• Easy entry of external refuelling
• Vehicle recognition via QR code
possible

111
Diesel dispensers PG 4
for diesel and biodiesel
Description
Dispensing volume
L/min
Dimensions cm
(l x w x h)
Weight
approx kg
Order
no.
Diesel dispenser 70 MC 70 47 x 40 x 144 67 7930
Diesel dispenser 100 MC 90 47 x 40 x 144 75 8563
Diesel dispenser 70 K44 70 47 x 40 x 144 67 7931
Diesel dispenser 100 K44 90 47 x 40 x 144 75 8564
CUBE 70 MC 50 70 46 x 40 x 40 25 7853
We recommend that assembly and commissioning be performed by trained service
technicians. We would be delighted to give you details of technicians near you.
Diesel dispensers
70 MC + 100 MC
Diesel dispensers
70 K44 + 100 K44
Dispensers for vegetable oil
and AdBlue® on request.
Diesel dispensers 70 MC + 100 MC
• rotary vane pump 230 V
• up to 80 users
• diesel dispensing volume can be
preset
• option of entering vehicle registration
number and mileage
• management of date and time of
dispensing
• PIN-code access control is standard
• local recording of the last 255 fuel
dispensing events
• optional electronic key access control
• optional data transfer to PC by means
of electronic key
• optional data transfer to the PC by
means of converter and data transmis-
sion cable up to a distance of 1000 m
• equipped with automatic dispensing,
design approved in accordance with
EN 13012
• 70 MC with passenger car outlet
• 100 MC with truck outlet
• 4 m dispensing hose, DN 25
• filter 30 µm with water separator
• menu language English (for “German”
language code, see accessories)
CUBE 70 MC 50
• set up to 50 users
• menu language German
• suction vacuum approx. 0.3 bar, so not
recommended for underground tanks
Diesel dispensers 70 K44 + 100 K44
• mechanical volumetric litre meter, 4 digit
DIESEL DISPENSER
Electric pump CUBE 70 MC 50
with pedestal (accessory)

112
Diesel dispensers PG 4
Software SelfService Management 2018
Dispensing hose DN 25 (with 2 x 1 external thread)
diesel biodiesel resistant
4 m 7933
6 m 7934
8 m 7935
10 m 7936
Cartridge filter with water separator,
max. 70 L/min, 30 μm, 1˝-12 UNF,
for dispensing pumps 70 MC/FM/K44 (1 piece)
and 100 MC/FM/K44 to model year 10/09 (2 pieces)
10031
Cartridge filter with water separator,
max. 150 L/min, 30 μm, 1½˝-16 UNF,
for dispensing pumps 100 MC/FM/K44 (1 piece)
from model year 11/09
10032
Software SELF SERVICE MANAGEMENT 2018 - USB
USB stick with software, also acts as licence key
10865
Software SELF SERVICE MANAGEMENT 2018 - WEB
Code for downloading the software, licence check online
10866
Newly-revised version of the tank data management system for SelfService MC,
SelfService FM, MC Box and CUBE MC.
• contemporary control panel and intuitive operation
• simple data import from previous
versions
• with drivers for key reader, converter, PW-LAN and PW-WiFi
ACCESSORIES
PW-LAN data transmission interface
requires PC-software see below
11310
PW-WIFI data transmission interface
11311
Converter without PC-software,
for data transmission by means of a connection cable to the pump, USB interface,
10876
Key set
(1 master key, 10 user keys green yellow, key reader with USB interface)
for wireless data transfer to the PC, for dispensers beginning year of construction nov. 09
10879
Key reader complete with USB interface 10878
Master key (1 pc.), red, for data transmission 7826
1 set of user keys (10 pcs.) green, for dispensers until year of constr. oct. 09 7825
Single user key, yellow 10877
1 set of user keys (10 pcs.) yellow, for dispensers beginning year of constr. nov. 09 8705
“German” language key,
for changing the menu language from English to German
8135
ACCESSORIES SPECIALLY FOR DISPENSERS MC AND FM

113
We recommend that assembly and commissioning be performed by trained service technicians.
We would be delighted to give you details of technicians near you.
Order no.
Pump CUBE 70 MC 50 (picture see page 111)
230 V, approx. 70 L/min (self-priming) with electric flow meter, 50 user codes,
automatic nozzle, 4 m dispensing hose installed within a protective box, without suction hose
7853
Pump CUBE 56 K 33, 230 V,
approx. 56 L/min (self-priming) with flow meter, automatic nozzle
and 4 m dispensing hose DN 19, fitted in a protective housing, without suction hose
7776
Pump CUBE 70 K 33, 230 V,
approx. 70 L/min (self-priming) with flow meter, automatic nozzle
and 4 m dispensing hose DN 25, fitted in a protective housing, without suction hose
7887
CUBE pumps
• self-priming
• light and robust construction
• simple handling due to low weight
• with anti-siphon device
• 4 m dispensing hose and automatic
nozzle is standard
• all pumps are equipped with a meter
• weather-proof housing with integrated
nozzle holder and lever switch for
automatic pump shut-off
• suction vacuum approx. 0.3 bar, so not
recommended for underground tanks
CUBE pumps PG 4
CUBE PUMPS
Pedestal for electric pump CUBE 70 MC 50, grey 7888
Wall-mounting bracket 7889
1 set of user keys (10 pcs.) yellow, for dispensers beginning year of constr. Nov. 09 8705
Quick coupling for barrels 2 x 1 7781
PVC suction hose 1.6 m with foot valve and filter
(with 1 external thread)
7783
Dispensing hose DN 25 (with 2 x 1 external thread)
diesel biodiesel resistant
4 m 7933
6 m 7934
8 m 7935
10 m 7936
Dispensing hose DN 19 for CUBE 56 pump see page 116.
ACCESSORIES FOR CUBE PUMPS
Electric pump CUBE 56 K 33 Electric pump CUBE 70 K 33

114
CEMATIC pumps PG 4
Cematic pumps
• self-priming / rotary vane pump
• with anti-siphon device
• 4 m dispensing hose is standard
• additional hose lengths from 6 to 10 m
can be purchased at extra cost
• 2 connector for all commercially
available tanks and drums
• connection cable for DC-pumps approx.
4 m long with catch and crocodile clips
All versions include: suction hose, dispensing
hose, barrel mounting and angle bracket.
Pump Cematic 56
230 V, approx. 56 L/min (self-priming) with nozzle,
4 m dispensing hose, 1.6 m suction hose
with foot valve and 2 quick coupling for barrels
7766
Pump Cematic 56 AZ
230 V, approx. 56 L/min (self-priming) with automatic nozzle,
nozzle holder, 4 m dispensing hose, 1.6 m suction hose
7768
Pump Cematic 56 K33 AZ
230 V, approx. 56 L/min (self-priming) with flow meter,
automatic nozzle, nozzle holder, 4 m dispensing hose, 1.6 m suction hose
7769
Pump Cematic 3000/12
4 m dispensing hose, 1.6 m suction hose with foot valve
and 2 quick coupling for barrels
7770
Pump Cematic 3000/12 K33 AZ
12 V, approx. 40 L/min (self-priming) with K33 flow meter,
automatic nozzle, nozzle holder, 4 m dispensing hose,
1.6 m suction hose with foot valve
7772
Pump Cematic 3000/24
4 m dispensing hose, 1.6 m suction hose with foot valve
7773
Pump Cematic 3000/24 AZ
24 V, approx. 40 L/min (self-priming) with automatic nozzle
and flow meter, nozzle holder, 4 m dispensing hose,
1.6 m suction hose with foot valve
7774
Pump Cematic Duo 24/12 AZ,
24 V, approx. 70 L/min (self-priming only for use with 24 V) with automatic nozzle,
nozzle holder, 4 m dispensing hose, 1.6 m suction hose with foot valve and 2 quick coupling
for barrels (can also be operated at 12 V, in which case, the pump dispensing volume is 35 L/min.)
8053

115
d
b
f h
Cematic pumps a b c
• self-priming rotary vane pump
• suction height up to 2.5 m
• robust pump housing of cast steel
• Induction motor 230 V AC, protection
category IP 55
• suitable for continuous operation,
protected against thermal overload
• integral pressure relief bypass valve
• integral suction filter on Cematic 56 + 72
• 1 internal thread connection on suction
and pressure sides
Cematic pumps DC d e f
• self-priming rotary vane pump
• suction height up to 2 m
• robust pump housing of cast steel
• brush-type DC motor,
protection category IP 55
• duty cycle max. 30 min.
• built-in excess pressure bypass valve
Electric pump Cematic UM h
• 230 V, approx. 56 L/min
• self-priming
• flow meter
• suction hose
• automatic nozzle and nozzle holder
• 4 m dispensing hose
• mounted complete on a bracket
that can be hung on the side of the
UNI tank
a
Pump Cematic 56, 230 V, 370 W,
dispensing volume approx. 56 L/min, delivery pressure approx. 2 bar
8565
b
8353
10764
c
dispensing volume approx. 90 L/min, delivery pressure approx. 1,5 bar
8354
d
Pump Cematic Duo, 24/12 V, 420 W,
approx. 70/35 L/min, delivery pressure max.1.5 bar, 1 internal thread connection on both sides, without cable
10148
4 m cable with 30 A fuse and crocodile clips, for Cematic Duo 12V/24V 11158
Pump Cematic 56, 12 V
300 W, max. 56 L/min, delivery pressure max. 1.5 bar, 1 internal thread connection on both sides, without cable
10548
4 m cable with 40 A fuse and crocodile clips, for Cematic 56 12V 91021
e
Pump Cematic 3000/12, 12 V, 280 W,
approx. 45 L/min, delivery pressure max.1.5 bar, hosetail DN 19 suction side, 1 internal thread pressure side
10149
Pump Cematic 3000/24, 24 V, 280 W,
approx. 45 L/min, delivery pressure max.1.5 bar, hosetail DN 19 suction side, 1 internal thread pressure side
10150
f
Diesel transfer set Cematic 12/40
In practical plastic case, 12 V pump, 4 m cable with battery pole terminals,
dispensing volume approx. 30 L/min, 2 m suction hose with foot filter, 4 m dispensing hose, auto nozzle with swivel joint
10492
g Bipump 12 V, max. 85 L/min 500 W, 1 internal threads , 4 m cable with crocodile clips, with switch 11160
h Electric pump Cematic UM 8162
CEMATIC pumps PG 4
230V pump Cematic 72 + 85 24V/12V pump Cematic Duo
Cematic 56, 12V
230V pump Cematic 56
12V Diesel transfer set Cematic 12/40
230V pump Cematic 90 12V/24V pump Cematic 3000/12 + 3000/24
a c e
g
230V pump Cematic UM
12V pump Bipump

116
CEMATIC pumps PG 4
Self 3000 fuel pump nozzle
(connection 1 internal thread)
7780
A 60 automatic dispensing nozzle with hose swivel joint, max. 60 L/min
(1 internal thread connection),
design approved in accordance with EN 13012
10028

A 60 automatic dispensing nozzle with hose swivel joint, max. 60 L/min
(1 internal thread connection)
7983
Automatic nozzle, swivel joint with DN 19 hosetail 9705
A 80 automatic dispensing nozzle,
truck outlet, max. 90 L/min,
with 1 internal thread hose swivel joint
8355
A 80 automatic dispensing nozzle, design approved in accordance with EN 13012,
truck outlet, max. 90 L/min, with 1 internal thread hose swivel joint
10026
Pump bracket
for fitting Cematic pumps on UNI-/MULTI-tank 750 L and 1000 L
7631
Quick coupling for drums 2 x 1(with 1 internal thread) 7781

K33 flow meter (connection 2 x 1 internal thread)
7779
Add-on kit for retrofitting K33 flow meter on Cematic pumps 7984
K24 digital flow meter, 10-120 L/min, 5-digit individual delivery display,
6-digit total delivery display, inlet 1” external thread, outlet 1” internal thread
8644
Digital flow meter K24 A,
aluminium housing, 7 - 120 L/min, 5-digit display,
total volume display 6-digit, 1 external thread, 1 internal thread, bi-directional flow
10157
1.6 m PVC suction hose with foot valve and filter
(with 1 external thread, DN 25)
7783
Dispensing hose DN 19
(with 2 x 1 external thread)
diesel/biodiesel resistant
4 m 7899
6 m 7900
8 m 7901
10 m 7902
Dispensing nozzle holder suitable
for 7780, 7258, 7983, etc.
for installation on the pump foot or on the wall as required
8566
O-ring for flange connection, with groove on one sides 10027
Double O-ring for flange connection, with groove on both sides 8357
ACCESSORIES

117
Automatic hose reels PG 4
with spring return. For mounting on the wall, ceiling or floor.
Pivotable wall bracket, painted steel plate suitable for order code 8338, 8342 8339
Pivotable wall bracket, narrow, painted steel plate, suitable for order code 10559, 10560 10563
Pivotable wall bracket, wide, painted steel plate, suitable for order code 10557, 8734, 10561 8735
Description Hose length m Hose Ø mm Order no.
Diesel Painted steel plate, with pivot arm
Hose reel open,
Inlet 1 internal thread, outlet 1 male thread, max. 10 bar,
Dimensions 475 x 460 x 246 mm
10 19 10557
Hose reel open,
8 25 8734
Hose reel open,
15 25 11161
Oil Painted steel plate
Hose reel closed, with fixed bracket
Inlet and outlet ½ male thread, max. 60 bar
12 15 10558
Hose reel open, with pivot arm
Inlet and outlet ½ male thread, max. 60 bar
15 15 10559
AdBlue®, water
Hose reel open, painted steel plate
Inlet with hosetail 19 mm, outlet open, max. 10 bar
8 19 10560
Hose reel open, painted steel plate
Inlet with hosetail 19 mm, outlet open, max. 10 bar
15 19 10561
Hose reel open, stainless steel
Inlet with 0.6 m hose ½ internal thread, outlet ½ male thread, max.
20 bar
10 19 8342
Compressed air
Hose reel closed, impact-proof plastic,
with swivelling wall bracket, 3/8 ET connections,
max. 20 bar, dimensions 500 x 420 x 210 mm
15 15 10883
Cable
Cable reel closed, rugged plastic housing, cable oil and water proof,
can be locked in any position. With swivel bracket for wall and ceiling
installation.
Power cable 1.5 m, with Schuko plug.
15 3 x 1.5 mm² 10864
Other versions and sizes on request. AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association.
ACCESSORIES FOR HOSE REEL

118
Filter with transparent bowl
max. 100 L/min, filter porosity 5 μm,
pack contains 2 replaceable elements
10034
Filter with transparent bowl
max. 70 L/min, filter porosity 30 μm, with water separating function,
pack contains 2 replaceable elements
10035
Replacement element,
max. 100 L/min, filter porosity 5 μm
10036
Replacement element,
max. 70 L/min, filter porosity 30 μm,
with water separating function
10037
Filter with cartridge 1-12 UNF,
max. 70 L/min, 30 μm, with water separator
8122
Cartridge filter with water separator, 1“-12 UNF,
30 μm, max. 70 L/min
10031
Filter with cartridge 1½ - 16 UNF u. 1 ¼ BSP,
max. 100 L/min
10783
Filter with cartridge with water separator, 1½ - 16 UNF,
30 μm, max. 150 L/min
10032
Oil, diesel and fuel filter
with cartridge,
10 μm, max. 60 L/min, max. 12 bar
10784
Filter for fuels, diesel and biodiesel PG 4
Diesel pumps ACCESSORIES PG 4
Connection on both sides: 1 internal thread and flange with O-ring groove.
Quick-release brass hose coupling, leak-free coupling and uncoupling,
1” internal thread connection
10038
Rubber suction hose DN 19, RME-resistant, with wire helix, sold by the metre 10039
Rubber suction hose DN 25, RME-resistant, with wire helix, sold by the metre 10758
PVC suction hose DN 19, RME-resistant, with plastic helix, sold by the metre 10757
PVC suction hose DN 25, RME-resistant, with plastic helix, sold by the metre 10040
Dispensing hose DN 19, PU/PVC, RME-resistant, sold by the meter 11351
Dispensing hose DN 25, PU/PVC, RME-resistant, sold by the meter 11554
Hosetail 1˝ external thread – 19 mm, brass, with O-ring 5522
Hosetail 1˝ external thread – 25 mm, brass, with O-ring 10042
Hose clamp 20 - 32 mm, 9 mm wide, galvanised 7030
Hose clamp 32 - 50 mm, 9 mm wide, galvanised 10043
Threaded ferrule compression coupling 1” ET for hose 19/4 mm, reusable 11555
Threaded ferrule compression coupling 1” ET for hose 25/6 mm, reusable 11556
Spring-loaded foot valve, brass, with filter, 1 internal thread 10044
Swivel joint, brass, ¾ external thread, 1 internal thread 11719
Swivel joint, brass, 1 external thread, 1 internal thread 10155
Swivel joint 3/4 external thread – DN 19 hosetail, nickel-plated brass, Viton seal 11495

119
Description
Max. dispensing volume
in L/min
Max. delivery
pressure in bar Order no.
Submersible pump CENTRI SP 80 AC, 230 V/50 Hz 80 2.8 11644
Submersible pump CENTRI SP80 AC PG 4
for diesel/bio diesel and fuel oil
CEMO submersible pumps: the superi-
or pump principle for your tank system.
Simple, fast and safe.
•
Running time limitation: automatic
switch-off after a preset time
•
Simple start-up: stands on the tank
bottom - no suction height
•
submersible centrifugal pump Ø 130 mm,
suitable for common tanks and IBCs
•
electrical supply 230 V/50 Hz, power
800 W
• high flow rate of 80 L/min
• motor thermally protected
•
connection 1 internal thread without
non-return valve
• connection cable 3 m without plug
NEW
Bunghole adapter in NBR rubber
• suitable for 2 BSP and S 70 x 6
• hose and cable continuous, hence infi-
nitely adjustable
to any tank height
• simple to change from drum
to drum without screws
• anti-kink sleeve
for cable and hose
• integrated vent
• hose clamp for fixing
Large splash-proof cord switch
4 m cable with crocodile clips and blade
fuse (versions 10488, 10489, 10490)
Cable connection directly on the 230 V
power pack (variants 10590, 10591, 10592)
Container opening
from e. g. 2
BSP and S70x6,
Ø 56 mm
• low-cost entry-level solution
• low-wear centrifugal pump
• electric motor 12V, max. 20A
• version with power pack for 230V
• self-priming as submersible pump
on container bottom
• user-friendly
• compact, lightweight design
• dispensing volume approx. 30L/min
with automatic dispensing nozzle
• exterior pump dimensions:
length 160mm, dia. 56mm
• extremely quiet
Diesel/biodiesel
AUS32 (AdBlue®)
Fresh water
Antifreeze liquid
Electric pump CENTRI SP30 PG 4
NEW
dispensing volume
submersible pump
CENTRI SP80
Maintenance free
0
0,5
1
1,5
2
2,5
3
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Total
pressure
[bar]
Flow rate [l/min]
Characteristic curve CENTRI SP80 AC

120
a Submersible pump CENTRI SP30, 12 V, max. 18 A, max. 50 L/min., cable length 1.5 m, hose barb DN19 91000
PUMP KITS
b
12 V for AdBlue®,
4 m cable with switch and crocodile clips, 4 m hose, automatic dispensing nozzle
10488
c
12 V for diesel,
4 m cable with switch and crocodile clips, 4 m hose, automatic dispensing nozzle
10489
d
12 V for AdBlue® and diesel,
4 m cable with switch and crocodile clips, 4 m hose, dispensing nozzle
10490
e
12 V for AdBlue®,
with power pack 230 V, 4 m hose, automatic dispensing nozzle
10590
f
12 V for diesel,
with power pack 230 V, 4 m hose, automatic dispensing nozzle
10591
g
12 V for AdBlue® and diesel,
with power pack 230 V, 4 m hose, dispensing nozzle
10592
AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association (VDA).
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP CENTRI SP30
4 m fly lead with crocodile clips and 25 A fuse 91026
In-line switch 16 A/250 V, two poles, black plastic 90958
Sufficient for a volume of approx. 300 - 380 litres without idling, depending on the pump, charging time approx. 66 min
10749
Sufficient for a volume of approx. 500 - 630 litres without idling, depending on the pump, charging time approx. 110 min
10750
Power transformer 230 VAC/13.8 VDC, 20 A, cable 1 m 10491
For AdBlue®: digital flow meter K24,
plastic, 6 - 100 L/min, 1 male thread, with two hose connecting pieces and sleeve
for mounting at the hose or to the dispensing nozzle
10595
Trolley for steel and plastic drums 200 L,
2 steering castors and 2 fixed castors, painted steel tube frame,
with holder for dispensing nozzle, hose and cable
10607
Dispensing nozzle holster for drums
complete with clamping screws and drip container
11044
ACCESSORIES
Images with optional nozzle holder accessory
a b c
d e f g
Electric pump CENTRI SP30 PG 4

121
Diesel pump CENTRI PG 4
non self-priming
• also for continuous operation
• 2 connector and M 64 x 4 for all
commercially available tanks and drums
• suction hose with foot filter
• integrated hand pump for priming
Submersible pump CENTRI 12 V
with accessory meter K24
Submersible pump CENTRI 230 V
Pump CENTRI, 12 V,
approx. 30 L/min effective dispensing volume,
4 m connecting cable with terminals, 6 m hose, dispensing nozzle
8640
Pump CENTRI, 12 V,
4 m connecting cable with terminals, 6 m hose, automatic dispensing nozzle
8641
Pump CENTRI, 230 V,
4 m connecting cable, 6 m hose, dispensing nozzle
8638
Pump CENTRI, 230 V,
4 m connecting cable, 6 m hose, automatic dispensing nozzle
8639
K24 digital flow meter can be calibrated,
measuring range 10 - 120 L/min, 5-digit display, 6-digit total delivery display,
inlet 1 external thread, outlet 1 internal thread, with 1 steel coupling
8644
Dispensing hose for pump CENTRI,
DN 19 other sizes available, price is per meter of hose
(The standard hose is still included in the package)
11351
CENTRI PUMP (EFFECTIVE OUTPUT)
Diesel/biodiesel
Antifreeze liquid
Windshield cleaner

122
a b c
d e f
Hose package 2 m, DN 25,
with manual nozzle and pipe clamp,
compatible with crank pump 10010
10011
ACCESSORY FOR ALUMINUM CRANK PUMP
Hand pumps for diesel and lubricants PG 4
• robust construction
• no energy source required
• low-cost
• 2 connector
• suction tube can be shortened
as required
Diesel/biodiesel
Lubricants
Windshield cleaner
Fuels
a
Hand pump with 1.5 m discharge hose with outlet spout DN 19, suction pipe 1450 mm
Pumping media: oil up to SAE 50, fuels, undiluted antifreeze, low viscosity mineral oils, heating oil EL/L,
diesel, petroleum, biodiesel
Dispensing volume: 0.25 L/stroke
1452
b
Steel drum-pump with spout for drums 60/200/220 L, Telescopic suction pipe 480-900 mm
Pumping media: oil up to SAE 90, self-lubricating, non-abrasive media, undiluted antifreeze, heating oil,
diesel, petroleum
7892
c
Hand pump with curved spout and anti-drip nozzle for filling measuring cups, measuring buckets,
canisters for drums 60/200/220 L, suction tube 840 mm, quick coupling for drums M 64 x 4 and 2 thread
Pumping media: oil up to SAE 90, self-lubricating, non-abrasive media
Dispensing volume: approx. 0.25 L/stroke
8577
d
Aluminum rotary pump with curved spout 25 mm, for drums 60/200/220 L, threepart suction pipe 950 mm
Pumping media: oil up to SAE 90, self-lubricating, non-abrasive media, undiluted antifreeze, heating oil,
diesel, petroleum
10010
e
Aluminum rotary pump with curved spout 25 mm, for drums 60/200 L, three-part suction pipe 950 mm
Pumping media: oil up to SAE 90, self-lubricating, non-aggressive media, heating oil, diesel, petroleum
11162
f
Hand pump with 1.5 m with conductive discharge hose with dispensing spout DN 19, telescopic suction pipe 470-925 mm
Pumping media:
fuels, undiluted antifreeze, low viscosity mineral oils, eating oil EL/L, diesel, petroleum, biodiesel
11685
NEW

123
Description
Dispensing
volume L/min Pressure (max) in bar Order no.
Pump Cematic 230/50 EX, complete. ATEX, 230 V, filter, 4 m dispensing hose, automatic
dispensing nozzle
40 1.1 10249
Pump Cematic 12/30 EX, 12 V, 14 A, 220 W,
4.1 m cable with crocodile clips and earthing cable with crocodile clips,
connection of both sides ¾
30 1.1 10647
Petrol transfer set Cematic 12/30 EX
In practical plastic case, 12 V pump, 4.1 m cable with battery pole terminals and earthing ter-
minal, dispensing volume approx. 25 L/min, 2 m suction hose with foot filter, 4 m dispensing
hose, manual nozzle with swivel joint
25 1.1 10730
Cematic 12/25 EX, 12V 25 0.7 11645
ATEX/IECEx-certified pump
Cematic 50 EX
for flammable liquids
Complete set consisting of:
• pump 230 V, max. 50 L/min, with
dispensing nozzle holder
• 2 drum adapter with coarse filter
and check valve
• telescopic suction pipe max. 1100 mm
• cartridge filter 30 µm with water
separating function
• 4 m dispensing hose, DN 19
• automatic dispensing nozzle with swivel
joint
No connector cable is supplied with the
pump. The electrical connection must be
made by an expert technician after a risk
assessment has been made.
Petrol pumps PG 4
for fuels
ATEX/CE-certified pump
Cematic 12/30 EX
• pump 12 V, approx. 30 L/min
• suction and pressure connection
can be mounted on side or top
• compact design with carry handle
• thermally protected
• dry, self-priming, max. 1.5 m
Electric pump
Cematic 230/50 EX,
flow meter available
as accessory
Electric pump Cematic
230/50 EX
Electric pump
Cematic 12/30 EX
Petrol transfer set Cematic 12/30 EX
in practical plastic case
PETROL PUMPS CEMATIC EX
Petrol pump Cematic 12/25 EX PG 4
•
vane pump, 12 V, max. 25 L/min
• suction and pressure connection ¾
internal thread
•
motor thermally protected
•
Ex dbh ll A T4 Gb
• dry self-priming, max. 2 m
•
5 m cable with crocodile clips and
cable switch NEW
NEW
Petrol 2-stroke mixture
Avgas | Kerosene

124
K33 flow meter, upward flow, 20 - 120 L/min, ATEX 10236
Retrofit kit for K33 ATEX flow meter, on Cematic 50 EX, Viton O-rings, flange 10410
Digital flow meter K24 A ATEX/IECEx; II 2 G Ex ia IIB T4 Gb, aluminum housing, 7 - 120 L/min,
5-digit display, 6-digit total quantity display, 1 outer thread, 1 inner thread
10411
Manual dispensing valve for fuels, outlet diameter 20 mm, with swivel joint 1 IT 90506
Automatic nozzle for petrol,
EN13012, ATEX, with swivel joint 1 internal thread
10142
4 m dispensing hose, DN 19,
1 external thread, electrically conductive, antistatic
10263
LC-Mix fuel hose, dia. = 19 mm, electrically conductive R 10 MOhm 10731
Cable gland ½ NPT for cable 7 - 12 mm, to Cematic 50 EX 10264
Connector cable, 3 x 2.5 mm², sold by the meter 10265
Reducer ¾ external thread x 1“ internal thread 10659
Suction hose ¾, conductive, sold by the meter 10660
Plastic foot filter, hose connector ¾ 10661
Automatic rewind hose reel, open, for petrol, with swivel bracket/
Inlet 1 internal thread, outlet 1 external thread, max. 15 bar,
hose 10m DN19 antistatic, dimensions 495x460x246 mm
11041
Automatic rewind cable reel, with 16 m earth cable 8 mm² green/yellow,
earthing clamp, feeder cable 1 m with open end
11042
Petrol pumps PG 4
a b
Description Dimensions cm (l x w x h) Order no.
a Motorised pump with Honda petrol engine, dispensing volume approx. 500 L/min 47 x 35 x 39 8337
b Motorised pump with Honda petrol engine, dispensing volume approx. 130 L/min 33 x 25 x 40 8348
Motorised pump 500 L/min
with Honda petrol engine
•
pump permanently installed
• 2 suction and pressure port
• DN 50 hose connections
• suction strainer
• max. 3 bar
Motorised pump with Honda
petrol engine
• dispensing volume approx. 130 L/min
• pump capacity up to 3.5 bar
• 1 suction and pressure port
• DN 25 hose connections
• suction strainer
Motorised pumps with petrol engine PG 8
ACCESSORIES FOR PETROL PUMPS CEMATIC EX
Water

125
a 
Lubricant pumps PG 4
Lubricant pump
Viscomat 70 and Viscomat 90
• rotary vane pump, thus high delivery
volume flow at high pressure
• die cast aluminum pump body
• sintered steel rotor with resin vanes
• seal on the rotary shaft with access
from the pump side
• bypass line integrated into the
pump body
• suitable for oils up to 500 cSt, corre-
sponding to approx. SAE 90 at 20°C
• also suitable for vegetable oils
e.g. cold pressed rape seed oil
Lubricant pump Viscomat 70 + 90
Description
Dispensing
a
Lubricant pump Viscomat 70, 230 V, self-priming, 750 W,
1 internal thread connection on both sides, without accessories
25 6 8727
Viscomat 90, 230 V, self-priming, 1600 W, 2 m cable with connector,
fixed bypass, 1 internal thread connection on both sides, without accessories
50 5 8070
Viscomat 90, 400 V, self-priming 2000 W, connection socket, adjustable bypass,
50 5 7985

Lubricant pump Viscomat 70, 230 V, self-priming, with nozzle, 4 m pressure hose,
1.6 m suction hose 1 with foot valve and quick coupling for drums
25 6 7928
Lubricant pump Viscomat 70 K33, 230 V, self-priming, with nozzle, flow meter K33,
4 m pressure hose, 1.6 m suction hose 1, with foot valve, quick coupling for drums
25 6 7929
LUBRICANT AND VEGETABLE OIL PUMP VISCOMAT 70 AND VISCOMAT 90
Self 3000 nozzle
(connection 1 internal thread)
7780
Automatic dispensing nozzle for vegetable oils
with hose swivel joint, 1 internal thread connection,
automatic shutoff for plant oil up to + 5 °C oil temperature
8349
Quick coupling
for drums 2 x 1(with 1 internal thread)
7781
1.6 m PVC suction hose
with foot valve and filter,
DN 19, 1 external thread
7783
Mechanical flow meter K33 Oil,
20-120 L/min, 3-digit display, 1 internal thread on both sides
8728
K600/3 electronic flow meter for oil,
oval wheel principle, 6-60 L/min,
¾ internal thread with flange
10430
DN 25 dispensing hose (with 2 x 1 external thread)
4 m 7933
6 m 7934
8 m 7935
10 m 7936
ACCESSORIES FOR VISCOMAT 70 + VISCOMAT 90
Lubricants
Vegetable oil

126
a
b c
Lubricant pump Viscomat 200/2
• gear pump design, thus high dispensing
volume at high pressures, no pulsation,
uniform flow
• die cast aluminum pump body
• sintered steel gears, with a specially
a designed internal profile
• mechanical seal on the engine shaft,
accessible from the pump side
• bypass line integrated into the pump
body
• suitable for oils up to 2000 cSt, corre-
sponding to approx. SAE 140 at 20°C
Lubricant pump Visco-Flowmat 200/2
• like Viscomat 200/2, but with pressure
switch
• pump switches on automatically when
the nozzle is opened
• after delivery the pump continues
to run for a few seconds to refill.
Afterward it shuts off automatically.
Description
Dispensing
volume L/min Pressure (max) / bar Order no.
Lubricant pump Viscomat 200/2, 230 V, self-priming, with nozzle, 4 m pressure
hose 1/2, 1.6 m suction hose 1 with foot valve and quick coupling for drums
9 12 7896
a
Lubricant pump Viscomat 200/2 K400, 230 V, self-priming, with nozzle,
flow meter K400, 4 m pressure hose 1/2, 1.6 m suction hose 1,
with foot valve and quick coupling for drums
9 12 7897
b
Lubricant pump Viscomat 200/2 230 V, 800 W,
9 12 8571
c
Lubricant pump Visco-Flowmat 200/2 with pressure switch, 230 V, 800 W,
9 12 8572
The pump principle:
gear pump design
Compressed air diaphragm pump PG 4
• max. 60 L/min
• self-priming
• aluminum housing and motor,
NBR membrane
• inlet ¾ internal thread,
outlet ½ internal thread
• temperature range -20°C to +90°C
(or briefly +120°C)
• particles up to 1.5 mm permissible
• max. 8 bar, air consumption 600 L/min
• explosion-proof
(equipotential bonding on site)
• accessories, other versions and sizes
on request
Compressed air diaphragm pump, max. 60 L/min 10176
LUBRICANT PUMPS VISCOMAT 200/2 AND VISCO-FLOWMAT
Waste oil
Lubricants
Antifreeze liquid
Windshield cleaner
Dirty water

127
Pressure hose ½ for oil, 2 m, both ends ½ inner thread, with union nuts 10697
Pressure hose ½ for oil, 4 m, both ends ½ outer thread 8608
Pressure hose ½ for oil, 6 m, one end ½ external thread,
other end union nut and ½ double male connector
8351
Pressure hose ½ for oil, 10 m, one end ½ external thread,
other end union nut and ½” double male connector
8352
Quick coupling
for drums 2 x 1 (with 1 internal thread)
7781
1.6 m PVC suction hose
with foot valve and filter,
DN 19, 1 external thread
7783
Oil dispensing nozzle
with ½ swivel joint, fixed outlet with anti-drip nozzle.
The K400 meter can be integrated between the handle and outlet.
8573
Electronic K400 meter,
oval wheel principle, 1-30 L/min,
½ inner thread, max. 70 bar, fits equipment including nozzle 8573
8574
Oil dispensing nozzle K500,
with electronic meter, ½ inner thread connection with swivel joint,
2-fold adjustable angle outlet with anti-drip nozzle,
1-30 L/min, max. 70 bar, with quantity pre-setting from 0.1 - 99.9 l.
When the preset quantity is reached, the nozzle shuts off automatically.
8576
ACCESSORIES FOR LUBRICANT PUMPS VISCOMAT 200/2, VISCO-FLOWMAT AND VISCOAIR
Steel telescopic suction pipe,
1 male thread max. 1,100 mm
10748
Suction pipe and hose set
for drums 200 L,
incl. wall bracket
10698
Nozzle holster
with drip tray
10696

128
a b
c d
Electric drum and IBC pumps PG 4
for liquid chemicals
Complete pump sets
for your liquid chemicals
• motor, 230 VAC
• ex-rated version available
• sealless pump unit with sturdy 8 mm
driveshaft without guide tube
• robust, no dead space, easy to clean
• brief running on empty possible
• quick-lock coupling for super-fast
connection with robust gear coupling,
insensitive to soiling and aggressive
environments
• contained in each set:
PP drum adapter, 2 outer thread
and wall bracket for storage
Description / kit includes
Tech. data, maximum values for drum, immersion
depth 1000 mm
for IBC, immersion
depth 1200 mm
Dispensing
volume
L/min
Pressure
bar
Density
kg/L
Viscosity
mPas Order no. Order no.
a
Basic set
consisting of: Motor p310-A-230,
520 W, pump unit DL-PP-A-Niro, 2 m PVC hose
reinforced DN19, dispensing nozzle PP/FPM/Niro
100 0.6 1.3 300 10438 10442
b
Allround set
consisting of: Motor p400-A-230, 850 W, pump
unit DL-PP-R-HC, 2 m PVC hose reinforced
DN25, dispensing nozzle PP/FPM/HC DN25
100 2.0 1.8 700 10439 10443
c
Chemical set
consisting of: Motor p400-A-230, 850 W,
pump unit DL-PVDF-A-HC, 2 m hose universal
chemical DN25, dispensing nozzle
PVDF/ FEP 1¼
110 0.8 2.0 800 10440 10444
d
Ex-clusive set
consisting of: Motor EX700, 700 W,
pump unit Niro-A, 2 m solvent hose DN25,
hose connector MS 1¼, dispensing nozzle
MS/PTFE, earth cable
110 0.7 1.8 600 10441 10445
Basic set, for occasional use, can be
used for diluted acids and lyes
Allround set, for regular use, can be
used for concentrated acids and lyes
Chemical set, for professional use,
can be used for aggressive liquids
Ex-klusiv set, can be used for solvents
and highly flammable liquids
Wall bracket Drum adapter made from PP, 2 outer thread
ELECTRIC DRUM AND IBC PUMPS

129
Electric drum and IBC pumps PG 4
Complete pump set ECO-1
• motor 230 V
• six speed settings
• sealless pump unit
• easy to clean
• brief running on empty possible
• quick-lock coupling
• with S70x6 adapters in set for drums
• with 2 BSP adapter in set for IBCs
Description / kit includes
Tech. data, maximum values for drum, immersion
depth 1000mm
for IBC, immersion
depth 1200mm
Dispensing
volume
L/min
Press
bar
Density
kg/L
Viskosity
mPas Order no. Order no.
ECO-1 set, consisting of:
Motor 230 V, 450 W; pump unit PP, shaft A2,
seal Viton; 2 m PVC hose DN 25, dispensing
nozzle PP/FPM/A2
140 1.0 1.8 200 10486 10487
Digital meter FMT 3
Material PP, 5 - 120 L/min, both side 1 outer thread
10450

Installation kit (except ECO-1)
for meter with 1 outer thread, PP
10446
Screw lid DN 150
for IBC, with 2 inner thread, TPE seal
10447
Threaded adapter
of 2 fine (l) to 2 Mauser rough (A) S70 x 6
10448
Liquid ECO-1-Set Basis set Allround set Chemical set Ex-klusiv set
Acetone x
AdBlue® x x x x
Battery acid x x x x x
Formic acid x x x x x
Ammonia water x x x x x
Petrol x
Bleaching lye (sodium hypochlorite) x
Chlorine/chlorinated water x
Iron III chloride x x
Acetic acid x x x
Ethanol x
Ethyl acetate x
Liquid fertilisers x x x x
Anti-free agent (Antifrogen) x x x x
Anti-free for radiators (ethylene glycol) x x x x x
Cooling lubricants x x
Milking machine cleaner, alkali x
Milking machine cleaner, acidic x x x x
Methanol x
Caustic soda/sodium hydroxide x x x x
Nitrocellulose thinner x
Propionic acid x
Nitric acid x x x
Hydrochloric acid x x
Foaming agent x x x x
Window cleaner x x x x x
Sulphuric acid x
Turpentine x
Water, (distilled/DI) x x x
Information on chemical resistance applies to a room temperature of 20°C.
A verification must be performed at much higher temperatures. At high
concentrations, we recommend the use of the higher quality pump sets.
Can’t find your liquid, or aren’t sure?
Then call representative responsible for your area
(www.cemo-group.com/representation/international).
We’d be pleased to assist.
ACCESSORIES FOR ELECTRIC DRUM AND IBC PUMPS
The following table shows a number of typical liquids and their matching pump set.
Chemicals
AUS32 (AdBlue®)

130
a b+c
a
b
d e
Hand pumps for chemicals PG 4
for chemicals
AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association (VDA).
Please read the datasheet for the
chemical resistance of the medium
to be conveyed, and decide for your-
self on the basis of our material
specification list!
Description
Dispensing volume
L/stroke Order no.
d Crank pump for AdBlue® with PVC hose 3 m 0.38 10517
e
Crank pump for AdBlue® with PVC hose 3 m,
mounting plate for IBC suction hose 1.5 m. For accessories see page 100
38 11163
with lever lock, polypropylene (PP) body, stainless steel valve,
Viton gaskets, connection hosetail DN 19, stainless steel spout 19 mm
max. 80 8333
housing PA6, stainless steel, Viton gaskets,
connection nozzle DN 19, outlet 19 mm, with lever lock
max. 80 11033
Description
Dispensing volume
L/stroke Order no.
a
Hand pump for canisters up to 30 L, inclusive of adapter C57 and C63,
tube diameter 41 mm, max. immersion depth 420 mm
0.16 10054
b
Hand pump for drums up to 220 L, inclusive of adapter S70x6, S56x4 and 2 BSP
tube diameter 41 mm, max. immersion depth 930 mm
0.4 10055
c
Hand pump for IBC 1000 l, inclusive of adapter S56x4 and 2 BSP,
tube diameter 41 mm, max. immersion depth 1185 mm, output connection 20 mm
0.4 10273
Hand pumps for chemicals
• material: plastic, polypropylene and
polyethylene
• food-safe
• double-action
• outlet tubes suitable for connecting
a hose DN 25
• suitable for propionic acids, molasses,
detergent, lubricants, AdBlue®, liquid
fertilisers, liquid feeds, pesticides, etc.
• not suitable for highly flammable
substances and strong solvents
Rotary hand pump for AUS 32
(AdBlue®)
• solid construction for professional
operation
• housing in stainless steel and techno-
polymer
• drum adapter with connection thread
S56x4
• multi-part suction pipe 1 m, can be
shortened as required
• PVC dispensing hose 3 m
• stainless steel outlet pipe 19 mm with
protective cap
HAND PUMPS FOR CHEMICALS
ROTARY HAND PUMP FOR AUS32 (ADBLUE®), ANTI-FREEZE, WATER
Chemicals
AUS32 (AdBlue®)

131
a b
Submersible pump Squalo 35
• submersible centrifugal pump 140mm diameter, suitable for common
tanks and IBCs
• 230 V, 370 W
• Innovative pressure regulation system. Almost constant pressure and
flow over the entire operating range.
• 1 connection with internal thread, with non-return valve
• 5 m connection cable without plug
Pumps PG 4
for chemicals
Electric pump Cematic Blue
• for AUS 32 (AdBlue®), antifreeze
fluid and windshield cleaner
with flash point 55 °C
• self-priming plastic diaphragm pump
• 1 external thread connection on both
sides incl. DN 19 hose connecting
pieces with union nut
• OFF/ON switch
• can be installed in any orientation
Pump
Cematic Blue 230 V
Description
Dispensing volume
L/min Pressure (max) in bar Order no.
Submersible pump Squalo 35, 230 V/50 Hz, with Timer ca. 6 min 35 2.0 11255
Pump
Cematic Blue 12 V + 24 V
Description
Dispensing
a
Cematic Blue pump 230V
self-priming plastic diaphragm pump, 230 V, 370 W,
2800 rpm, 2 m cable with Schuko plug
35 1.5 8730
b
2 m connecting cable with crocodile clips
35 1.5 10152
2 m connecting cable with crocodile clips
35 1.5 10153
ELECTRIC PUMPS CEMATIC BLUE
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP SQUALO 35
DN 19 hosetail with 1 IT union nut with locknut 8731
90°elbow with union nuts for K24 flow meter 8732
Connecting piece, straight with union nuts for K24 flow meter 8733
DN 19 hosetail, 90° elbow with union nut 8611
For other accessories such as hoses and meters, see pages 95.
ACCESSORIES FOR ELECTRIC PUMPS CEMATIC BLUE
AUS32 (AdBlue®)
Antifreeze fluid
Windshield cleaner
Water
AUS32 (AdBlue®)
Water

132
STORAGE OF
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES

134
✔
Determine your water hazard class
✔
Note the classification of flammable
liquids (see table on right)
✔ Observe the legal requirements
✔
Ensure that your collection trays
are positioned correctly
✔ Check that your tray is made from
a material that is resistant to the
media held in it
When storing hazardous materials, various basic legal conditions are to be observed.
The essential relevant information is presented below.
Cause for concern principle:
Water is the most important foundation for life and is irreplaceable. This fact has always
been true, and endangering the water supply is a threat to our future. This is why
the so-called “cause for concern principle” is central to the (German federal) Water
Resources Management Act. In the words of a lawyer: “Cause for concern exists not
only when a harmful event is likely to occur but even as soon as a harmful event is not
unlikely to occur.”
The basics of hazardous material storage
Examples WGK GHS
Alcohol (ethanol), acetone 1 extremely flammable
Anti-freeze for radiators
(glycol)
1 not flammable
AdBlue® 1 not flammable
Diesel fuel/heating oil 2 liquid with flash point
55 resp. 60 °C
Normal petrol 3 highly flammable
Unused lubrication oils 2 not flammable
Old oil (known origin)* 3 liquid with flash point
55 resp. 60 °C
Old oil (unknown origin)* 3 highly flammable
Coolant lubrication
emulsion
3 not flammable
CKW (Tri, Per, etc.) 3 not flammable

135
Collection trays
Spill trays
Spill pallets/sumps
for drums
IBC bunds
Workfloors/ground
protection systems
HazMat racks and
cabinets
Bunds on several
levels

136
Collection trays in comparison
Comparison of the suitability of sump/spill pallets made from different materials
(confirmed by independent experts)
used with various media typical in industrial concerns and workshops
Media stored
Waste oil of
known origin
(flammable,
flash point
55 °C)
Heating oil
and diesel
(flammable,
flash point
55 °C)
Petrol, nitro
(extremely
flammable,
highly
flammable,
flammable)*
Lyes
up to pH 8
Lyes
over pH 8
Acids
up to 10 %
salt solutions
pH 6-8
fixing baths
Acids
up to 20 %
battery acid
37%
Material of
collection trays
GRP X X – X – X X
Steel painted or galvanised X X X X – – –
PE = polyethylene – – – X X X X
X certified and resistant – not certified / not resistant If necessary, please enquire about individual
resistances.
* Special storage space requirements are to be observed. (fire protection, explosion protection).
Characteristic GRP PE steel
CORROSION RESISTANCE
Trays must remain impervious to liquids across
their entire service life and may not be impaired
in this function.
No corrosion across
entire service life.
No corrosion across
entire service life.
Vulnerable to corrosion:
check regularly.
COMPULSORY CHECKS OF THE TRAY BASE
The underside of the collection tray and the grating
must be visually inspected every two years.
The result must be recorded and presented to the
responsible water authorities upon request.
No compulsory check,
as material does not
corrode.
No compulsory check,
as material does not
corrode.
Vulnerable to corrosion:
regular checking and
recording compulsory.
CLEANING THE INSIDE OF THE TRAY
The operator must check at least once a week by
means of visual inspection whether any liquid has
leaked out of the containers. Any liquid that has
leaked out must be removed immediately.
Smooth inside surfaces
make it easy to clean
the tray if necessary.
Necessary reinforce-
ments make cleaning
harder.
Smooth inside surfaces
enable simple cleaning.
TRAY STRENGTH
The walls of the tray must be dimensioned in such
a way that they absorb the forces acting upon them.
The trays may only be placed on suitable surfaces.
The material structure
enables both high
strength and low wall
thickness.
High wall thicknesses
and reinforcements are
necessary for strength.
Required minimum wall
thickness 3 mm.
TRAY HANDLING
The handling characteristics depend heavily
on the weight of the trays.
Low weight through
relatively low material
thicknesses.
Higher material thick-
nesses have a negative
effect on the tray
weight.
Highest weight results
in difficult handling,
e.g. when checking
the tray base.
TRAY MATERIAL DURABILITY
The prescribed requirements for the trays remain
fully valid across the entire service life.
The material characte-
ristic does not change
throughout the entire
service life.
Strength is reduced as
a result of the natural
ageing process.
Corrosion impairs the
required impermeability
over a longer period.
CEMO recommendation
for tray material:
Diesel, fresh and
used oils, weak lyes
and acids
Lyes and acids Petrol,
highly flammable
liquids

137
GRP sumps/spill pallets
GRP SUMPS ARE IDEAL FOR THE STORAGE OF
ENVIRONMENTALLY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES.
GRP is a universally applicable material
for the storage of environmentally hazard-
ous substances. The thermosetting
plastic base structure in conjunction with
the glass fibre reinforcement provide an
advantageous fire performance and high
chemical resistance. GRP sumps combine
the properties of steel and plastic. Due
to their absolute corrosion resistance,
GRP sumps can be placed directly on
the ground. The low installation height
facilitates easy handling in factories and
workshops.
Extremely favourable
price/performance ratio
universal application
e.g. waste oil, lyes and acids
absolutely corrosion-resistant
(no welding seams)
low installation height, because no
ground clearances are required
(compare steel sumps/spill pallets)
smooth inside walls
ensure simple cleaning
minimal inspection requirements,
no additional inspection of
sump floor (compared to steel
sump/spill pallets)
Our PREMIUM product line GRP
Example:
GRP sump 220/2
Due to the excellent material properties created by reinforc-
ing the three-dimensionally meshed duroplastic material
with glass fibres, GRP has been used for decades to make
high-performance products that are expected to have a
long service life in tough environments and at the same time
ensure high levels of safety.
GRP combines the positive properties of steel and plastic.

138
NATIONAL TECHNICAL
certification
Accessory: loading rails
Accessory: steel foot-frame, galvanised
Sumps Type RC PG 9
GRP sumps
• for the storage of strongly water
polluting substances
Sump/spill pallet
150 for Euro pallets
Sump/spill pallet 220/2 Sump/spill pallet 220/4
Mobile sump/spill pallets
from GRP
• hot-dip galvanised grating
• hot-dip galvanised chassis with collision
protection
• 2 steering and 2 fixed
castors (castors dia. 12.5cm) as well as
a handle for trouble-free steering
Sump/spill pallet
220/3-RC
GRP sumps type RC
without certification
• suitable as a collection tray for materials
not hazardous to water or for uses for
which no certification is required
GRP sumps PG 9
Certification no. Z-40.12-227

139
Description / Type
External
dimensions cm
(l x w x h)
Collection
volume L
Loading
capacity kg
Quantity
200 L
drums
Weight
approx. kg
with general
construction
inspection
certification
Type RC,
without
certifica-
tion
Order no. Order no.
GRP sump/spill pallet 65
without grating 82 x 41 x 23 65 - - 4 7086 10380
with galvanised
steel grating
82 x 42 x 24 65 40 - 9.5 7717 10381
GRP sump/spill pallet 150 for Euro pallets
without fixture 120 x 80 x 16.5 150 - - 9 5113 10382
with fixing pins 120 x 80 x 20.8 150 - - 9 5114 10383
with galvanised
steel grating
120 x 80 x 19.0 140 250 - 25 7963 10384
with fixing pins
and galvanised
steel grating
120 x 80 x 23.5 140 250 - 25 7970 10385
GRP sump/spill pallet 220/1
without grating 85 x 85 x 39 210 - 1 13 7867 10386
with galvanised
steel grating
85 x 85 x 40 210 400 1 27 7868 10387
complete with
GRP grating
85 x 85 x 40 210 400 1 20 7869 10388
with galvanised
steel grating
128 x 85 x 29 220 800 2 33 6875 10390
complete with
GRP grating
128 x 85 x 29 220 800 2 24 6886 10391
with galvanised
steel grating
188 x 85 x 20 220 1200 3 46 7083 10393
complete with
GRP grating
188 x 85 x 20 220 1200 3 36 7286 10394
with galvanised
steel grating
128 x 128 x 21 220 1300 4 46 6876 10396
complete with
GRP grating
128 x 128 x 20 220 1300 4 36 6943 10397
GRP sumps and RC sumps PG 9
Description / Type
External
dimensions cm
(l x w x h)
Height of
loading area
Collection
volume L
200 L
drum Items
Loading
kg
Weight
220/1-mobile 109 x 86 x 108 56 210 1 400 50 7870
220/2-mobile 152 x 86 x 108 44 220 2 800 60 7834
MOBILE SUMP/SPILL PALLETS FROM GRP

140
GRP sumps PG 9
Description
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Weight
a

Steel frame, galvanised (max. drive-under height 96 mm)
only for GRP sump/spill pallet 220/2
117 x 78 x 14 15 6889
b Screw on fixing plate for pallets (2 off with screws) only for GRP pallet sump/spill pallet 150 0.5 5112
c
Edging (4-part), galvanised for sideways insertion in the steel grating, to stop storage
material such as small containers, etc. from falling off)
6990
d Loading rails, galvanised (2 off), width inside 15 cm 6878
ACCESSORIES FOR GRP SUMP/SPILL PALLETS
Description
(l x w x h)
Weight approx. kg
Steel / GRP
Galvanised steel GFK
Order no. Order no.
Grating for GRP sump/spill pallet 65 80 x 40 x 3 6 / - 7641 -
150 118 x 78 x 3 12.5 / - 8121 -
220/1 83 x 83 x 3 14 / 7 8176 10601
220/2 125 x 83 x 3 18 / 11 6883 6887
220/3 185 x 83 x 3 28 / 18 7084 7338
220/4 125 x 125 x 4 28 / 18 6885 6941
Type Description
Number required
Order no.
220/2 220/3 220/4
Front end Covering strip short 1 1 - 6967
Adjoining Covering strip long 1 - 1 6968
In blocks of 4 Cover plate 1 - 1 6969
Covering strip short 2 - - 6967
Covering strip long 2 - 4 6968
ACCESSORIES FOR MULTIPLE INSTALLATION
Adjoining
Front end In blocks of 4
Steel foot-frame, galvanised
Covering strips and cover plate
for multiple installation
Example:
multiple installation
a
Edging for steel grating
c
Screw on fixing angle
for pallets
b
Loading rails
d

141
PE sump/spill pallets
PE SUMP/SPILL PALLETS WITH AN IDEAL PRICE/PERFORMANCE RATIO
� high chemical resistance
� great functionality
various options:
with fixing pins,
feet, skids or castors
the tray can be placed directly on
the floor or a Euro pallet
CEMO always offers a suitable solution
when it comes to collecting water-
polluting substances.
Environmentally compatible, proper and
safe storage of hazardous materials is
an important topic for every company.
Caustic or toxic substances require
special care during handling and storage.
For purposes of protection and a clean
environment, we have developed a range
of PE sump/spill pallets which offer great
functionality and high resistance against
acids and lyes thanks to the diverse
variation options which ensures an ideal
price/performance ratio for you.
PE small container and rack trays PE sump/spill pallet 120 x 80 mm
with a collection volume of 242 L
PE filling station
with a collection volume of 450 L
Example: suitable
for Euro pallets

142
Euro PE sump/spill pallet 250/2
• manufactured from high quality
polyethylene (HDPE)
• high chemical resistance
• collection capacity without grating
250 L, with grating 224 L
• for storing drums up to 224 L
• high functionality
• tray can be positioned directly
on the floor or on a Euro-pallet
• versions with locking pins (for Euro-
pallets), feet, runners or castors
Euro PE sump/spill pallet 250/2 - RG
without certification no.
recycled polyethylene
With 2 runners and steel grating With steering castors
With 4 feet and
PE grating
EURO PE sump/spill pallet 250/2 PG 9
Description / Capacity L
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Capacity
kg
Quantity
200 L drums
Weight
approx. kg
with General
Construction
Inspection
Certification
250/2 RG
Order no. Order no.
EURO PE SUMP/SPILL PALLET 250/2
without grating 120.5 x 80.5 x 33 600 1 16 8276 8424
with galvanised steel grating 120.5 x 80.5 x 33 600 2 29 8277 8425
with PE grating 120.5 x 80.5 x 34 600 2 29 8278 8426
EURO PE SUMP/SPILL PALLET 250/2 WITH 4 FEET
EURO PE SUMP/SPILL PALLET 250/2 WITH 2 RUNNERS
EURO PE SUMP/SPILL PALLET 250/2 MOBILE WITH STEERING AND FIXED CASTORS*
without grating, with steel base-
frame
129 x 80.5 x 104 400 1 26 8285 8433
with galvanised steel grating 129 x 80.5 x 104 400 2 37 8286 8434
with PE grating and steel base-
frame
129 x 80.5 x 104 400 2 39 8287 8435
* Loading height 250/2 mobile 49 cm, castor dia. 12.5 cm
Integrated recessed handles for easy lifting
NATIONAL TECHNICAL
Certification

143
Canister rack system
The rack system is designed for the
Euro PE sump/spill pallet 250/2 in
versions: without feet or runners (8276 +
8277), with feet (8279 + 8280) and
with runners (8282 + 8283).
Loading capacity per shelf: 100 kg.
EURO PE sump/spill pallet 250/2 PG 9
PE sump/spill pallet 250HD PG 9
HD = HIGH DENSITY
Euro PE sump (8277), canister rack system
base unit (8523) and extension unit (8627)
Accessory:
locking pins
Accessory:
PE grating
Accessory:
sump/spill pallet
attachment
PE sump/spill pallet 250HD
certification Z-40.22-548
from polyethylene
• fully recyclable
• can be used with/without perforated
plate
• non-slip plate surface
• maintenance friendly
• trays can be connected to form
a surface protection system,
see page 163
• leak indicator is included free of charge
(see page 147)
PE sump/spill pallet 250HD,
with PE perforated plate
Description
Overall dimensions*
cm (l x w x h)
Heights of shelfs in
cm from the ground*
Weight
Canister rack system base unit for Euro PE sump/spill
pallet 250/2, consisting of 4 push-on support elements
and one steel grating (excludes sump)
120.5 x 80.5 x 81 33 / 81 19 8523
Canister rack system attachment unit for Euro PE sump/
spill pallet 250/2, consisting of 4 push-on support
elements and one steel grating (excludes sump)
120.5 x 80.5 x 129 129 19 8627
* Scope includes Euro PE sump/spill pallet 250/2 with steel grating (8277)
CANISTER RACK SYSTEM FOR EURO PE SUMP/SPILL PALLET 250/2
Locking pins for fixing the Euro PE sump/spill pallet 250/2
onto a Euro pallet (4 pcs. incl. fittings)
8288
Steel grating, galvanised for PE sump/spill pallet 250/2 8324
PE grating for PE sump/spill pallet 250/2 8325
Sump/spill pallet attachment (height 20.5 cm) 8358
ACCESSORIES
Description
Overall dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Loading
capacity kg
Collection
volume L
Quantity
200 L drums
Weight
PE sump/spill pallet 250 HD 160 x 120 x 16.5 - 250 2 10.5 10712
PE sump/spill pallet 250 HD with PE perforated
plate
160 x 120 x 18 1000 250 5 25.7 10713
PE SUMP/SPILL PALLETHD
NATIONAL TECHNICAL
Certification

144
Price/performance
winner
PE pallet sumps and
PE drum bunds
The new generation of CEMO PE pallet
sumps and PE drum bunds has arrived.
The polyethylene (PE) sumps and bunds
are highly resistant to chemicals. Thanks
to the different sizes and versions, we
have a solution for almost any application.
PE pallet sumps
• Matched to the size of a Euro pallet
(120 x 80 cm) or an industrial pallet
(120 x 120 cm).
•
You can place the transport pallet
directly on the bund or use a steel or
PE grating as the deck surface.
PE drum bunds
• Grating dimensions
match the size of 200L
drums
• no wasted space
Pallet sump 220/2
with wooden pallet
Pallet sump 220/4
with PE grating
Pallet sumps 425/4
with steel grating
Drum bund 220/3 Drum bund 220/4e
Video
PE pallet sumps and
PE drum bunds

145
NATIONAL TECHNICAL
Certification
PE pallet sumps PG 9
ACCESSORIES FOR PE PALLET SUMPS
Description/Type Overall dimensions cm
(l x d x h)
Loading
capacity kg
Weight
Steel grid for PE pallet sump 220/2, 425/4, 425/4e 120 x 80 x 3 600 12.4 11269
Steel grid for PE pallet sump 220/4, 400/4 120 x 120 x 3 1200 30 11270
PE grid for PE pallet sump 220/2, 425/4, 425/4e 120 x 80 x 6 600 8.5 10286
PE grid 60 x 60 (4 x) for PE pallet sump 220/4, 400/4 120 x 120 x 7 4 x 300 12.5 11281
a 220/2
b 220/4
d 425/4e
e 425/4
c 400/4
PE pallet sumps with General Construction
Inspection Certification Z-40.22-574 and
Z-40.22-579
• made from high-quality polyethylene (PE)
• Sumps can be placed directly on the floor
• with integral forklift pockets
• accessible from four sides (except tray for two
120 x 80 pallets lengthwise)
• ideal for Euro pallets (120 x 80) or industrial
pallets (120 x 120), and for plastic pallets of
similar sizes
• loaded pallets can be placed directly on the
tray using a forklift or high-platform truck
• a steel or PE grid is not required, but can be
used if desired
PE pallet sumps – RG
non-certified
•
made from high-quality polyethylene regranulate
• suitable as sumps for non-water-hazardous
substances or where certified products are not
required
with General Construction
Inspection Certification
PE sumps RG
non-certified
Description / Type Overall
dimensions
cm (l x d x h)
Loading
capacity
kg
Collec-
tion
volume L
Quantity
pallets
Quantity
200 L
drums
Weight
approx.
kg
Order no. Order no.
a PE pallet sump 220/2 for 1 pallet 120 x 80
without grating 123 x 83 x 36 600 220 1 2 13 11257 11484
with steel grating 123 x 83 x 36 600 220 1 2 25.4 11258 11485
with PE grating 123 x 83 x 39 600 220 1 2 21.5 11259 11486
b PE pallet sump 220/4 for 1 pallet 120 x 120
without grating 123 x 123 x 26 1200 220 1 4 13.5 11260 11487
with steel grating 123 x 123 x 26 1200 220 1 4 43.5 11261 11488
with PE grating 123 x 123 x 29 1200 220 1 4 26 11262 11489
c PE pallet sump for 1 pallet 120 x 120
without grating 129 x 129 x 48 1200 400 1 4 15.5 11276 -
with steel grating 129 x 129 x 48 1200 400 1 4 45.5 11277 -
with PE grating 129 x 129 x 50 1200 400 1 4 28 11278 -
d PE pallet sump for 2 pallets 120 x 80 längs
without grating 242 x 88 x 36 1200 425 2 4 17.5 11263 -
with PE grating 242 x 88 x 39 1200 425 2 4 34.5 11265 -
e PE pallet sump for 2 pallets 120 x 80 quer
without grating 167 x 127 x 36 1200 425 2 4 17 11266 -
with PE grating 167 x 127 x 39 1200 425 2 4 34 11268 -

146
e 270/8
c 220/4e
b 220/4
f 400/4
a 220/3
d 220/6
NATIONAL TECHNICAL
Certification
g access ramp
PE drum bunds PG 9
Description / Type
Overall dimensions
cm (l x d x h)
Loading
capacity kg
Collection
volume L
Quantity
PE grating
Quantity
200 L drums
Weight
a 220/3 186 x 66 x 33 900 215 3 3 23 11272
b 220/4 123 x 123 x 29 1200 220 4 4 26 11262
c 220/4e 245 x 66 x 26 1200 215 4 4 24.5 11273
d 220/6 186 x 126 x 20 1800 220 6 6 33 11274
e 270/8 248 x 128 x 18 2400 270 8 8 44 11275
f 400/4 129 x 129 x 50 1200 400 4 4 35.5 11278
Description/Type
Overall dimensions
cm (l x d x h)
Loading
capacity kg
Weight
g Access ramp for PE drum bunds 220/8 126 x 80 x 20 300 13 11282
PE grating 60 x 60 60 x 60 x 7 300 3.1 11283
ACCESSORIES FOR PE DRUM BUNDS
PE drum bunds with General
Z-40.22-579
• made from high-quality polyethylene (PE)
• bund can be placed directly on the floor
• with integral forklift pockets
• accessible from two sides
• ideally suited for drums
• only one PE grid size for all versions
220/3 220/6
270/8

147
Small PE container/laboratory traysHD PG 9
HD = HIGH DENSITY
Small PE container/laboratory trays
with general construction inspection cer-
tification Z-40.22-548 and Z-40.22-549
• small container/laboratory trays
from polyethylene
• fully recyclable
• can be used with/without
perforated grating
• stackable for space-saving
storage/transport
• non-slip grating surface
• maintenance friendly
• designed for Euro-pallets
• trays can be connected to form a
surface protection system, see p.158
PE Container/laboratory traysHD
- RG without certification no.
PE sump/spill
pallet 60HD
with PE grating
PE sump/spill pallet
25HD with and without
PE grating
PE sump/spill pallet 30HD
with and without PE grating
PE sump/spill
pallet 120HD
with PE grating
PE sump/spill pallet 25HD with PE
grating as laboratory tray
Description
PE sump/spill pallet...
Overall dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Loading
capacity kg
Collection
volume L
Weight
approx. kg
without
certification
PE-trays RG
Order no. Order no.
... 25HD 60 x 40 x 16.5 - 25 1.8 10704 10884
... 25HD with PE grating 60 x 40 x 18 125 25 3.7 10705 10885
... 35HD 80 x 40 x 16.5 - 35 2.2 10706 10886
... 60HD 80 x 60 x 16.5 - 60 3 10708 10888
... 120HD 120 x 80 x 16.5 - 120 5.2 10710 10890
... 250HD 160 x 120 x 16.5 - 250 10.5 10712 10892
Accessory PE grating
60 x 40
60 x 40 x 17 125 - 1.9 10715 10894
Accessory PE grating
40 x 40
40 x 40 x 17 80 - 1.3 10716 10895
If liquid has flowed unnoticed
into the drip tray, then the visual
leakage indicator free floats
and becomes visible.
COST-FREE
visual leakage
indicator
for every tray with
PE grating
A significant plus in safety in the daily handling
of hazardous liquids
NATIONAL TECHNICAL
Certification

148
Description Collection volume L
(l x w x h)
Collapsed dimensions cm
(l x w x h)
Weight
Folding tray 30 60 x 40 x 25 60 x 40 x 2.5 1.2 10183
Description
External dimensions
expanded cm (l x w)
External dimensions
tray cm (l x w x h)
Package size
cm (l x w x h)
Collection
volume L
Weight
Folding tray 8/12
with carry bag
130 x 170 84 x 124 x 22.5 45 x 70 x 12 210 5.5 10179
PE filling stations and folding trays PG 9
Folding tray 30 L
This folding collection tray is made from
PVC and has built-in reinforcement plates;
its extremely flat design means it can be
transported in any vehicle.
It is ideally suited for transporting hazard-
ous materials on construction, agricultural
and forestry machines. This saves you
unnecessary costs caused by leaking
chemicals or oils.
• flat design, low space requirement when
unfolded (only 2.5cm high)
• quick assembly with Velcro fasteners
• absolutely impervious to liquid
• resistant to many chemicals and oils
Folding tray 8/12
This flexible, flat PVC tarpaulin can quic-
kly and easily be turned into a resistant
collec
tion tray; it can be used as an emer-
gency tray or as a transport and consign-
ment container that can protect people
and the environ
ment against water-pollu-
ting liquids.
• multi-function container tray
• flexible collecting tray, extremely
adaptable to different spaces
• built-in contents gauge
• space-saving when folded up
• ready for use in seconds
• impervious to liquid
• easy forklift access when empty
• resistant to oils, chemicals and
technical fluids
• material: PES, surface-coated
with PVC on both sides, blue
PE filling
station 450 L
PE filling station with PE drum pallet
(accessory)
PE filling station 450 L with general
construction inspection certification no.
Z-40.22-380
• made from high-quality
polyethylene (PE)
• collection volume 450 L
• suitable as a storage and filling station
for two 200-L barrels (with additional
drum pallet for four 200-L drums)
• forkliftable
NATIONAL TECHNICAL
Certification
Description
Overall dimensions
cm (l x d x h)
Containment
capacity L
Quantity
200 L drums
Weight
PE filling station 450 L 135 x 138 x 64 450 2 46 8674
Accessory: PE drum pallet 94 x 138 x 39 - 2 15 8675

149
Description/Typ
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
max. canister dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Weight

Canister filling stand for canisters up to 30 L 67 x 39 x 74 31 x 29 x 48 5.4 8007
Canister filling stand for canisters up to 60 L 67 x 47 x 82 42 x 37 x 65 7.5 10100
• facilitates emptying of canisters
up to 60 L
• cage secures mounting of canisters
• precise measuring by swivelling
of the canister
• made from highly resistant stainless
steel – suitable for acids and lyes
• wall mounting possible
Canister filling stand PG 9
Canister filling stand for canisters up to 60 L
Canister filling stand for canisters up to 30 L
Steel grating galvanised for PE collection trays 30 L 6 8167
Steel grating galvanised for PE collection trays 40 L 8 8168
Description/Type
(l x w x h)
Collection
volume L
Loading
capacity kg
Weight
PE collection tray 30 without grating 98 x 60 x 8.5 30 - 4 8076
complete with steel grating 98 x 60 x 8.5 30 50 10 8077
PE collection tray 40 without grating 130 x 62 x 8 40 - 5 7871
complete with steel grating 130 x 62 x 8 40 50 13 7872
PE collection tray 30-mobile 112 x 63 x 104 30 100 28 8166
30-mobile
PE sump/spill pallet 30-mobile
• chassis galvanised with 2 steering and
2 fixed castors, dia. 100 mm, as well as
a pushing handle for trouble-free
maneuvering
• for carrying and storage of water-polluting
substances such as cleaning
agents, pesticides, used
oil filters, oil-coated
machine components
• PE collection tray can
be removed for
cleaning
PE sump/spill
pallet 40 L
40 L with frame
Small containers and collection tray PE
PE collection tray 30-MOBILE PG 9
Suitable for hazardous substance cabinet 13/20... ... drum racks 360, 540 and hazardous
substances racks.
PE collection trays with general construction inspection
ACCESSORIES FOR PE COLLECTION TRAYS AND PE COLLECTION TRAY 30-MOBILE
NATIONAL TECHNICAL
Certification

150
Steel sump/spill pallets
SPILL PALLETS OFFERING EXCELLENT VALUE FOR MONEY
In the early days of the Environmental
Protection Industry, spill pallets/sumps
were made of steel. This material offers
strength, rigidity and endurance. In the
arena of professional manufacturing in a
regulated industry, steel sumps emerged
as a high-quality, premium sump for
hazardous materials. Before leaving the
factory, every sump is tested for being
leak-proof.
Companies should only implement prod-
ucts that conform to Water Resources Act
standards, and have recognised certifica-
tion.
All CEMO's steel bunds have the StawaR
certification and are allowed to display
the Ü mark.
IBC bunds
Designed for the storage of large containers
such as KTC/IBC, ASF and ASP containers up
to 1,000 litres.
Spill pallets
Our spill pallets come in various sizes and
are available with or without hot-dip galvanised,
removable grating (required for flammable
liquids).
Forklift accessible for assembly
and transport
Type SW2
galvanised without grating
Example application:
Filling from a 60 litre
drum.
Spill pallet in combina-
tion with filling stand
(see p. 154)
As a rule, CEMO generally recommends using spill pallets with galvanised grating. This provides
the clear advantage of a level storage area for ease of loading and unloading. In addition, the full
legally required collection volume is not reduced by drums placed directly in the spill pallet and
therefore, the spill pallet will not overflow if the drums should leak.
When storing flammable liquids, please note that the German technical regulation
TRGS 510 defines special fire protection and explosion prevention requirements appli-
cable above a specific volume. These requirements can be met in practice by main-
taining safety distances, earthing equipment and suitable storage spaces such as F90
containers and fire-resistant rooms, for example.
Practical tip:
Safety information:

151
Mobile sump/spill pallet
Two steering and two fixed castors for
easy manoeuvring and push handle for
trouble-free positioning.
Small spill trays
For containers up to 30 litres. Highly versatile
applications, such as decanting liquids on
the workbench.
Surface protection system
The modular, matched elements of our
surface protection system are also avail-
able in steel.
Painted spill pallet GS1a AB1 with filling
area and filling stand
Spill pallet with and without grating Drum rack type 540
with steel bund
TÜV certified products
Certified under StawaR
Manufacturer’s declaration
of conformity (ÜHP)
according to Construction
Products List A Part 1,
DIBt Berlin

152
Steel sump/spill pallets PG 9
Type SW10 painted
with grating
Type SW1 painted
with grating
Type SW2 painted
with grating
Type SW3 painted
with grating
Type SW4e painted
with grating
Typ SW4 galvanised
with grating
Type SW6 painted
without grating
Type SW8 painted
with grating
Fireproof storage and transport assured
Steel bunds 3 mm thick ensure safe storage of water-hazardous and flammable sub-
stances. The product range offers many options for a wide variety of applications for
small containers, canisters and drums. Sump/spill pallets have 100 mm ground clea-
rance.
Type SW65/2
painted
without grating
Type SW65/4
painted
without grating
Type SW65/2
painted
with grating
Type SW65/4
painted
with grating
for 60 L drums
for 200 L drums
Type SW600/2
painted with grating
(example with
DT-Mobile Easy
600 litre)
Type SW2 galvanised
without grating
DIBt Berlin

153
Description/
Type
External
dimensions cm
(l x w x h)
Collection
volume L
Capacity /
no. of 200 L drums
Loading
kg
Weight
approx. kg
Painted
model
Galvanised
model
Order no. Order no.
Type SW1 o. GR 80 x 80 x 44 205
one 200 L drum and
small container
400 46 8529 8530
Type SW2 o. GR 120 x 80 x 35 210 800 50 7582 7680
Type SW3 o. GR 180 x 80 x 28 205 1200 61 10138 10139
Type SW4 o. GR 120 x 120 x 26.5 205 1600 56 7681 7682
Type SW4e o. GR 239 x 80 x 23 205 1600 71 7683 7684
Type SW6 o. GR 201 x 120 x 25.6 308 2400 87 10402 10403
Type SW8 o. GR 239 x 120 x 20 205 3200 92 7685 7686
Type SW10 o. GR 300.6 x 120 x 25.6 462 4000 125 10404 10405
SUMP/SPILL PALLETS WITHOUT GRATINGT FOR 200 L DRUMS
Description/
Type
External
dimensions cm
(l x w x h)
Collection
volume L
Capacity /
no. of 200 L drums
on grating
Loading
kg
Weight
approx. kg
Painted
model
Galvanised
model
Order no. Order no.
Type SW1 80 x 81 x 46 205 1 x 200 L drum 400 56 8531 8532
Type SW2 120 x 81 x 36 210 2 x 200 L drum 1000 64 7583 7687
Type SW3 180 x 80.5 x 29 205 3 x 200 L drum 1200 90 10140 10141
Type SW4 120 x 121 x 28.5 205 4 x 200 L drum 1600 94 7688 7689
Type SW4e 239 x 81 x 25 205 4 x 200 L drum 1600 100 7690 7691
Type SW6 201 x 120.5 x 26.6 308 6 x 200 L drum 2400 122 10406 10407
Type SW8 239 x 121 x 21 205 8 x 200 L drum 3200 166 7692 7693
Typ SW10 300.6 x 120.5 x 26.6 462 10 x 200 L drum 4000 175 10408 10409
SUMP/SPILL PALLETS WITH GRATING FOR 200 L DRUMS
Description/
Type
External
dimensions cm
(l x w x h)
Collection
volume L
Loading
kg
Weight
approx. kg
Painted model Galvanised model
Order no. Order no.
WITHOUT GRATING
Type SW2 o.F o.GR 120 x 80 x 24,6 210 800 47 11206 11207
Type SW4 o.F o.GR 120 x 120 x 15.6 205 1600 53 11208 11209
WITH GRATING
Type SW2 o.F 120 x 80.5 x 25,6 210 1000 49 11210 11211
Type SW4 o.F 120 x 120.5 x 16.6 205 1600 76 11212 11213
SPILL PALLETS WITHOUT GROUND CLEARANCE
Description/
Type
External
dimensions cm
(l x w x h)
Collection
volume L
Capacity /
no. of 60 L drums
Loading
kg
Weight
approx. kg
Painted
model
Galvanised
model
Order no. Order no.
Type SW65/2 o. GR 82 x 41 x 32 65 one 60 L drum and
small container
200 23 11473 11474
Type SW65/4 o. GR 80 x 80 x 23 65 400 27 11475 11476
SUMP/SPILL PALLETS WITHOUT GRATING FOR 60 L DRUMS
Description/
Type
External
dimensions cm
(l x w x h)
Collection
volume L
Capacity /
no. of 60 L drums
Loading
kg
Weight
approx. kg
Painted
model
Galvanised
model
Order no. Order no.
Type SW65/2 82 x 42 x 33 65 2 x 60 L drum 200 29.5 11477 11478
Type SW65/4 80 x 81 x 25 65 4 x 60 L drum 400 37 11479 11480
SUMP/SPILL PALLETS WITH GRATING FOR 60 L DRUMS
Description/
Type
External
dimensions cm
(l x w x h)
Collection
volume L
Loading
kg
Weight
approx. kg
Painted model
Order no.
WITHOUT GRATING
Type SW 600/2 o. GR 120 x 81 x 81 600 600 96 11504
WITH GRATING
Type SW 600/2 120 x 82 x 82 600 600 110 11505
SPILL PALLETS FOR MOBILE TANK SYSTEMS FOR DIESEL UP TO 600 L

154
a b c d e
DIBt Berlin
DIBt Berlin
Description / Type External dimensions cm (l x w x h) 200 L drum items
Loading
capacity kg
Weight
SW1-mobile painted 98 x 81 x 113 1 300 62 7397
galvanised 98 x 81 x 113 1 300 62 7398
SW2-mobile painted 135 x 81 x 109 2 450 72 7399
galvanised 135 x 81 x 109 2 450 72 7400
Securing belt for safer transport, 25 mm x 4 m, one-piece 7420
Small steel collection trays PG 9
Description / Type External dimensions cm (l x w x h) Capacity Weight approx. kg Order no.
a Barrel support FB1 60 x 60 x 35 1 x 60 L or 1 x 200 L 15 7586
b Barrel support FB2 113 x 60 x 35 2 x 60 L or 2 x 200 L 21 7587
c Barrel support FB3 120 x 60 x 40 3 x 60 L 17 7835
d Barrel support stackable 63 x 45 x 53 1 x 60 L 10 7741
e PE drum pallet 94 x 138 x 39 2 x 200 L 15 8675
Description / Type External dimensions cm (l x w x h) Capacity L Weight approx. kg Order no.
a Small steel collection trays Q30 46 x 43.5 x 17 30 11 11003
b Small steel collection trays R30 90 x 44.5 x 9 30 16 11004
c Perforated plate insert Q30 – – 2.5 11060
d Perforated plate insert R30 – – 3.5 11061
Barrel support and drum pallet
for GRP, PE and steel sump/spill pallets PG 9
Mobile steel sump/spill pallets
• with hot-dip galvanised,
removable gratings
• 2 steering and 2 fixed castors
as well as a pushing bar for
trouble-free steering
• collection volume 205 L
• loading height SW1-mobile 49 cm,
loading height SW2-mobile 42 cm
• extremely versatile use: e.g. for the
decanting procedure on the work-
bench, placing on a pallet, etc.
• made liquid-tight from 3 mm steel
• certified according to German
regulation StawaR
• for containers up to max. 30 litres
MOBILE STEEL SUMP/SPILL PALLETS
Steel spill
tray Q30
Steel spill
tray R30
SW1-mobile
galvanised
SW2-mobile galvanised

155
IBC bund GS1a AB1
painted with filling stand
and filling area
IBC bunds steel
with design certification
• certified for the storage of water-
hazardous and flammable substances
• designed for the storage of lare
containers such as IBC, ASF- and ASP
containers up to 1000 litres
• with galvanised, removable grates
• 100 mm ground clearance for safe
transport
• painted (RAL 5002, ultramarine blue)
or galvanised
IBC bunds steel PG 9
IBC bund GS2 AB1
painted with filling area
IBC-Auffangwanne GS1 galvanised
Description
Overall dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Collection
volume L
Cont. à
1000 L item
Loading
capacity kg
Weight
approx. kg
Painted Galvanised
Order no. Order no.
GS1 135 x 125 x 75 1000 1 2000 170 7392 7393
GS1a with filling area 160 x 126 x 65 1000 1 2000 179 10613 10614
GS1 AB1 with 1 filling stand 135 x 125 x 109 1000 1 2000 182 10849 10850
GS1a AB1 with 1 filling stand 160 x 126 x 100 1000 1 2000 191 10851 10852
GS2 268 x 126 x 45 1000 2 4000 238 7394 7395
GS2a with filling area 268 x 161 x 39 1000 2 4000 273 10615 10616
GS2 AB1 with 1 filling stand 268 x 126 x 80 1000 2 4000 247 10853 10854
GS2a AB1
with 1 filling stand
and filling area
268 x 161 x 74 1000 2 4000 282 10855 10856
GS2 AB2 with 2 filling stands 268 x 126 x 80 1000 2 4000 256 10857 10858
GS2a AB2
with 2 filling stands
and filling area
268 x 161 x 74 1000 2 4000 291 10859 10860
IBC bund GS2a
galvanised with filling area
Description
(l x w x h)
Collection
volume L
Cont. à
1000 L item
Loading
capacity kg
Weight
Filling stand GS ZB galvanised 133 x 122 x 40 - 1 2000 49 7396
Can holder
for IBC bunds GS1 and GS2
35 x 30 x 19 - - - 4 8740
ACCESSORIES FOR IBC BUNDS MADE OF STEEL
IBC bund GS1a
painted with grating
and filling area
DIBt Berlin

156
�
rugged PE support
crossbar for high load-
bearing capacity
�
high chemical
resistance
�
made from high-quality
polyethylene
forkliftable
IBC bunds PE PG 9
IBC collecting trays in PE
with National Technical Certification
Z-40.22-564
• made from high-quality polyethylene
• capacity 1,100 litre
• rugged PE support crossbar for high
load-bearing capacity
• forkliftable with a forklift or manual lift
truck (transport only when empty)
• can be stacked inside each other
for transport
IBC bund 1100/1-PE
with supporting crossbar
and filling attachment
NATIONAL TECHNICAL
Certification

157
IBC bunds PE PG 9
Description / Type
(l x w x h)
Collection
volume L
No. of 1000 L
IBCs
Loading
capacity kg
Weight
1100/1-PE 146 x 117 x 85 1100 1 1500 43 10938
1100/1-PE
with galvanised steel
grating
146 x 117 x 87 1100 1 1500 63 10947
1100/1-PE
with PE perforated
plate
146 x 117 x 88 1100 1 1500 53 10950
1100/1-PE with filling attachment 162 x 117 x 85 1100 1 1500 45 10939
1100/1-PE
with filling attachment
grating
162 x 117 x 87 1100 1 1500 65 10948
1100/1-PE
with filling attachment
with PE perforated
plate
162 x 117 x 88 1100 1 1500 55 10951
1100/2-PE 223 x 146 x 44 1100 2 3000 47 10940
1100/2-PE
grating
223 x 146 x 46 1100 2 3000 87 10949
1100/2-PE
with PE perforated
plate
223 x 146 x 47 1100 2 3000 67 10952
IBC bund 1100/2-PE
grating
IBC bund 1100/1-PE
with supporting crossbar
IBC bund 1100/1-PE
with PE perforated plate
IBC bund 1100/1-PE with filling
attachment and galvanised steel grating
Nestable for transport

158
PE ground protection systemsHD
with PE grating PG 9
PE ground protection systems
certification Z-40.22-548 and Z-40.22-549
• can be used as storage/filling station
• elements can be combined to cover a
complete storage area
• connection components (accessories)
permit the lining of surfaces of any
size that are suitable as storage and
transfilling stations
• can be combined in any way with the
PE collection trays on page 147 of this
catalogue
• rugged, removable PE grating
• sturdy PE access ramp with an inte-
grated fixing bolt for connection to the
PE grating, slight inclination for easy
loading of the floor elements
• PE grating and access ramp are non-slip
• with visual leak detector
Description / Type
Overall dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Collection
volume L
Ultimate
load* kg
Weight
approx.
kg
PE-SystemsHD RG
Order no. Order no.
PE sump 120HD
with PE grating
120 x 80 x 18 120 500 12.8 10711 10891
PE sump 250HD
with PE grating
160 x 120 x 18 250 1000 25.7 10713 10893
PE sump 120HD
with PE grating
PE sump 250HD
with PE grating
Can be combined in any way with the
PE collection traysHD on page 147
a Accessory access ramp
* with an evenly distributed load
Description Overall dimensions cm (l x w x h) Order no.
a Access ramp, ultimate load 300 kg, weight approx 13 kg 126 x 80 x 20 10714
b
Connecting rail, short 114 x 1.5 x 1.5 10721
c
Connecting rail, long 154 x 1.5 x 1.5 10722
Cross connector 11.5 x 11.5 x 3.5 10723
b c
PE ground protection systems - RG
without certification no.
ACCESSORIES FOR PE GROUND PROTECTION SYSTEMSHD
NATIONAL TECHNICAL
Certification

159
Ground protection systemsHD
with galvanised grating PG 9
PE ground protection system
with general building certification
Z-40.22-548 and Z-40.22-549
• implemented as storage and
filling station
• components can be combined into
a floor-covering storage system
• robust, removable, galvanised steel
grating with feet
• optional connecting rails make it
possible to cover large surfaces that are
suitable as storage and filling stations
Description / Type
Overall dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Collection
volume L
Ultimate
load kg Wheel load kg
Weight
PE spill pallet 60HD
with galvanised steel grating
80 x 60 x 18 60 1000 150 16 11135
PE Spill pallet 120HD
120 x 80 x 18 120 1000 150 31 11136
PE Spill pallet 250HD
160 x 120 x 18 250 1000 150 63 11137
Description Overall dimensions cm (l x w x h) Order no.
a Access ramp, ultimate load 300 kg, weight approx 13 kg 126 x 80 x 20 10714
b Connecting rail, short 114 x 1.5 x 1.5 11138
c
Connecting rail, long 154 x 1.5 x 1.5 11139
b c
• sturdy PE ramps with integrated
locating bolts for docking on the grating,
with a gentle slope for easy loading
on the work floor
• perforated plate and access ramp
are non-slip
ACCESSORIES FOR PE GROUND PROTECTION SYSTEMSHD
60HD
120HD
250HD
a Accessory
access ramp
NATIONAL TECHNICAL
Certification

160
270/8
ALLGEMEINE BAUAUFSICHTLICHE
ZULASSUNG
Zul.-Nr. Z-40.22-579
PE ground protection system 270/8
with PE grating PG 9
PE ground protection system with general
building certification Z-40.22-579
• can be used as a storage/filling station
• elements can be connected to form a
comprehensive storage system
• rugged, removable PE grating
• connection components (accessories)
permit the lining of surfaces of any
size that are suitable as storage and
transfilling stations
• sturdy PE drive-on ramp with integrated
angle bracket for docking onto the PE
sump, low gradient for easy loading of
the floor elements
• PE grating and access ramp are non-slip
Description / Type
Overall dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Collection
volume L
Ultimate
load* kg
Weight
approx. kg
with general building certifi-
cation
Order no.
PE ground protection systems
270/8 with PE grating
248 x 128 x 18 270 2400 44 11275
NEW
PE ground protection systems 270/8
Example consisting of 4x PE spill tray 270/8, 1x access ramp a,
2x connecting rail, short b, 2x connecting rail, long c and
1x Cross connector d
* with an evenly distributed load
Description
Overall dimensions
a Access ramp for PE drum bunds 220/8 126 x 80 x 20 11282
b
Connecting rail, short
for front connection
119 x 7 x 5 11641
c
Connecting rail, long
for longitudinal connection 238 x 7 x 5 11642
Cross connector 15 x 15 x 5 11643
b c
ACCESSORIES FOR PE GROUND PROTECTION SYSTEMS 270/8
d

161
Description / Type
External dimensions
cm (l x w)
Height
cm
Collection
volume L
Capacity
kg/m²
Wheel
load kg
Weight
Ground
protection
FS 55/13/13 galvanised 130 x 130 5.5 49 5000 450 106 11441
FS 55/13/18 galvanised 130 x 180 5.5 69 5000 450 136 11442
FS 55/13/28 galvanised 130 x 280 5.5 108 5000 450 223 11443
FS 55/18/18 galvanised 180 x 180 5.5 96 5000 450 201 11444
FS 108/13/13 galvanised 130 x 130 11 105 5000 450 112 11445
FS 108/13/18 galvanised 130 x 180 11 146 5000 450 153 11446
FS 108/13/28 galvanised 130 x 280 11 228 5000 450 233 11447
FS 108/18/18 galvanised 180 x 180 11 220 5000 450 209 11448
Access
ramp
AR13 galvanised 126 x 72 5.5 30 7407
AR18 galvanised 176 x 72 5.5 42 7408
AR28 galvanised 276 x 72 5.5 63 10619
AE galvanised 72 x 72 5.5 21 7410
AR13 galvanised 126 x 72 11 34 7411
AR18 galvanised 176 x 72 11 46 7412
AR28 galvanised 276 x 72 11 70 10620
AE galvanised 72 x 72 11 23 7414
Manufactured to order. Delivery approx. 3-4 weeks. Galvanised version of ground protection elements upon request.
Description /Type External dimensions mm (w x l) Weight approx. kg Order no.
VP13 galvanised 38 x 1280 2 7415
VP18 galvanised 38 x 1780 3 7416
VP28 galvanised 38 x 2780 5 10621
KV galvanised 200 x 200 1 7418
TV galvanised 200 x 100 1 7419
Manufactured to order. Delivery approx. 3-4 weeks.
Ground protection systems (steel) PG 9
Safety when handling water hazardous
and flammable substances.
Modular matching elements allow the lin-
ing of large surfaces, which are suitable
as storage and transfer stations.
• suitable for storage of water-polluting
and flammable substances
• modular, matched elements
• with galvanised, removable grating
• available painted (RAL 5002,
ultramarine blue) or galvanised
Connecting profile
type VP
T connector
type TV
Cross
connector Type KV
Access ramp
type AR Access corner
type AE
Access ramp
type AR
Surface
protection
element type FS
SYSTEM ELEMENTS
FASTENING ELEMENTS
DIBt Berlin

162
Sump/spill pallets with general con-
struction inspection certification no.
Z-40.12-227 granted by DIBt-Berlin.
Drum racks for approved and space-
saving storage of barrels and other con-
tainers. All drum racks are completely
hot-dip galvanised and have a corrosion
free GRP sump/spill pallet for long-term
safe use.
Due to their absolute corrosion resistance,
GRP sump/spill pallets can be placed
directly on the ground.
The low installation height facilitates
handling in the factory/ workshop.
The different rack models permit filling
over the projecting sump/spill pallet even
for the most widely varying types of bar-
rels and containers. The rack ensures
optimum matching to the actual operating
conditions.
Delivered in space-saving individual parts,
easily and quickly assembled.
Drum racks
Sump/spill pallet supports for secure standing
on uneven ground and to permit driving under
the drum rack
Can holder for easy filling of small containers
Rotating roller support
for simple movement of drums
Ball valve for quick and simple discharge Drum supports for tilting drum
for optimum emptying of 60 L drums
Accessory PE collection tray 40 L
ACCESSORIES
� quick and easy assembly
� universally applicable
e.g. waste oil, lyes and acids
� corrosion-resistant
� high resilient shelves
�
minimum inspection requirements,
no additional inspection of
sump/spill pallet bottom
(compare steel sump/spill pallets)
Example:
Drum rack type 540 has three grating shelves and six clip-in
individual drum supports, which can be clipped in different
positions in two shelfs.
NATIONAL TECHNICAL
Certification

163
60
60
60
60
2 shelfs
for up to two 60 L barrels
or
2 shelfs
for small containers
or
1 shelf
for one 60 L barrel and
1 shelf
GRP sump/spill pallet with
65 L collection volume
Model 3
Drum rack Type 120
with GRP sump/spill
pallet
Application example:
with steel grating for
GRP sump/spill pal-
let as 3rd shelf (see
page 167)
with stackable barrel
support as an extra
shelf for a 60 L drum
(see page 167)
drum supports
Drum racks type 120 PG 9
Description
Type 1 sump/spill pallet 65 L
Overall dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Heights of shelfs
in cm from ground
Weight
Model 1 with GRP sump/spill pallet 1
with drum supports for 2 x 60 L barrels
Model 1 with steel sump/spill pallet 4
with drum supports for 2 x 60 L barrels
45 x 82 x 131
45 x 82 x 131
63 / 115
63 / 115
18
37
7081
11481
with grating support for small containers
with grating support for small containers
45 x 82 x 131
45 x 82 x 131
60 / 112
60 / 112
21
40
7639
11482
with drum and grating support
for 1 x 60 L barrel and small containers
with drum and grating support
for 1 x 60 L barrel and small containers
45 x 82 x 131
45 x 82 x 131
60 / 112
60 / 112
19
38
7640
11483
DRUM RACK TYPE 120 FOR SMALL CONTAINERS AND 60 L BARRELS
1
2
3
4
5
6

164
60 60 60
60 60
60
60
60 60
60
60 60 60
60
Description
Overall dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Heights of shelfs
in cm from ground
Weight
DRUM RACK TYPE 360 FOR SMALL CONTAINERS AND UP TO 6 X 60 L BARRELS
Drum rack type 360 with GRP sump/spill pallet 150 L (5113)
with drum supports for 6 x 60 L barrels and/or small containers
132 x 80 x 130 69 / 117 60 7642
Drum rack type 360 with steel sump/spill pallet SW 2 (7583)
with drum supports for 6 x 60 L barrels and/or small containers
132 x 80 x 130 36 / 69 / 117 115 10253
Drum rack type 540 with GRP sump/spill pallet 150 L (5113)
with drum supports for 6 x 60 L barrels and small containers
132 x 80 x 200 69 / 117 / 165 82 7734
Expansion unit for type 540 with GRP sump/spill pallet 150 L (5113)
132 x 80 x 200 69 / 117 / 165 72 7855
Drum rack type 540 with steel sump/spill pallet SW 2 (7583)
132 x 80 x 200 36 / 69 / 117 / 165 137 10254
Expansion unit for type 540 with steel sump/spill pallet SW 2 (7583)
132 x 80 x 200 36 / 69 / 117 / 165 127 10255
Drum rack type 540 with
GRP sump/spill pallet
with can holder and steel
grating as 4th shelf
Drum rack type 360 with
GRP sump/spill pallet
with can holder and steel
grating as 3rd shelf
Drum racks type 360 and type 540 PG 9
Combination of drum
rack type 540
and hazardous substance
rack 13/20 (see p. 170)
Combination of
drum rack type 540
and expansion unit
type 540
Drum rack
type 540 with
steel sump/
spill pallet*
*certified
under StawaR

165
60 60
200
Drum racks type 400 PG 9
Model 2
drum rack type 400
2 shelfs
for up to four 60 L barrels
or two 200 L barrels
or
1 shelf
and 1 shelf
for up to two 60 L barrels
or one 200 L barrel
GRP sump/spill pallet with
220 L collection volume
drum supports
can holder
(accessory)
Description
Type 400 with GRP sump/spill pallet 220 L (6882)
Overall dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Heights of shelfs
in cm from ground
Weight
Model 1
with barrel support
for 2 x 60 L barrels
or 1 x 200 L barrel
99 x 128 x 84 62 41 7663
Model 2
with barrel support
or 2 x 200 L barrels
or 2 x 60 L drums
and 1 x 200 L drum
99 x 128 x 162 62 / 140 70 7664
Model 3
with barrel support
or 1 x 200 L barrel
and grating
support for small
containers
99 x 128 x 162 62 / 139 82 7665

166
200 200
60 60 60
Drum rack type 800 PG 9
Model 3
drum rack type 800
2 shelfs
for up to six 60 L barrels
or four 200 L barrels
or
1 shelf for small
containers and 1 storage
level for barrels
or
1 shelf
for barrels
GRP sump/spill
pallet with 220 L
containment capacity
drum supports
can holder
(accessory)
Description
Type 800 with GRP sump/spill pallet 220 L (6884)
Overall dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Heights of shelfs
in cm from ground
Weight
Model 1
with barrel supports
141 x 128 x 84 62 51 7670
Model 2
141 x 128 x 162 62 / 140 84 7671
Model 3
and 3 x 60 L barrels
141 x 128 x 162 62 / 140 87 7672
Model 4
and grating support
141 x 128 x 162 62 / 139 116 7673
Model 5
with drum supports
141 x 128 x 84 62 54 7674
Model 6
with drum supports
141 x 128 x 162 62 / 140 90 7675

167
Accessories for drum racks type 120 to type 800 PG 9
for
type Description
Overall dimensions
cm (l x d x h)
Heights of shelfs
in cm from ground
Weight
400
Sump/spill pallet support (pair),
sump/spill pallet forkliftable by forklift
15 7 7668
800
Sump/spill pallet support (pair),
sump/spill pallet forkliftable by forklift
15 10 7679
400
Shelf
for 1 x 200 L or 2 x 60 L drums
99 x 66 x 84 62 28 8326
800
Shelf
for 2 x 200 L drums
141 x 66 x 84 62 33 8328
800
Shelf
for 3 x 60 L drums
141 x 66 x 84 62 36 8329
120
Steel grating for sump/spill pallet
as 3rd shelf
42 x 80 x 3 24 6 7641
360
540
Steel grating
as 3rd (for type 360) or
4th shelf (for type 540)
130 x 62 x 3 21 18 6817
360
540
Steel tray 20 L
as 3rd (for type 360)
or 4th shelf (for type 540)
130 x 62 x 5 21 19 7799
360
540
PE collection tray 40 L
as insert tray
(acid-/alkali resistant, see page 149)
130 x 62 x 8 22 5 7871
120
Stackable drum support,
for an extra shelf
for a 60 L drum (see page 154)
63 x 45 x 53 167 10 7741
400 Grating level for small containers 99 x 125 x 84 62 40 8327
360
540
Drum supports 3 pcs. per shelf 1 7800
360
540
Drum supports “raising” 3 pieces for one shelf
for optimum emptying of the 60 L drums
1 8254
400
800
Rotating roller support
for 200 L barrel (pair)
66 6 7669
360
400
540
800
Edge border (4-part),
galvanised for sideways insertion in the steel grating for securing storage
material such as small containers, etc. from filling off
6990
120
360
540
Can holder, galvanised,
bearing surface 23 x 11 cm (w x d)
2 5917
400
800
Can holder, galvanised,
bearing surface 18.5 x 11 cm (w x d)
2 7727
all Discharge ball valve ½, nickel plated brass, angled 90° [PG 8] 1 3775
all Discharge ball valve ¾, nickel plated brass, angled 90° [PG 8] 1 3776

168
NATIONAL TECHNICAL
Certification
HazMat pallet racks with PE sumps PG 9
Rack collision guard 8202
ACCESSORY HAZMAT PALLET RACK
Description
Overall dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Shelf dimensions
in cm (w x d)
Shelf load
in kg
For number
of pallets
Weight
approx. kg
Collection
volume L Order no.
HazMat pallet rack 18/405
for drum storage
207 x 110 x 300 190 x 110 3850 2 132 405 11462
Add-on rack for HazMat pallet rack
18/405
199 x 110 x 300 190 x 110 3850 2 98 405 11463
for drum storage
247 x 110 x 300 230 x 110 3000 2 145 520 11464
22/520
239 x 110 x 300 230 x 110 3000 2 111 520 11465
for drum or IBC storage
287 x 110 x 300 270 x 110 3070 3 166 1100 11466
27/1100
279 x 110 x 300 270 x 110 3070 3 132 1100 11467
HAZMAT PALLET RACKS AS A SET WITH PE RACK FLOOR TRAY
HazMat pallet racks
These racks are ideal for storing drums
on Euro pallets or chemical pallets and for
IBC storage. They comply with the legal
requirements for the storage of water-
hazardous substances.
PE collection trays with General
Z-40.22-579
• several storage versions can be com-
bined
• expandable
• simple plug-together assembly system
• suitable for storage of water-hazardous
substances
• two shelfs
HazMat pallet racks 18/405 and 27/1100, including optional PE suspended rack sumps 18/230 and
27/230, see page 169
HazMat pallet rack consisting of:
• two support frames
• two pairs of cross members
• two push-through prevention rails
incl. bracket
• one PE rack floor tray
Add-on rack consisting of:
• one support frame
• two pairs of longitudinal members
• two push-through prevention rails
incl. bracket
• one PE rack floor sump

169
Description
Overall
dimensions cm
(l x w x h)
Load
capacity kg
Weight
Steel grating for PE suspended rack sump* 120 x 80 x 3 600 12.4 11269
PE grating for PE suspended rack sump* 120 x 80 x 6 600 8.5 10286
*two required for PE suspended rack tray 18/230 and three for suspended rack sump 27/230
ACCESSORY FOR PE SUSPENDED RACK TRAY
HazMat pallet racks with PE sump PG 9
PE rack floor trays
• for retrofitting to convert existing rack
systems into HazMat pallet racks
• made of high-quality polyethylene (PE)
• sump can be placed directly on the floor
• with integral forklift pockets for loading
the racks with pallets or IBCs
PE RACK FLOOR SUMPS
Description
Overall dimensions cm
(l x w x h)
For number of
pallets
Weight
approx. kg
Collection
volume L Order no.
PE rack floor sump 18/405 for shelf dimensions 180 x
110 cm
178 x 132 x 28 2 18.2 405 11468
110 cm
218 x 132 x 28 2 22.5 520 11469
110 cm
268 x 132 x 42 3 34 1100 11470
PE suspended rack sumps
• for retrofitting to convert existing rack
systems into HazMat pallet racks
• the PE suspended rack sumps rest on
the rack cross members and are held
securely in place
• ideal for Euro pallets (120x80)
• loaded pallets can be placed directly on
the sump
• a steel or PE grating is not required, but
can be used if desired
PE SUSPENDED RACK SUMPS
Description
Overall
dimensions cm
(l x w x h)
Internal
depth cm
Shelf
load in
kg
For
number of
pallets
Weight
approx. kg
Collection
volume L Order no.
PE suspended rack sump 18/230
for shelf dimensions 180 x 110 cm
178 x 130 x 23 95 2 x 600 2 20 230 11471
262 x 130 x 16.5 95 3 x 600 3 27.5 230 11472

170
Environmental / HazMat racks PG 9
Environmental/HazMat rack 10/20
For storage of water-polluting substances
in small containers up to 30 L capacity.
The tray is completely galvanised and can
be assembled without screws or tools.
It has 5 shelf floors which can be
positioned in mounting points that
have 25mm spacing and two 30 L,
PE collection trays.
Each level can support up to 200 kg.
For storage of water-polluting substances
in small containers up to 20 L capacity.
It is completely hot-dip galvanised and
equipped with a 20 L leak-tight spill tray
base welded in accordance with StawaR
(German guidelines for the requirements
of steel container trays of capacity up to
1000 L) lowest shelf.
Each level can support up to 200 kg.
Environmental/HazMat rack 10/20 with expansion
rack (PE sump/spill pallet, accessory)
Description
(l x w x h)
Weight
106 x 63 x 200 44 8091
Expansion rack
for environmental/HazMat rack 10/20
101 x 63 x 200 34 8092
ENVIRONMENTAL/HAZMAT RACK 10/20 FOR SMALL CONTAINERS
Description
Overall dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Heights of shelfs in cm from
ground
Weight
Environmental/HazMat rack
13/20
132 x 63 x 200 16/69/117/165 92 7820
Expansion rack
for Environmental/HazMat rack
13/20
132 x 63 x 200 16/69/117/165 82 7856
ENVIRONMENTAL/HAZMAT RACK 13/20 FOR SMALL CONTAINERS
for type Description
Overall dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Weight
10/20 PE collection tray 30 L as insert tray (acid-/alkali resistant)* 98 x 60 x 8.5 4 8076
13/20 PE collection tray 40 L as insert tray (acid-/alkali resistant)* 130 x 62 x 8 5 7871
10/20 Additional shelf floor for Environmental/HazMat rack 10/20 100 x 60 x 4 4 8093
* see page 149
ACCESSORIES ENVIRONMENTAL/HAZMAT RACKS 10/20 AND 13/20
NATIONAL TECHNICAL
Certification

171
Environmental/HazMat racks PG 9
Space-saving storage for substances
in all water-pollution classes
• galvanised steel for racks, sumps
and gratings
• able to be accessed from both sides
• 200 kg weight limit per shelf
• 1600 kg floor wait limit per rack system
• height-adjustable shelves with grids
of 25 mm
Version with spill tray base:
4 shelves with spill tray base
• separated storage of different
substances per shelf
• spill tray per shelf
• all shelves can have the full
containment volume by using
the removable grating (see accessories)
Version with grating shelves:
4 shelves with grating
• 3 shelves with grating
• bottom shelf with spill tray
• bottom shelf can have the full
containment volume by using a
removable grating (see accessories)
Description
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Usable floor
area cm (l x w) Features
Containment
volume L
Base unit Expansion unit
Order no. Order no.
10/5
with spill tray bases
106 x 53.5 x 200 100 x 50
4 x shelf tray,
galvanised
4 x 25 11181 11182
13/5
with spill tray bases
136 x 53.5 x 200 130 x 50
4 x shelf tray,
galvanised
4 x 33 11183 11184
10/5
with grating levels
106 x 53.5 x 200 100 x 50
1 x shelf tray,
3 x grating,
galvanised
1 x 25 11185 11186
13/5
with grating levels
136 x 53.5 x 200 130 x 50
1 x shelf tray,
3 x grating,
galvanised
1 x 33 11187 11188
ENVIRONMENTAL/HAZMAT RACK 10/5 AND 13/5
Environmental/HazMat rack 10/5 (base unit)
and 13/5 (as expansion unit)
with removable grating (see accessories)
Environmental/HazMat rack 13/5 (base
unit) and 10/5 (expansion unit)
with removable grating (see accessories)
Description
for type 10/5 for type 13/5
Order no. Order no.
Additional shelf spill tray 11189 11190
Additional grating as storage shelf 11191 11192
Reinforcing cross members (two)
for shelf floor tray and grating as shelf
11365 11363
Removable grating for shelf tray 11193 11194
Wall fixing 11195 11195
ACCESSORIES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL/HAZMAT RACK 10/5 AND 13/5
Note: An expansion unit is supplied without a frame on one side and can only be used in conjunction with the base field.
• additional wall fixing according
to application (not essential)
• expandable storage capacity by
increasing the base unit with
expansion units
• quick plug-assembly of supplied
components
DIBt Berlin

172
Workshop trolley PG 9
Robust mobile workshop trolley for use in
working and storage areas. Also ideal as
a station for dispensing liquids and safely
providing hazardous substances.
Three versions are available.
• 3 mm thick steel spill trays tested accord-
ing to German regulation StawaR
• optionally available with lockable storage
space
• push handle for simple manoeuvring
• four castors, including two braked steer-
ing castors
• top spill tray shelf positioned at an ergo-
nomic working height of 92 cm
• optional third spill tray shelf can be posi-
tioned at half height
• high-quality powder coating in light grey
and orange
Version 1: with spill tray shelves
• two spill tray shelves with 89 x 59 cm
base area
• spill tray shelf can be fixed at half height
as necessary
• includes 1 x perforated plate insert, can
be used for both spill tray shelves
Version 2: with compartment
• two spill tray shelves with 44 x 59 cm
base area
• lockable door
• height-adjustable shelf inside (42 x 58 cm
base area)
• storage area on top with non-slip mat
• includes 1 x perforated plate insert, can
be used for both spill tray shelves
Version 3: with drawers
• two spill tray bases with 44 x 59 cm base
area
• five drawers, jointly lockable
• storage area on top with non-slip mat
• includes 1 x perforated plate grating, can
be used for both spill tray bases
Description
Dimensions
cm (l x d x h)
Contain-
ment
volume L
Weight ap-
prox. kg
Load capacity
per level kg Order no.
Workshop trolley with spill trays 99 x 61 x 92 2 x 20 58.8 75 / 150 11583
Workshop trolley with spill trays, compartment and anti-slip mat 99 x 61 x 92 2 x 10 56.2 75 / 180 11584
Workshop trolley with spill trays, drawers and anti-slip mat 99 x 61 x 92 2 x 10 86.2 75 / 180 11585
Description Overall dimensions cm (l x d x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
Additional spill tray 10 L 45 x 60 x 6 7.8 11586
Additional spill tray 20 L 90.5 x 60 x 6 14.8 11587
Perforated plate for spill trays 10 L 44 x 59 x 5.5 2.2 11588
Perforated plate for spill trays 20 L 89.5 x 59 x 5.5 3.6 11589
Anti-slip mat (for compartments and drawers) 45 x 60 x 0.5 0.8 11358
ACCESSORIES FOR WORKSHOP TROLLEY
Version 3
Workshop trolley with spill trays, drawers and
additional spill tray base, 10 litres
Version 1
Workshop trolley with spill trays and ad-
ditional spill tray base 20 litres
Version 1
Workshop trolley with spill trays
Version 2
Workshop trolley with spill trays, compartment
and additional spill tray base 10 litres
NEW
DIBt Berlin

173
NEW
Description System includes
Overall dimensions
cm (b x t x h)
Weight approx.
kg
Load-bearing capa-
city per shelf in kg Order no.
Mobile hazardous material
depot
1 x shelf
1 x extending tray
1 x floor tray 33 L
(incl. perforated plate insert)
124 x 61 x 136 118 50 11394
ACCESSORIES
Floor tray 66 L (incl. perforated plate insert) 110 x 55 x 12 28 - 11400
Additional extending tray 108 x 51 x 9 11 - 11398
Additional spill tray base (incl. perforated plate insert) 111 x 55 x 5 12 - 11395
Non-slip mat, suitable for extending tray or shelf - 0.5 - 11397
For moving directly to the working
location
• base spill according to German regula-
tion StawaR
• shelf at the topmost position
• body made from sheet steel painted in
grey (RAL 7035)
• smooth-running, lockable roller shutter
• side faces with perforations for tool
holding system
• four castors, including two braked steer-
ing castors
• push handle for simple manoeuvring
• delivered fully assembled and ready for
immediate use
• delivery completely assembled
Mobile hazardous material depot PG 9
Mobile hazardous material depot with shelf,
extending tray and floor tray 33 L
Roller shutter, closed
DIBt Berlin
Environmental/HazMat cabinets on page 174
Hazardous material depot PG 9
For use in buildings and for outdoor
installation
• vents in the door for natural ventilation
• lockable doors against unauthorised
access
• slight roof pitch for rain drainage
• certified drip tray according to German
regulation StawaR
• 2-drum version with partition wall in the
centre
• hazard warning labels enclosed for identifica-
tion as a hazardous materials storage facility
• Accessory height-adjustable shelves (grid
25 mm) allow storage of canisters and trays
• ground clearance for optimum forkliftability
• drums can be stored with pump or funnel fitted
• delivery completely assembled
Description
Internal dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Containment
volume L
Weight
Hazardous material depot compact 220 for 1 drum 82 x 67 x 144 82 x 67 x 200 220 99 11699
Hazardous material depot compact 220 for 2 drums 167 x 67 x 144 170 x 70 x 180 220 162 11700
ACCESSORY FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIAL DEPOT
perforated shelf 81 x 66 x 3 - - 4.2 11701
Hazardous material depot compact 220 for
2 drums with perforated shelf (accessory)
Hazardous material depot compact
220 for 1 drum
DIBt Berlin

174
Environmental/HazMat cabinets PG 9
Description for type Weight approx. kg Order no.
Shelf tray 5/10, 5/20 2.5 11005
Shelf tray 10/10, 10/20 4 11006
Perforated plate insert for shelf tray 5/10, 5/20 2.2 11007
Perforated plate insert for shelf tray 10/10, 10/20 3.2 11008
Perforated plate insert for floor tray 5/10, 5/20 2.5 11060
Perforated plate insert for floor tray 10/10, 10/20 3.5 11061
For the safe and proper storage of
water-hazardous and environmentally
hazardous substances in buildings
pursuant to German technical reagula-
tion TRGS 510.
CEMO environmental cabinets are manu-
factured from quality sheet steel.
All cabinets are certified due to the sump
certification according to German Steel
Sump Guideline (StawaR). Since the doors
are lockable, access can be restricted to
persons trained in handling hazardous
substances. Also ideal for storage of pes-
ticide. Not suitable for the storage of flam-
mable substances in work areas.
The following applies to all environmental
cabinets on this double page:
• floor bund conformant to StawaR
in 3 mm-thick steel
• each shelf is a spill tray
• high-quality powder coating in grey
(RAL 7035)
• lockable doors by means of a
cylinder lock
• doors open to 180°
• vents in the doors for natural ventilation
• supplied fully assembled and ready
for immediate use
• the cabinet top has a connection
(NW75) for an external ventilation sys-
tem
• hazard warning label included
Environmental cabinet 5/10, 10/10,
5/20 10/20 and certified pursuant
to StawaR
4 sizes for maximising space
• all shelves are manufactured as galva-
nised sumps
• height-adjustable shelves, additional
shelves available separately
• document pouch on inside of door
Environmental/HazMat
cabinet 10/20
cabinet 5/20
cabinet 5/10
cabinet 10/10
Description
System includes:
Floor tray, shelf tray
Overall dimensions
cm (l x d x h)
Load capacity
per level kg
Weight
Environmental/HazMat cabinet 5/10 1 x 30 L, 1 x 20 L 50 x 50 x 100 65 38 10999
ENVIRONMENTAL/HAZMAT CABINETS 5/10, 10/10, 5/20 AND 10/20
ACCESSORIES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL/HAZMAT CABINETS 5/10, 10/10, 5/20 AND 10/20
DIBt Berlin
Green pesticide cabinets on page 178

175
Mobile HazMat depot on
page 173.
Environmental/HazMat cabinets PG 9
Description System includes
Overall dimensions
cm (l x d x h)
Load capacity
per level kg
Weight
a
Environmental cabinet 10/20
with sliding doors
1 x Floor tray 30 L,
3 x Shelf tray @ 20 L
100 x 50 x 195 65 95 11011
with sliding doors
2 x Floor tray @ 30 L,
6 x Shelf tray @ 20 L,
centre divider
150 x 50 x 195 65 150 11012
b
with fully extending drawers
95 x 50 x 195 70 108 11009
with fully extending drawers
120 x 50 x 195 70 120 11010
c Canister cabinet 10/20
1 x Lower shelf,
3 x Canister shelves
100 x 55 x 195
Canister shelf: 70
Lower shelf: 45
125 11014
a
Environmental cabinet with sliding door
and certified pursuant to StawaR
• ideal for tight spaces
• each sliding door is mounted on rollers
and can therefore be operated with
one hand
• all shelves are manufactured as
spill trays
• height-adjustable shelves
• all spill trays galvanised
b
Environmental cabinet with fully
extending drawers and certified pursu-
ant to StawaR
• removable galvanised shelf trays enable
best access to all stored containers
and tanks
• with interlock protection as standard so
that not more than one sliding shelf can
be open simultaneously
• all trays galvanised
c
Environmental cabinet
designed as a canister cabinet
and certified pursuant to StawaR
• filling directly from the canister store
(up to 15 canisters)
• the floor tray can be pulled out at the
same time as the canister shelf to catch
any spillage during filling
• the canister holder is suitable for most
popular designs
• with interlock protection as standard
so that the shelf tray cannot be open
at the same time as more than one
canister level
• all internals painted in RAL 7035
• shelf tray galvanized
b
cabinet 10/20 with fully
extending drawers
a
Environmental/HazMat cabinet
15/20 with sliding doors
c
Canister cabinet 10/20
(canisters not included)
Fans on pages 192-193
DIBt Berlin

176
Environmental/HazMat cabinet 13/20 PG 9
water-hazardous and environmentally
hazardous, non-flammable substances
in buildings pursuant to TRGS 510
The frame of this environmental cabinet is
based on drum rack 540, forming a par-
ticularly sturdy overall package.
The cabinet is available in two versions.
•
hot-dip galvanised frame and grating
shelves
•
high-quality powder coating in grey
(RAL 7035)
•
vents at the top and bottom of the
doors for natural ventilation
•
document pouch on inside of door
•
hazard identification labels included
•
load bearing capacity up to 200 kg per
shelf
•
600 mm shelf depth allows horizontal
storage of 60 L drums including tap for
version 1
Description Kit includes
(l x w x h)
Weight
a
Environmental/HazMat cabinet 13/20
with GRP sump
4x gratings
1x GRP sump 150 L
cabinet lining
132 x 80 x 200 202 7954
b
Environmental/HazMat cabinet 13/20
with spill tray base
3x gratings
1x spill tray base 20 L
cabinet lining
132 x 63 x 200 204 7956
Description
(l x w x h)
Weight
PE sump 40 L as insert tray (acid-/alkali resistant)* 130 x 62 x 8 5 7871
Three drum supports for one shelf for version 1 130 x 62 x 8 1 7800
* see page 149
ACCESSORIES
You can find mobile cabinet solutions on page 173.
Version a:
Environmental cabinet 13/20 with GRP
sump
•
collection volume 150 litres
Version b:
Environmental cabinet 13/20 with spill
tray
•
bottom shelf as seamlessly welded steel
spill with 20 litre collection volume
The cabinet is delivered unassembled.
GRP sump with
certification
NATIONAL TECHNICAL
Certification
Version a with GRP sump 150 L
Version a with GRP sump 150 L Version b with spill tray base 20 L

177
Drum cabinet 14/20 PG 9
drums containing water-hazardous and
environmentally hazardous, non-flam-
mable substances in buildings accord-
ing to German regulation TRGS 510
60 and 200 litre drums can be safely
stored in this drum cabinet. The cabinet is
large enough for you to work with a hand
pump or handle the drums. The additional
spill tray base at the top can accommo-
date small containers.
Drum cabinet 14/20
• high-quality powder coating in grey
(RAL 7035)
• lockable doors by means of a cylinder
lock
• the cabinet top has a connection
(NW75) for an external ventilation sys-
tem
Version a with large, certified collec-
tion tray:
• floor tray made of steel or PE, both with
grating
• additional spill tray at top (height adjust-
able, 25 mm grid)
• supplied fully assembled and ready for
immediate use
Version b with drum rack type 360 and
certified collection tray:
• base made of steel, PE or GRP
• with drum supports for 6 x 60 L drums
• optional third shelf using grating
Description System includes:
(l x w x h)
Weight
approx. kg Order no..
a Drum cabinet 14/20
with steel sump
1 x spill tray 30 L
1 x steel floor tray 210 L,
incl. galvanised steel grating
140 x 84 x 195 150 11566
with PE sump
1 x spill tray 30 L,
1 x PE floor tray 250 L,
incl. PE grating
140 x 84 x 195 125 11571
with PE sump
1 x spill tray 30 L,
1 x PE floor tray 250 L,
incl. galvanised steel grating
140 x 84 x 195 128 11572
b Drum cabinet 14/20 with drum rack
and steel sump
1 x drum rack type 360, incl. 6 x drum supports,
1 x steel floor tray 65 L 140 x 84 x 195 165 11569
and PE sump
1 x drum rack type 360, incl. 6 x drum supports,
1 x PE floor tray 120 L 140 x 84 x 195 145 11568
and GRP sump
1 x drum rack type 360 incl. 6 x drum supports,
1 x GRP sump 150 L 140 x 84 x 195 149 11567
Description
(l x w x h)
Weight
Steel grating as third shelf for drum rack type 360 130 x 62 x 3 18 6817
Three drum supports for steel grating for drum rack type 360 - 1 7800
Spill tray 30 L as additional shelfl 132 x 46 x 5 8.5 11573
ACCESSORIES
DIBt Berlin
Drum cabinet with drum rack
type 360 inside for horizontal
60 litre drums,
steel grating as as third shelf
(see accessories),
GRP base
Drum cabinet with steel base
for upright 200 litre drums
Connection option (NW75) for
external ventilation system

178
DIBt Berlin
Pesticide cabinets PG 9
pesticides in buildings pursuant to
TRGS 510
Pesticides are useful but, in the wrong
hands or if released unintentionally, they
can cause great harm to people and the
environment due to the water hazard they
pose. These substances can be safely
stored behind locked doors and on trays
in CEMO pesticide cabinets. The cabinets
are suitable for the storage of non-flam-
mable substances in work areas.
Pesticide cabinets 5/10, 10/10,
5/20 and 10/20
certified pursuant to StawaR:
• four sizes for different storage quantities
• high-quality powder coating in green
(RAL 6011)
• floor tray (30 litres) pursuant to StawaR,
made of 3 mm thick steel
• all shelfs are manufactured as galva-
nised trays
• height-adjustable shelves (25 mm grid)
• see accessories for further spill tray
bases as additional shelf
• lockable doors by means of a cylinder
lock
• doors open to 135°
• delivered fully assembled and ready for
immediate use
Description
System includes:
Spill tray base, floor tray
(l x w x h)
Load capaci-
ty per shelf
kg
Weight
Pesticide cabinet 5/10
1 x 20 L
1 x 30 L
50 x 50 x 100 50 29 11390
1 x 20 L
1 x 30 L
95 x 50 x 100 50 50 11391
3 x 20 L
1 x 30 L
50 x 50 x 195 50 56 11392
3 x 20 L
1 x 30 L
95 x 50 x 195 50 87 11393
Pesticide cabinet 5/10 with perforated plate
insert (see accessories)
Description for type
Weight
Spill tray base (20 litres) 5/10, 5/20 2.5 11005
Spill tray base (20 litres) 10/10, 10/20 4 11006
Perforated plate insert for spill tray base (20 litres) 5/10, 5/20 2.2 11007
Perforated plate insert for spill tray base (20 litres) 10/10, 10/20 3.2 11008
Perforated plate insert for floor tray (30 litres) 5/10, 5/20 2.5 11060
Perforated plate insert for floor tray (30 litres) 10/10, 10/20 3.5 11061
ACCESSORY

179
For storage of environment- and
water-hazardous liquids
• suitable for aggressive media
(e.g. acids lyes)
• lockable swing doors
• integrated bund
• shelves made of resistant stainless steel
• only for indoor use
• ideal for storing small quantities
• polyethylene body manufactured in
single-piece by rotation moulding
PE environmental cabinets PG 9
Description
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Internal dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Collection
volume L
Weight
approx. kg
Load capacity per
shelf kg Order no.
PE Environmental Cabinet S 60 x 47 x 85 58 x 38 x 20 18 19 15 11196
PE Environmental Cabinet M 97.5 x 52 x 118 95 x 41 x 31 47 38 50 11197
PE Environmental Cabinetk L 99 x 50 x 166 97 x 41 x 31 28 53 50 11198
ACCESSORY
Separate sump
for PE Environmental
Cabinet L
103 x 53 x 17 - 40 7 - 11199
PE environmental cabinet L (Large)
installed on optional, forkliftable sump
(see accessory)
PE environmental cabinet S (Small)
with storage in swing door and
storage area on top
PE environmental cabinet M
(Medium)
For outdoor storage:
PE hazardous material depot
on page 182

180
Description Passive storage Active storage
Safety distance available
SRC (Depot)
Natural ventilation (0.4 times air change)
SRC (Depot)
Mechanical ventilation (5 times air change)
No safety distance possible
F 90 fireproof container
F 90 fireproof container
It is not always possible for businesses
to store hazardous substances indoors.
Sometimes it is recommended to reduce
risk by storing hazardous substances out-
doors in suitable containers. One needs
to distinguish between storage containers
without fire protection features (Safety
Storage Containers (SRC) and hazardous
substance depots) and those with fire-
Storage of hazardous substances
outdoors
SAFE DISTANCES
When flammable liquids are stored with out fireproof storage facilities, a safety distance must be maintained. This distance depends
on the quantity to be stored in accordance with TRGS (Technical Rule for Hazardous Substances) 510, Annex 5, Nr. 4, para. 2.:
Combined stored volume less than 200 kg: 3 metres
Combined stored volume between 200 kg and 1000 kg: 5 metres
Active storage (see below) or combined stored volume more than 1000 kg: 10 metres
Alternatively, either fire-resistant building exterior walls (F90 in accordance with DIN 4102) or fire-resistant components between
buildings and hazardous material storage in specified height and width would be sufficient, but in practice this occures in very few
cases. However, if a hazardous materials store is to be erected directly against a building, an F90 Fire proof container in fireproof
construction is required.
ACTIVE AND PASSIVE STORAGE OF FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS
1.
Passive storage is when storage takes place in tightly closed containers.
During the storage the containers may not be emptied or filled containers, even opening for other purposes is prohibited.
Generally natural ventilation is sufficient.
2.
Active storage refers to those storage situations in which the containers are opened for dispensing or refilling.
Mechanical ventilation is mandatory in these cases. An exception can be made for small hazardous substance stores
(observe risk assessment).
resistant features (F90 fireproof container).
When storing flammable substances,
EX-protective equipment is generally
required because a potentially explosive
zone can be expected.
In principle, the hazardous substances
store should be fitted with a liquid-tight
sump that should be certified.
The collection volume of a hazardous
substance store must be capable of con-
taining 10% of the total volume of liquids
stored, or the volume of the largest con-
tainer (e.g. drum or IBC).
Please note: there are different regulations
in water protection areas, if storage is
permitted there
Safety storage container SRC Fireproof storage container
F90 F-SAFE
SITE
DISTANCE FROM BUILDING
no
in the open
in building
yes
CONTAINER SELECTION
WATER HAZARDOUS
LIQUIDS
FLAMMABLE
LIQUIDS

181
DIBt Berlin
Hazardous material depot (steel) PG 9
• can be installed outdoors due to weather-
resistant coating (similar to RAL7035)
• certified according to German regulation
StawaR for the storage of water-hazardous
(WGK 1-3) and flammable liquids (H224-226)
• cover can be held open as required by means
of gas struts
• vents for natural ventilation
• doors can be locked to prevent unauthorised
access
• ground clearance to allow the depot
to be forkliftable
• space to accommodate chemical and Euro
pallets
• supplied fully-assembled
• hazard warning label included for identification
as a hazardous material storage facility
• horizontal drum storage possible with installa-
tion of drum rack (optional accessory) with 2
shelves for 2 x 200 L or 3 x 60 L drums
per shelf
• additional shelfs for canisters etc. available
with the small container rack
(optional accessory)
• for the storage of flammable liquids please
note the safety distances from buildings
specified in the regulations TRGS 510,
no. 12.4.1 (2).
Hazardous material depot 400 with optional drum rack
Wide-opening doors for easy access
Hazardous material depot 320 with optional small container rack
Description
Dimensions cm
(l x w x h)
Collection
volume L Capacity
Weight
Steel hazardous material depot 320 150 x 120 x 189.5 320 2 x 200 L / 6 x 60 L 209 11015
Steel hazardous material depot 400 150 x 150 x 189.5 400 4 x 200 L / 9 x 60 L 250 11016
Drum shelf for steel hazardous material depot, horizontal drum storage,
galvanised design, per shelf either 2 x 200 L drums or 3 x 60 L drums
135 x 52 x 90 11017
Small container shelf for steel hazardous material depot, 3 spill trays,
galvanised design, up to 4 height-adjustable shelfs
135 x 61 x 135 11018
ACCESSORIES FOR STEEL HAZARDOUS MATERIAL DEPOT
Further hazardous material depots see page 173.

182
rain gutter
270° 180°
PE hazardous material depot PG 9
• for use outdoors and indoors
• lockable with sturdy stainless steel bar
lock
• with document pouch on inside of door
• with integral forklift pockets for loading
with pallets or IBCs
• ideal for Euro pallets (120x80), industrial
pallets (120x120), plastic pallets of simi-
lar size or IBCs
• loaded pallets or IBCs can be placed
directly into the depot
• a steel or PE grating is not required, but
can be used if required on PE hazard-
ous material depot 220/2
• PE hazardous material depot 1100/1 is
fitted with a separate, sturdy stand
• the stand is already integrated in the
housing with PE hazardous material
depot 220/2
• door opens to 270° for stand-alone
installation
• door opens to approx. 180° for serial
installation
• doors can be latched at increments of
90°
• integrated rain gutter at top of door
opening
• domed roof withstands higher snow
loads
• option for fitting interior lighting
• cable duct option on the rear wall
Description
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Internal dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Load ca-
pacity kg
Collection
volume L
Quantity
200 L drums
Quantity
IBCs
Weight
approx. kg
Order
no.
PE hazardous material
depot 220/2
160 x 114 x 198 127 x 94 x 153 600 220 2 - 100 11550
PE hazardous material
depot 1100/1
160 x 167 x 228 127 x 147 x 149 1500 1100 4 1 170 11551
PE hazardous material depot 220/2 with
Euro pallet and two drums
PE hazardous material depot
220/1 with industry pallet and four
drums
PE hazardous material depots 220/2 and 1100/1 Door opening angle

183
HazMat collection station PG 9
Hazardous substance collection
stations from glass fibre reinforced
plastic (GRP)
Certification Z-40.12-228 granted by
DIBt-Berlin
offer centralised, safe storage for a variety
of containers and liquids. The GRP sump
with splash protection wall is suitable for
storage of liquids of all the water-polluting
classes.
The wide opening lockable lid with gas
struts allows easy loading/unloading and
allows outdoor use – station has galva-
nised floor frame with grating.
NATIONAL TECHNICAL
Certification
Description Surface area cm (l x w) Height cm Weight approx. kg Order no.
Collection station with grating floor
for outdoor installation (with lid), with 200 L containment volume
150 x 85 211 85 3412
GRP HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE COLLECTION STATION
Description
(l x w x h)
Weight
Steel grating for PE hazardous material depot 220/2 120 x 80 x 3 12.4 11269
PE grating for PE hazardous material depot 220/ 2 120 x 80 x 6 8.5 10286
Drum rack type 360 for PE hazardous material depot 220/2 132 x 63 x 130 51 7643
Steel grating as third shelf for drum rack type 360 130 x 62 x 3 21 6817
Steel grating as filling area for PE hazardous material depot 220/2 150 x 27 x 3 3 11549
Interior lighting with motion sensor and battery (non-ex rated)
for PE hazardous material depots 220/2 and 1100/1
- - 10378
Wind load protection for PE hazardous material depot 220/2 and 1100/1 - - 11360
ACCESSORIES FOR PE HAZARDOUS MATERIAL DEPOT
PE hazardous material depot PG 9
Drum stand as accessory item on page 167
NEW
PE hazardous material depot 1100/1
with IBC
PE hazardous material depot 220/2
with drum rack type 360, steel grating as third
shelf and steel grating as filling area
Wind load protection

184
* Multi-module containers from size 4.x are delivered in individual modules
Safety storage containers PG 9
Type series
SRC-W
Storage of water-polluting liquids
(WGK [water hazard class] 1-3)

Sump/spill pallet, walls and
roof made of sheet steel
Example storage situation:
Chemicals, water-polluting liquids
Type series
SRC-N
Storage of combustible and flamma-
ble liquids (WGK 1-3, H224-226)

Sump/spill pallet, walls and
roof made of sheet steel

Perforations for natural ven-
tilation (min. 0.4 air changes
guaranteed)
Fuel, petrol, oils, solvents
Type series
SRC-TB Storage of temperature-sensitive,
water-polluting liquids (WGK
[water hazard class] 1-3)

Sump/spill pallet made of
sheet steel

Walls and roof made of
thermal insulation material
(building material class B1:
flame retardant)
Pesticides, cleaning agents, chemicals, housing
for dosing systems
Type series
SRC-TA Storage of temperature-sensitive,
flammable liquids (WGK 1-3,
H224-226)

Sump/spill pallet made of
sheet steel

Walls and roof made of
thermal insulation material
(building material class A1:
non-combustible)
Sensitive paints and varnishes
FOR EVERY APPLICATION THE CORRECT CONTAINER CONFIGURATION
This accessible container offers a compact solution for storage of a variety of hazardous materials.
By the modular principle, this can be supplied in a variety of sizes and can be tailored to individual demands on site.
Surface area coverage from 2–42 m2
Storage for
plant pesticide
(example painted green)
SRC 3.1W
with door on narrow side
SRC 5.1W
with 2 swing doors fitted to long side
NATIONAL TECHNICAL
Certification
 Fully-assembled model
 Galvanised sheet steel
Alternative: Galvanised and painted
(RAL 5002 ultramarine blue, other
colours available on request)

Wall and roof elements from galvanised
trapeze profile corrugated sheet steel

Floor sections made as hot dipped
galvanised steel sump floor.
-
resistant to chemicals according
to Chemical compatibility guide
DIN 6601
- steel S235JR according to EN 10025

100 mm ground clearance
 Floor grating removable
(load limit 1000 kg/m²)

Large, single swing door
(width 1240 mm)

Traversable roof (designed to
withstand 125 kg/m² snow load)

drainage via interior gutters
 Spill guards on walls
to protect agains spills
 Door handles inside
and outside

185
Safety storage containers can be installed both indoors and outdoors.
Observe official requirements for larger storage quantities, in particular for WGK 3 (highly hazardous to water).
Normal case: passive storage
Four fundamental specific features must be taken into account here:
- The prescribed safety distance between material and buildings is maintained
- Sufficient ventilation is guaranteed
- The electrical equipment is explosion-proof and the container is earthed
- For versions with thermal insulation: only type series TA
Special feature: active storage
e.g. decanting, removing, filling, etc. into and from drums, IBCs and small containers
In addition to the technical requirements for passive storage, the container must imperatively have technical ventilation
(forced ventilation) for 5 times air exchanges. We also recommend exhaust air monitoring of the ventilation system for
maximum safety.
STORAGE OF SUBSTANCES HAZARDOUS TO WATER (WGK [WATER HAZARD CLASS] 1-3):
STORAGE OF FLAMMABLE SUBSTANCES (H224-226):
If the spatial situation on the property
does not permit a safety distance, an
F90 fireproof storage unit with DIBt cer-
tification must be used.
See the detailed explanation of the
regulations on page 180.
Min. 0.4 times air change rate confirmed by expert.
Micro-perforation protects against penetration
by small animals and rodents.
Single-wing door already in place creates an opening
of 1240 cm (e.g. for chemical pallets), two-lead version
provides significantly greater opening.
For protection against frost and cold. Dependent on the storage
medium in building material A1 or B1. Frequently used in conjunc-
tion with heating and ventilation (for accessories see page 188).
Forced ventilation for 5 times air changes.
Convenient access. No slamming in the wind compared
to winged doors. Not possible for thermo-insulated
containers.
In addition to the standard grid, a closer-meshed
grating with better lift truck access is also available
if required.
EQUIPMENT OPTIONS (STANDARD OR OPTIONAL)
Natural ventilation
Single or double-wing doors
Thermal insulation
Mechnical ventilation
Sliding door
Grating

186
CONTAINER DESIGNATION: MODULAR DESIGN SYSTEM
Module depth or width of the basic size (rough guideline value)
TYPE SRC 4 . 1
module
depth
Description
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Door position
on wall side
Weight
approx. kg
Collection
volume L
Galvanised Galvanised and painted
Order no. Order no.
Type SRC 3.1W ST 298.5 x 237 x 241 298.5 700 1000 8767 8772
Type SRC 3.2W ST 473 x 298.5 x 241 298.5 1230 2 x 1000 8768 8773
Type SRC 3.3W ST 707 x 298.5 x 241 298.5 1760 3 x 1000 8769 8774
Type SRC 4.1W ST 402 x 237 x 241 402 880 1000 8770 8775
Type SRC 5.1W ST 505.5 x 237 x 241 505.5 1020 1000 8771 8776
Type SRC 6.1W ST 609 x 237 x 241 609 1350 1000 10532 10533
Further standard sizes on request. | On delivery: Unloading of the goods by the customer
TYPE SERIES W ST
WITH SLIDING DOOR FOR WATER POLLUTING SUBSTANCES/HAZMAT
TYPE SERIES SRC TB
FOR WATER POLLUTING SUBSTANCES/HAZMAT WITH THERMAL INSULATION
Description
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Weight
approx.kg
Collection
volume in L
Galvanised model Galvanised and painted
Position of door Position of door
Long side
Order no.
Narrow side
Order no.
Long side
Order no.
Narrow side
Order no.
Type SRC 1.1TB 235 x 91.5 x 245 405 300 8214 – 8218 –
Type SRC 2.1TB 235 x 195 x 245 700 630 8215 8761 8219 8764
Type SRC 3.1TB 298.5 x 235 x 245 990 1000 8762 8216 8765 8220
Type SRC 3.2TB 471 x 298.5 x 245 1725 2 x 1000 8763 8217 8766 8221
All standard sizes of the SRC-W type series also with TB insulation. | On delivery: Unloading of the goods by the customer
Exception:
Only in con-
junction with
technical
ventilation
(optional,
see acces-
sories)
TYPE SERIES SRC W
FOR WATER POLLUTING SUBSTANCES/HAZMAT
Description
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Weight
approx .kg
Collection
volume in L
Long side
Order no.
Narrow side
Order no.
Long side
Order no.
Narrow side
Order no.
Type SRC 1.1W 235 x 91.5 x 241 230 300 8043 – 8210 –
Type SRC 2.1W 235 x 195 x 241 440 630 8044 8743 8211 8752
Type SRC 3.1W 298.5 x 235 x 241 650 1000 8744 8045 8753 8212
Type SRC 3.2W 471 x 298.5 x 241 1180 2 x 1000 8745 8209 8754 8213
Type SRC 3.3W 705 x 298.5 x 241 1710 3 x 1000 8746 8749 8755 8758
Type SRC 4.1W 402 x 235 x 241 830 1000 8747 8750 8756 8759
Type SRC 5.1W 505.5 x 235 x 241 980 1000 8748 8751 8757 8760
Type SRC 6.1W 609 x 235 x 241 1300 1000 10528 10529 10530 10531
Standard sizes 4.2, 5.2, 6.2 and 6.3 on request. | On delivery: Unloading of the goods by the customer
Number of assembled modules
2
3
5
0
m
m
4020 mm (≈ 4m)
CONTAINER
MODULE 1
2985 mm (≈ 3m)
4
7
1
0
m
m
CONTAINER
MODULE
CONTAINER
MODULE 1
2
Examples
TYPE SRC 3 . 2
module
depth
number
of
modules
number
of
modules
FIGURE 1:
FIGURE 2:

187
Description
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Weight
approx. kg
Collection
volume in L
Long side
Order no.
Narrow side
Order no.
Long side
Order no.
Narrow side
Order no.
Type SRC 1.1N 235 x 91.5 x 241 230 300 10339 - 10340 -
Type SRC 2.1N 235 x 195 x 241 440 630 10341 10342 10343 10344
Type SRC 3.1N 298.5 x 235 x 241 650 1000 10345 10346 10347 10348
Type SRC 3.2N 471 x 298.5 x 241 1180 2 x 1000 10349 10350 10351 10352
Type SRC 3.3N 705 x 298.5 x 241 1710 3 x 1000 10353 10354 10355 10356
Type SRC 4.1N 402 x 235 x 241 830 1000 10357 10358 10359 10360
Type SRC 5.1N 505.5 x 235 x 241 980 1000 10361 10362 10363 10364
Type SRC 6.1N 609 x 235 x 241 1300 1000 10534 10535 10536 10537
Description
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Weight
approx. kg
Collection
volume in L
Galvanised model Galvanisedund painted
Long side
Order no.
Narrow side
Order no.
Long side
Order no.
Narrow side
Order no.
Type SRC 1.1TA 235 x 91.5 x 247 440 300 11215 - 11216 -
Type SRC 2.1TA 235 x 195 x 247 740 630 11217 11218 11219 11220
Type SRC 3.1TA 298.5 x 235 x 247 1050 1000 11221 11222 11223 11224
Type SRC 3.2TA 471 x 298.5 x 247 1820 2x1000 11225 11226 11227 11228
TYPE SERIES SRC N
WITH NATURAL VENTILATION
TYPE SERIES SRC TA
WITH THERMAL INSULATION FOR FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS
Description
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Door position
on wall side
Weight
approx. kg
Collection
volume L
Galvanised Galvanised and painted
Order no. Order no.
Type SRC 3.1N ST 298.5 x 237 x 241 298.5 700 1000 10365 10366
Type SRC 3.2N ST 473 x 298.5 x 241 298.5 1230 2 x 1000 10367 10368
Type SRC 3.3N ST 707 x 298.5 x 241 298.5 1760 3 x 1000 10369 10370
Type SRC 4.1N ST 402 x 237 x 241 402 880 1000 10371 10372
Type SRC 5.1N ST 505.5 x 237 x 241 505.5 1020 1000 10373 10374
Type SRC 6.1N ST 609 x 237 x 241 609 1350 1000 10538 10539
TYPE SERIES SRC N ST
WITH SLIDING DOOR AND NATURAL VENTILATION
SRC 4.1, galvanised and paintedpainted
SRC 3.1 painted with single-leaf door (199.6 cm
high, 130 cm wide) on long side, rack and trans-
lucent sheet (optional, see accessories)
Please make the most of the opportunity for a consultation:
- container size and media to be stored
- equipment options
-
Door layout
(long side or short side)
-
option of unloading at
point of use (as standard,
unloading by customer)
-
requirements for on-site preparation
(e.g. foundation plan)
Standard sizes 4.2, 4.3, 5.2, 5.3, 6.2 and 6.3 on request! | On delivery: Unloading of the goods by the customer
All standard sizes of the SRC-W type series also with TA insulation.| On delivery: Unloading of the goods by the customer
Further standard sizes on request. | On delivery: Unloading of the goods by the customer
We recommend concluding a
maintenance contract for the
annual safety inspection together
with your purchase. Talk to us!
Please note size-related specifics:
e.g. centre supports, restrictions to
the door position
Maintenance
contract


188
Shelf short, for slotting into place, shelf dimensions 100 x 50 cm,
3 shelves (load 120 kg / shelf)
34 8046
Shelf long, for slotting into place, shelf dimensions 200 x 50 cm,
3 shelves (load 120 kg / shelf)
63 8047
Access ramp, (not suitable for models with sliding doors)
max. wheel load 450 kg, 70 x 120 cm (w x d)
34 8048
Close-meshed grating on request
Double wing door, optional
(199.6 cm high, door wing 125 cm wide, side wing 65 cm)
8222
Double wing door insulated, optional
(199.6 cm high, door wing 125 cm wide, side wing 65 cm)
8223
PVC translucent sheet 90 x 200 cm
to allow for daylight illumination
10270
Fan for mechanical ventilation in
explosion-proof model (EX)
8224
Exhaust air monitoring for mechanical ventilation on request
Finned tubular radiator 910 W with thermostat for safety storage container 1.1 T
up to 3.1 T in ex model
8225
Finned tubular radiator 1680 W with thermostat for safety storage container 3.2 T
in ex model
8226
Convector heater with temperature controller
(non-ex, picture similar)
2 kW 10271
3 kW 10272
Linear luminaire 2 x 58 W in ex-proof version incl. switch (non-ex, located on
outside of container)
8228
Linear luminaire 2 x 58 W (non-ex)
including switch (non-ex located on outside of container)
90522
LED diffuser luminaire in ex-proof version
incl. switch (non-ex, located on outside of container)
11580
Fuse box IP 54
(necessary for electrical equipment)
8230
Set of 4 crane eyelets for up to 1 t total load
for safety storage container SRC 1.1, SCR 2.1 and SRC 3.1
10070
Set of 4 crane eyelets with bars for up to 3 t total load
for safety storage container SRC 3.1, SCR 4.1, SRC 5.1 and SRC 6.1
10071
Accessories safety storage containers PG 9
Technical specifications subject to change.

189
Secure cabinets
FWF 30 and FWF 90 F-SAFE PG 9
Type 12/20
with recirculation fan
Type 12/20 with 3 spill trays
and 1 x 44 L bottom tray
Can be accessed by forklift
for better positioning in the building
Cabinets for proper storage of hazardous
substances in work areas in accordance
with DIN EN 14470-1 and TRGS 510
(Annex 1).
The F-SAFE secure cabinets are design
approved in accordance with DIN EN
14470-1 and comply with DIN EN 14727
(Laboratory Furniture Directive).
The cabinets are resistant to fire
for 30 or 90 minutes. The outer body
consists of a non-combustible material.
The surface coating is highly resistant to
chemicals. Body colour light grey, similar
to RAL 7035. Door colour zinc yellow,
similar to RAL 1023.
LLECTION VOLUMES
While the collection volume of 10% of the total amount of stored
liquids must be ensured when using collection trays, a different
regulation applies in the case of secure cabinets: it must be pos-
sible to collect at least 110% of the largest container.
VENTILATION
A technical ventilation system (see page 192) with 10 air changes
per hour has the advantage that, in normal operation with closed
containers, no explosive atmosphere can occur outside the
cabinet.
Operation is also possible without technical ventilation. For this,
however, the cabinet must be earthed via equipotential bonding
to prevent electrostatic charging. If a secure cabinet is not con-
nected to a technical ventilation system, this may also affect the
explosion-proof zone. Zone 1 applies to the inside area, Zone 2
applies to the surrounding area within a radius of 2.5 m.
We generally recommend using technical ventilation
(page 192-193)
SECURE CABINETS FWF30
Secure cabinets with 90-minute fire resistance are considered to
be “state of the art” in Germany.
However, secure cabinets with 30-minute fire resistance may also
be used with restrictions, pursuant to TRGS 510 (Annex 3).
The restrictions for FWF 30 cabinets are as follows:
1. only one cabinet is installed per separate building unit/fire
(-fighting) compartment; if the area of the separate building
unit/fire (-fighting) compartment is greater than 100 m²,
one cabinet may be installed every 100 m², or
2. the building unit/fire (-fighting) compartment is protected by an
automatic fire detection system and recognised
plant fire brigade with a response time of at most 5 minutes from
the alarm being raise, or an automatic extinguishing system
is in place.
EXCEPTIONS IN THE CASE OF EXTREMELY
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS (H224):
Flammable liquids whose ignition temperature is below 200°C
and which have been classified as „extremely flammable” (H224)
may only be stored in FWF 90 secure cabinets with technical
ventilation.

190
a d
b e g
c f h
Secure cabinet FWF 90
under-table model:
• GS and CE conformity marks
• 90-minute fire resistance (EN 14470-1)
• single-layer doors and walls in homoge-
neous full material
• self-closing doors in case of fire
• vents on top of the cabinet, DN 100 mm
• adjustable metal feet on the underside
of the cabinet
• earthing to prevent electrostatic
charging
Version with hinged doors
• for storage of small containers
• 24 L collection volume
Version with fully-extending drawer
• smooth-running, fully-extending drawers
for the storage of small containers, load
bearing capacity 65 kg
• under-table cabinet with 49 L drawer
with locking function
• rollers for easy movement
• locking status display
• includes certified pipe feed-through and
earth terminal
Description / Type
External dimensions
cm (l x d x h)
Internal dimensions
cm (l x d x h)
Weight
11/6-FWF with hinged doors 110 x 50 x 67 101.5 x 35 x 53 185 8060
11/6-FWF with drawer 110 x 57 x 63 87 x 43 x 46.4 235 11024
Version with fully-extending drawer
(Figure shows usage example)
Version with hinged doors
Version secure cabinet FWF 30:
• with sign GS and CE
• 30 minute fire-resistance
• single-layer doors and walls in
homogenous full material
• in case of fire, self-closing vents on the
top of the cabinet, DN 100 mm
• hydraulic door closer with integrated
arrest system (thermally triggered)
earthing to avoid the danger of ignition
due to electrostatic discharge
• height-adjustable feet, can be aligned
from inside
• with removable base trim so it can
be driven under
• 3 height-adjustable, steel plate spill
trays, powder-finished in RAL 7035,
load bearing capacity 75 kg (grid size
32 mm)
• one steel plate bottom tray, powder-
finished in RAL 7035 with a perforated
plate insert
• fully-extending drawers for the storage
of small containers, load bearing
capacity 65 kg, or 11 kg for 28 litre
• 6/20 with bottom tray 19 litre,
12/20 with bottom tray 44 litre
Description / Type
External dimensions
cm (l x d x h)
Internal dimensions
cm (l x d x h)
Weight
a 6/20 – FWF 30 3 spill trays, 1 bottom tray 59.5 x 59.5 x 196 47.5 x 51.5 x 160 147 8057
b 6/20 – FWF 30 4 full drawers 59.5 x 59.5 x 196 47.5 x 51.5 x 160 206 10622
c 6/20 – FWF 30 5 full drawers 59.5 x 59.5 x 196 47.5 x 51.5 x 160 220 10623
d 6/20 – FWF 30 6 full drawers 59.5 x 59.5 x 196 47.5 x 51.5 x 160 235 10624
e 12/20 – FWF 30 3 spill trays, 1 bottom tray 119.5 x 59.5 x 196 107.5 x 51.5 x 160 226 8055
f 12/20 – FWF 30 4 full drawers 119.5 x 59.5 x 196 107.5 x 51.5 x 160 291 10625
g 12/20 – FWF 30 5 full drawers 119.5 x 59.5 x 196 107.5 x 51.5 x 160 308 10626
h 12/20 – FWF 30 6 full drawers 119.5 x 59.5 x 196 107.5 x 51.5 x 160 324 10627
Secure cabinets FWF 30 PG 9
Secure cabinets FWF 90 F-SAFE PG 9
Spill trays for secure cabinets 6/20 FWF 30 F-SAFE 11715
ACCESSORIES FOR SECURE CABINETS FWF 30

191
i l
j m o
k n p
a
b
Secure cabinets FWF 90 F-SAFE PG 9
Version secure cabinet FWF 90 F-SAFE:
• GS and CE conformity marks
• 90 minute fire-resistance
• single-layer doors and walls in homoge-
neous full material, sandwich rear wall
with ventilation
• in case of fire, self-closing vents on the
top of the cabinet, DN 100mm
• single-leaf cabinet with hydraulic door
closer with integrated arrest system
(thermally triggered)
• double-leaf cabinets with free-running
doors, intumescent seal in case of fire
• earthing to prevent the danger of
ignition due to electrostatic charging
• height-adjustable feet, can be aligned
from inside
• with removable base trim so it can be
moved by forklift
Version with spill trays
• 3 height-adjustable, steel plate spill
trays, powder-finished in RAL 7035, load
bearing capacity 75kg (grid size 32 mm)
• one steel plate bottom tray, powder-
finished in RAL 7035 with a perforated
plate insert
• on request: additional sizes for drum
cabinets
Version with fully-extending drawers
• fully-extending drawers for the storage
of small cVontainers (load bearing
capacity 65 kg)
Description / Type
External dimensions
cm (l x d x h)
Internal dimensions
cm (l x d x h)
Weight
i 6/20 – FWF 90 3 spill trays, 1 bottom tray 60 x 59.5 x 196 51.6 x 48.3 x 160.3 340 8701
j 6/20 – FWF 90 4 full drawers 60 x 59.5 x 196 51.6 x 48.3 x 160.3 394 10628
k 6/20 – FWF 90 5 full drawers 60 x 59.5 x 196 51.6 x 48.3 x 160.3 408 10629
l 6/20 – FWF 90 6 full drawers 60 x 59.5 x 196 51.6 x 48.3 x 160.3 422 10630
m 12/20 – FWF 90 3 spill trays, 1 bottom tray 120 x 59.5 x 196 111.6 x 48.3 x 160.3 600 8700
n 12/20 – FWF 90 4 full drawers 120 x 59.5 x 196 111.6 x 48.3 x 160.3 673 10631
o 12/20 – FWF 90 5 full drawers 120 x 59.5 x 196 111.6 x 48.3 x 160.3 691 10632
p 12/20 – FWF 90 6 full drawers 120 x 59.5 x 196 111.6 x 48.3 x 160.3 710 10633
Type 6/20 Type 6/20 with 3 spill trays
and 1 bottom tray 20 L
Type 12/20 with 3 spill trays and
1 bottom tray 44 L
Type 6/20 with 4 full
drawers (à 11 litres)
Type 12/20 with 4 full drawers
(à 28 litres)
We recommend using
technical ventilation (page 192-193)
a
Cable feed-through Ø 30 mm
for secure cabinets FWF 90 F-SAFE
10848
b
Cable and pipe feed-through Ø 125 mm
for secure cabinets FWF 90 F-SAFE
10962
ACCESSORIES FOR SECURE CABINETS FWF 90 F-SAFE

192
Escaping vapours and hazardous gas-air
mixtures are always possible when flam-
mable liquids are stored in secure cabi-
nets. These Ex-zones form not only inside
a secure cabinet, but can also arise within
a radius of several metres around it.
The ventilation systems on pages 192
and 193 can be used for our environ-
mental cabinets as well.
Suitable ventilation systems can remove
escaping vapours and gases directly
where they are produced, effectively pre-
venting an explosive atmosphere forming.
Subdivision into Ex-zones is no longer
necessary.
There are two different ventilation sys-
tems:
•
exhaust air fans, which discharge the
extracted air to the outside through an
exhaust line
•
recirculation fans, which pass the
extracted air through integrated filters
and thereby render it harmless with
regard to explosion hazard before dis-
charging it into the environment
Ventilation systems PG 9
FOR SECURE CABINETS FWF 30 AND FWF 90
EXHAUST AIR FAN WITH AIRFLOW MONITORING
RECIRCULATION FAN WITH ACTIVE CARBON FILTER
For placement on the secure cabinet
and discharge of the extracted air into
an external exhaust line
• sheet steel housing, powder-coated,
light grey RAL7035
• floating output via DIN socket
• intake fitting diameter 75 mm
• output volume: 50 - 200 m³/h with
volume flow monitoring
• sound pressure level Lp2A: 35 dB(A)
• voltage: 230 V
• frequency: 50 Hz
• power consumption: max. 0.45 A
Exhaust air fan SST AL with adapter SST-P for FWF90 42.5 x 25 x 25.5 8 8739
Recirculation fan SST UL with adapter SST-P for type FWF90 50 x 28.5 x 29.5 20 10963
Replacement filter set for recirculation fan SST UL - - 10964
•
no exhaust pipe to outside
required
• no wall opening required
Advantages:
Plugplay recirculation fan with active
carbon filter for discharging the
exhaust air directly to outdoors.
• sheet steel housing, powder-coated,
light grey RAL7035
• incl. active carbon, coarse and fine
filters
• saturation level monitoring for filters
• floating output via DIN socket
• intake fitting diameter 75 mm
• output volume: 25m³/h with volume flow
monitoring
• sound pressure level: 38 dB(A)
• voltage: 230 V
Solutions ready to plug in
ATEX-compliant:
for extraction from Ex-zone 2
and installation in Ex-free zone
protection class: CE II _/3 G llB T4
Solutions ready to plug in
ATEX-compliant:
protection class: CE II _/3 G llB T4
Note from TRGS 510, Appendix 1:
Not only fire resistance class FWF 90
but also technical ventilation systems
are required for extremely flammable
liquids (H224).

193
Ventilation systems PG 9
FOR SECURE CABINETS FWF 30 AND FWF 90
RADIAL FAN 230 V model 1
made of flame retardant PPS
• with mounting bracket
• intake fitting diameter: 75 mm
• voltage: 230 V
• nominal current: 0.95 A
• output volume: 250 m³/h
• operating speed: 2850 rpm
Radial fan 230 V (model 1) 24.6 x 21.6 x 30 4 11431
made of flame retardant PPs-el
• voltage: 230 V
• nominal current: 1.07 A
• output volume: 150 m³/h
• operating speed: 2800 rpm
Radial fan 230 V (model 2) 39 x 22 x 40.8 6 11432
made of flame retardant PPs-el
• voltage: 3~ 230/400 V
• nominal current: 0,62 A
• output volume 150 m³/h
• operating speed: 2825 rpmn
Radial fan 380 V (model 3) 37.7 x 22 x 38 6 11433
Throttle valve, DN 75 mm, PPs 11434
Intake fitting, ND 120-75 mm, incl. clamp 11435
Sleeve extension, DN 75 mm 11436
Fitting extension, DN 75 mm 11437
Ventilation hose L=750 mm, DN 75 mm, incl. two clamps 11438
Ventilation hose L=2,000 mm, DN 75 mm, incl. two clamps 11439
T-piece, DN 75 mm 11440
ACCESSORIES FOR RADIAL FANS
ATEX-compliant:
protection class:
CE II 2G Ex h IIB T3 Gc
ATEX-compliant:
for extraction from zone 1 and installation
in zone 1
Motor: II 2G Ex eb IIC T4 Gb
Fan: II 2G Ex h IIB T4 Gb
ATEX-compliant:
for extraction from zone 1 and installation
in zone 1
Motor: II 2G Ex eb IIC T4 Gb
Fan: II 2G Ex h IIB T4 Gb

194
Storage and charging of lithium batteries
The importance of lithium batteries is in-
creasing constantly in our everyday lives.
These powerful batteries are increas-
ingly being used not only in small mobile
devices or in bicycles (e-bikes) but, cor-
respondingly sized, also in industrial ap-
pliances, vehicles and machines. Lithium
batteries are powerful, but not without
their hazards.
Lithium batteries have long been classi-
fied as hazardous goods under transport
law and are therefore subject to meticu-
lous hazardous materials regulations
which become stricter every 2 years.
Lithium batteries require the utmost care
during transport and particularly during
storage and handling. If damaged or if
handled incorrectly, these batteries can
quickly lead to dramatic consequences,
usually in the form of a fire. One reason
why storing lithium batteries poses a fire
safety challenge is that they are not under
constant observation, and a fire can
spread quickly and unnoticed.
The typical incidence of damage in-
volves the battery igniting and explo-
sively emitting jets of flame and toxic
smoke.
Summary of the possible causes of fire:
•
mechanical damage (e.g. impact, fall)
•
improper charging process
• deep discharging
•
overheating due to high ambient tem-
perature
STORAGE
CHARGING
Practical tip
CHARGE AND STORE LITHIUM
BATTERIES SEPARATELY!
CHARGING +
STORAGE
Important: Lithium batteries are mentioned in German Regu-
lation TRGS 510. Due to their higher hazard level, appropriate
fire protection measures must be taken.
Most of the lithium battery-related fires studied in
Germany occurred during the charging process. Safety
specialists, fire brigades and property insurers are therefore
paying closer attention to this threat.
Unfortunately, practical experience has shown us that there
are many (deliberately or unintentionally) incorrect ways to
charge batteries. Even a lithium battery which looks perfectly
intact from the outside can already be damaged enough on
the inside that adding electrical energy via the charger can
cause a fire hazard. Charging stresses a lithium battery.
Frequent charging, hard use and wear place a burden the
battery to the point that any charging process could be the
last one.
Charged lithium batteries pose a higher fire hazard (cause)
and burn more intensely (effect). Therefore, the charging
process must never be underestimated and must always take
place under supervision at a designated location. Charging
in the workplace therefore requires a risk assessment which
takes into account the risk to employees and the environ-
ment, as well as the building layout. These findings should be
included in the fire prevention plan.
Overheating due to causes such as direct sunlight or heat
build-up during charging must also be avoided.
So far, there are no statutory regulations for the storage and
supply of lithium batteries. Occupational safety obligations
and, above all, insurance guidelines nevertheless mean that
the information to be observed regarding the storage and
operation of lithium batteries is just as comprehensive as that
applicable to traditional hazardous materials storage.
VdS Guideline 3103 from the German Insurance Association
(GDV) is a current source of important information about stor-
ing and supplying lithium batteries.
Storage also involves the danger of a nearby fire spreading to
the lithium batteries. A small, extinguishable fire source can
then become a major challenge to the fire brigade.
A risk assessment in combination with the right charging and
storage solution effectively improves safety in the workplace.
Not all lithium batteries are the same. Therefore, there is no
one size fits all protection scheme. In addition, the informa-
tion provided by the manufacturers of energy storage devices
and battery-operated devices must be observed at all times.
Suitable technical protective measures, such as tested
transport containers, safety cabinets or even fire protec-
tion containers, always depend on the circumstances in the
workplace.

195
F90 F-SAFE fire protection container
with DIBt certification
F90 F-SAFE fire protection storage cell
F90 F-SAFE fire protection container
with DIBt certification
F90 F-SAFE fire protection storage
walk-in version
Additional storage solutions for lithium batteries
STEEL CONSTRUCTION
CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION
Safety rules for CHARGING
• Never charge in the storage area.
•
Maintain a clearance of several metres from combustible
objects.
• Never charge damaged or faulty batteries.
• Avoid heat build-up during charging.
• Use only the original charger.
• Immediately disconnect the battery from the mains after charging.
• Avoid charging overnight.
Unsupervised charging poses a higher risk.
Fire extinguishing is still the most disputed topic regard-
ing lithium batteries. Although small quantities of water can
worsen the reactions of lithium-ion batteries, large quantities
have a cooling effect and, in the ideal case, can interrupt the
thermal runaway process.
The fire brigade also fight fires with plenty of water, which at
least prevents the flames spreading to the surroundings. It is
therefore crucial to alert the fire brigade as soon as possible so
they can extinguish the fire.
Safety rules for STORAGE
• Protect against short circuit of the battery poles.
• Protect against mechanical damage.
• Separate storage, i.e. no mixed storage.
•
When storing batteries inside buildings, maintain a distance
of 2.5 m from other installations or store them in areas that
are isolated in terms of fire prevention (e. g. fire protection
containers, safety cabinets).
•
Immediately dispose of damaged products properly, even in
case of slight abnormalities.
•
Do not expose directly and permanently to high temperatures.
•
Train employees how to handle lithium batteries properly.
• Provide suitable fire extinguishers.
Damaged/defective batteries, prototypes or batteries for
disposal require a hazard assessment and possibly additional
protective measures.
Storage and charging of lithium batteries
CEMO SAFETY NOTE
Ask about our guide to storing
lithium batteries.
Additionally available as a
self container.

196
Safety class
Tool cabinet
Simple sheet steel
cabinet
Protection against
unauthorised access
Battery storage
cabinet FMplus
Double-walled steel
cabinet
orientated towards FM
standard
Battery
storage cabinet
Fire-resistant
fire prevention
cabinet
tested based on
DIN EN 1363-1
Battery secure
cabinet
Fire-resistant
fire prevention cabinet
tested according to
DIN EN 14470-1
Battery
fire
suitability
BBT index
Time window
for escape,
aid and
rescue
measures
+ ++ +++
Best ratio
of safety
to economy
Storage duration short-term storage
long-term storage
Storage quantity few/small batteries
several/medium-size batteries
Battery condition new batteries
used batteries
Place of installation in non-combustible surroundings
installation without safety clearances,
e.g. in the workshop
Orientation for use depending on result of the risk assessment *
*
Risk assessment depends on additional factors, such as specifications of the property insurer,
sprinkler system or works fire brigade
Risk increase of the situation
How to find the right product
for your application:
CEMO BBT index
CEMO was the first company to introduce the term “battery fire suitability (BBT)”. The BBT is checked in real-world battery fire
tests, which involve testing the pressure shock, battery fire, gas generation and thermal insulation.
Information gained from these tests was used to develop reference safety classes for storage and charging.
CEMO safety matrix
Storage of Li batteries
NEW

197
Battery storage cabinet FMplus
Leaving even a single lithium battery from
a battery-powered device lying around
in the open could be enough to ignite a
fire. This is where the new CEMO FMplus
battery storage cabinet as the economical
entry-level solution can help.
Based on the risk assessment, this dou-
ble-walled steel cabinet can be used as a
protective measure for new lithium batter-
ies from devices such as power tools or
garden equipment.
The cabinet is available in three sizes:
• sturdy, heat-insulating double-walled
steel cabinet
• lockable door with three-point lock
• can be locked with a padlock if neces-
sary (profile half cylinder lockable)
• additional door seals keep cold smoke
in the housing
• vent for proper connection to the
exhaust pipe to the outdoors
• forklift access clearance (8-9 cm) for
positioning and removal in the event of
an incident
• equipped with smoke detector for audi-
ble alarms as standard
• powder coating body light gray (RAL
7035) and door light red orange (RAL
2008)
• includes warning labels and safety
instructions
For storing low-power lithium batteries
(see VdS 3103)
A battery fire test was performed on
power tool batteries.
Description Shelves
External dimensions
in cm (w x d x h)
Internal dimensions
in cm (w x d x h)
Weight
Battery storage cabinet FMplus US 2 43 x 43 x 56 35 x 35 x 46 27 11651
Battery storage cabinet FMplus S 3 59 x 46 x 89 51 x 38 x 79 47 11652
Battery storage cabinet FMplus L 4 60 x 46 x 165 52 x 38 x 154 83 11653
Insert shelf for FMplus S battery storage cabinet 11655
Insert shelf for FMplus L battery storage cabinet 11656
Set of castors for FMplus battery storage cabinet 11657
Second smoke detector (can be networked with internal smoke detector) 11658
Padlock with profile half-cylinder NP 30x12 mm 11659
Cable duct for FMplus battery storage cabinet (e.g. for installation of in-house fire alarms) 11660
Adapter for ventilation line for FMplus battery storage cabinet 11661
ACCESSORIES FOR BATTERY STORAGE CABINET FMplus
Perfect protection –
with safe storage systems
CEMO expert tip:
Store and charge separately.
This minimizes the fire load.
NEW
Safe and cost-effective storage:
FMplus, the entry-level model.
FMplus US
FMplus S
FMplus L
Accessories: Set of castors Accessories: Cable duct Accessories: Adapter for
ventilation line

198
Battery storage and charging cabinet PG 9
Fire prevention is important when charg-
ing lithium batteries. CEMO now offers a
safe solution. Providing important safety
equipment can minimise the conse-
quences of these storage devices burning
and significantly increase safety.
•
storage and/or charging of several
lithium batteries in the cabinet
•
early alarm in case of damage
•
all relevant safety regulations for
charging lithium batteries are ob-
served
•
ideal for separating batteries on
charge from stored units
•
can also be used as an under-table
cabinet under the workbench
Properties:
•
MPA-tested fire resistance over 60
minutes from inside to outside accord-
ing to DIN EN 1363-1
•
Real battery fire test carried out by an
independent university
•
built using non-combustible, fire-
resistant components
•
special fire prevention seals prevent
flames escaping
•
cold smoke-tight sealing system for
openings
•
transportable for positioning at the
place of installation
•
lockable double doors with sturdy lock
and hinges
•
doors painted orange, matching to
RAL 2004; body grey, matching to RAL
7035
Insight into the
development work:
A real battery fire
test with e-bike
batteries was
successful.
Video
battery charging
cabinet
Battery storage cabinet 8/5
BATTERY STORAGE CABINETS
Description
External
dimensions cm
(l x w x h)
Internal
dimensions cm
(l x w x h)
Weight
approx.
kg Order no.
Battery storage
cabinet 8/5
Two battery-operated audible smoke detectors
- without power connection, without fan -
80 x 66 x 52 73 x 53 x 45 105 11341
additionally with stacking feet
(required when stacking the cabinets 8/5)
80 x 66 x 62 73 x 53 x 45 108 11576
Battery storage
cabinet 8/10
Two battery-operated audible smoke detectors
- without power connection, without fan - with feet
80 x 66 x 111 73 x 53 x 91 132 11692
NEW
Battery storage cabinet 8/10
with 1 shelf as standard at half height.
Optionally 2 more shelves possible
(see accessories).
NEW
Example

199
Battery charging cabinet 8/5 Basic
For all charging versions:
•
heat dissipation by fan during charging
•
charging current is interrupted if the doors are opened
•
charging stops if a malfunction or accident occurs
•
vents sealed with thermocouples
Battery charging cabinet 8/5
•
power supplied by a four-socket power strip (3500 W, 16 A)
•
Charging versions with 2 vertically arranged 4-way
socket strips for power supply
• 230 V version with 1-phase power supply (3500 W / 16 A)
•
400 V version with 3-phase power supply (2 x 3500 W /
2 x 16 A)
Tip: The 3-phase version is necessary if, for example, batte-
ries are to be charged with fast chargers that have a greater
current requirement than the 1-phase version can provide.
Premium Plus 3-phase
NEW
New: All versions with audible alarm
Premium and Premium Plus:
Now with improved connection option for combination alarm
transmitter (12V) and connection to fire alarm system.
BATTERY CHARGING CABINETS
Description Version
External
dimensions cm
(l x w x h)
Internal
dimensions cm
(l x w x h)
Weight
approx.
kg
Order
no.
Battery
charging
cabinet
Basic
Two battery-operated audible smoke
detectors, power supply in cabinet,
technical ventilation, power discon-
nection in case of heat development,
door contact switch
8/5 1-phase 80 x 66 x 52 73 x 53 x 45 106 11342
8/5 with stacking feet*, 1-phase 80 x 66 x 62 73 x 53 x 45 109 11577
8/10 with stacking feet, 1-phase 80 x 66 x 111 73 x 53 x 84 135 11693
Battery
charging
cabinet
Premium
Modification to charging Basic:
electronic smoke detector (without
audible alarm)
In addition to charging Basic: power
disconnection in case of smoke detec-
tion and voltage-free output on the
outside of the cabinet for connection
to a fire alarm system, 12 V connection
for e.g. accessory combination alarm
unit (visual and audible)
8/5 1-phase 89 x 66 x 52 73 x 53 x 45 106 11343
Battery
charging
cabinet
Premium
Plus
In addition to charging Premium:
internal temperature display,
with remote alarm and data trans-
mission via SIM card;
additional functions via remote
access
8/5 1-phase 89 x 66 x 52 73 x 53 x 45 106 11344
8/10 with stacking feet, 3-phases 95 x 66 x 111 73 x 53 x 88 136 11698
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
* stacking feet (required when stacking the cabinets 8/5)

200
b
a c
e
f
g
h
d
g Simple relocation in the building and removal
in the event of an accident; two of the four steer-
ing castors are fitted with an integral foot brake
ACCESSORIES FOR BATTERY STORAGE AND CHARGING CABINETS
a Fireproof cable entry 14 x 2.5 x 14 1.3 11345
b Stacking feet, set (stacking only for cabinet size 8/5) 10 x 6 x 10 3 11368
c
Combination alarm unit, visual and audible alarm (100 dB)
(only for charging Premium and charging Premium Plus)
7.3 x 4.3 x 12.2 - 11389
d
Wireless heat and smoke alarms, set of two, battery operated,
network capable, incl. two magnetic plates
ø 12.5 x 4.8 - 11560
e Aerosol extinguisher (0.25 m3 extinguishing capacity) ø 6.5 x 3.8 - 11561
f Insert shelf (for floor level or as intermediate level)* 67 x 40 x 3.5 - 11508
g Trolley, 240 kg load capacity, for up to two cabinets 8/5 or one 8/10 80 x 60 x 15 11.3 11461
h Rack, for up to two cabinets, including wall mounting
(only in combination with stacking feet)
106 x 53.5 x 200 50 11562
Circuit breaker box for 1-phase cabinet 8/10 (delivered fully assembled) Recommended for socket on the building
side without own circuit breaker
11713
Circuit breaker box for 3-phase cabinet 8/10 (delivered fully assembled) 11714
*
Separator for insert shelf available on request.
Forkliftable for simple positioning and rapid
removal to the outdoors in the event of a fire
a Extremely flexible, eg. for cabling of the in-
house fire alarm system
b Stacking feet, set
c Combination alarm unit (strobe light)
Visual and audible alarms if an accident occurs,
enabling additional protective measures to be
taken promptly
d Set of two network-capable smoke alarms
(audible). Included in “Storage” and “charging
Basic” as standard
e Effective aerosol extinguishing agent for
lithium batteries, for initial, rapid extinguishing
and flame suppression, automatic pyrotechnical
triggering, maintenance free
f Ideal for making the best possible use of
available space and enlarging the storage area
for small-cell lithium batteries (bear in mind the
total capacity of the lithium batteries in the event
of a fire)
h Shelfs can be adjusted to the ideal working
height; cabinets can be loaded using a high-
platform truck or forklift; including wall mounting
materials
NEW
NEW

201
Battery secure cabinet FWF90 PG 9
FOR THE STORAGE OF LITHIUM BATTERIES
Battery secure cabinet PRO FWF90 PG 9
FOR STORAGE OF LITHIUM BATTERIES
Description
External dimensions
cm (l x d x h)
Internal dimensions
cm (l x d x h) Shelfs
Weight
Battery secure cabinet 11/6 110 x 57 x 63 87 x 43 x 46.6 1 drawer 235 11051
Battery secure cabinet 6/20 60 x 59.5 x 196 51.6 x 48.3 x 160.3 4 shelfs 340 11052
Battery secure cabinet 12/20 120 x 59.5 x 196 111.6 x 48.3 x 160.3 4 shelfs 600 11053
Description
External dimensions
cm (l x d x h)
Internal dimensions
cm (l x d x h) Shelfs
Weight
Battery secure cabinet Pro 119.5 x 59.5 x 208 110 x 44.5 x 183 4 469 11214
These fireproof secure cabinets are well
suited to storing lithium batteries. The
proven quality is reflected in the 90-minute
fire resistance pursuant to DIN EN 14470-
1 on both the outside and the inside. In
addition, the cabinet’s unique design using
non-combustible materials provides good
fire prevention from both the inside and the
outside, even in the event that the stored
lithium batteries suddenly ignite. This peri-
od is normally sufficient until further action
can be taken. The risk of the fire spreading
and accelerating is significantly reduced
with this cabinet and consequential dam-
age to the environment is effectively
reduced in the event of flame formation
caused by the lithium batteries inside the
cabinet.
This EN 14470-1-compliant secure
cabinet has sophisticated protective
mechanisms that provide excellent pro-
tection against fires within the cabinet
caused by lithium batteries. As soon as
a fire breaks out on one of the shelfs,
the doors close. Then, the special lock-
ing technology that has been installed
is deployed, ensuring that the doors
remain closed even when the escaping
gases ignite. In this case, the system
also ensures that the doors can only be
opened again by authorised experts.
In addition, the cabinet can also be adapt-
ed to various requirements.
Talk to us, we’d be pleased to assist.
Cable duct:
accessory see page 191
Battery secure
cabinet 12/20
These secure cabinets achieve a high level of safety, thereby providing strong support when conducting risk analyses
for on-site storage. The safety cabinets are based on the current guidelines issued by the German Insurance Association
(GDV) for the storage of undamaged lithium batteries (leaflet „VdS 3103”). We therefore recommend that you consult your
property insurance company.
Note: With grey doors (similar to RAL 7035) as standard; zinc yellow (similar to RAL 1018) also available on request.
Talk to us about compartment sub-
division, cable ducts, power supply,
sensor-controlled temperature moni-
toring and other additional sizes.

202
Safe charging
Safe storage
Safe transport
Safety products for
lithium batteries
Transport of lithium batteries
Lithium batteries are classified as hazard-
ous goods under transport law. UN cer-
tification of the container is not sufficient
to ensure that all requirements for ADR-
compliant transport of lithium batteries are
satisfied in all cases.
We therefore advise our customers to
familiarise themselves with this topic and
to provide comprehensive training for their
employees on how to use the containers
in compliance with regulations.
This includes knowledge about the official
packaging instructions (see table), mark-
ing as per ADR and implementing trans-
port. It also covers conscientious handling
of damaged lithium batteries, for example.
If transport containers are properly packed
according to the hazardous materials
regulations, they can often also be used
for storage purposes at the company.
It is nevertheless advisable to conduct a
hazard assessment in line with the situa-
tion on site, additionally involving the plant
safety officer and possibly the property
insurer as well.
SPECIAL REGULATIONS AND PACKAGING INSTRUCTIONS
Special regulations according to ADR Packaging instructions according to ADR
Small, intact lithium batteries 100 Wh SV188 -
Intact lithium batteries 100 Wh SV230 P903
Prototypes SV310 P910
Batteries for disposal/recycling SV377 P909
Damaged/defective batteries SV376 P908
Critically damaged/defective batteries (not safe to
transport)
SV376 P911
Certification of the pack-
aging
Packaging instructions according to ADR
Packaging
group
UN coding
Intact
lithium bat-
teries 100
Wh (usual
case)
Proto-
types
Batteries for
disposal/recycling
Damaged/de-
fective
batteries
Critically dam-
aged/defective
batteries (not safe
to transport)
P903 P910 P909 P908 P911
Plastic collection container S VG2 Y
Plastic collection container L VG2 Y
Steel collection container for
batteries
VG1 X
Safety drum for batteries VG1 X
Safety container for batteries VG2 Y
* *
* *
Please always pay attention to compliant packaging and transport as well * possible in principle but not recommended

203
With UN certification
and non-combustible
interior lining
Description
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Internal dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Quantity of
special pads
Weight when
empty kg Order no.
Battery system fire prevention box Li-SAFE 2-S 40 x 30 x 21.5 30 x 19 x 9 2 4.5 11563
Battery system fire prevention box Li-SAFE 3-S 40 x 30 x 34 30 x 19 x 21.5 3 6 11564
ACCESSORY
Special pads for battery system fire protection box 11565
Battery system fire protection box Li-SAFE PG 9
• safe transport and storage system for
lithium batteries
• special fire prevention lining made of
non-combustible materials
• formable special pads prevent the bat-
teries shifting inside the box (included)
• boxes are stackable and can be inter-
connected
• two sturdy latches
• two handles for simple handling
• can be locked with a padlock
(not included)
• made of durable, impact-resistant plastic
• including hazardous goods labels
Possible applications:
• UN certification for lithium batteries in
packaging group II
• for lithium battery weighing up to 5 kg
• transport possible on public roads in
accordance with the regulations
• additionally usable as a stationary safety
container for storage
• fire-protected storage for transport and
on construction sites, for example
• ideal for safely isolating highly hazardous
batteries (e.g. faulty or quarantined
batteries)
Further sizes on request.
Overview of ADR regulations see page 202.
Faulty batteries must be transported safely
during work.
Essential if battery-powered devices are used in
a company, because batteries can fail at any time
(fire hazard).
Successful fire test:
the CEMO fire prevention box withstands the
flames.
stackable and
interconnectable
fire prevention
lining
handles
formable special pads

204
• 60 litre clamping ring lidded drum
• special valve for pressure relief in the
event of damage
• UN certification for hazardous goods
belonging to packaging groups I, II or III
• for use with vermiculite as a buffer
material
• 60 kg permissible total weight
• ideal for use as a storage bin for
damaged batteries awaiting disposal
• certified for the transportation of
lithium batteries (UN 3480 and UN
3090) weighing 0.5-5 kg
• Special ADR regulations apply for
transportation (see special regulations
and packaging instructions, p. 202).
• Please observe the enclosed
packaging instructions!
• incl. 1/2 filled with vermiculite
and plastic bag
Battery safety barrel PG 9
Description Dimensions cm (ø x height) Storage capacity L
Weight when empty kg /
maximum weight Order no.
Battery safety barrel 38 x 66 60 4.9 / 60 11200
ACCESSORIES
Sack of vermiculite (corresponds to approx. 50 L) 4.5 11205
Lining bag for battery safety barrel 11232
Plastic bag for single battery 11233
Ideal for the safe storage of defective
batteries for eBikes, power tools,
garden tools and much more.
pressure relief
in the event
of damage in
accordance with
the pressure
cooker principle
• 120 litre storage capacity
• ideal for use as a storage container for
damaged batteries awaiting disposal
• robust, hot-dip galvanised steel
container with sturdy closure buckles
• circumferential rubber seal protects
against penetrating moisture
• lid can be opened easily and locked
in place in a single step
• can be driven under, stacked and
lifted by crane for easy handling
• for use with vermiculite or expanded
glass granulate as a buffer material (see
page 205)
• UN certification for hazardous solid
goods belonging to packaging
groups I, II and III
• Special ADR regulations apply for
transportation (see special regulations
and packaging instructions, p. 202),
may only be carried out by qualified
personnel.
Battery steel collection container PG 9
Description
(l x w x h)
Internal dimensions cm
(l x w x h)
Storage
capacity L
Weight when
empty kg /
maximum weight Order no.
Battery steel collection container 71.5 x 71.5 x 58 58 x 58 x 39 120 54 / 170 11201
ACCESSORIES
Sack of expanded glass granulate (corresponds to approx. 55 L) 12,5 kg 11204
Sack of vermiculite (corresponds to approx. 50 L) 4,5 kg 11205
Lining bag for collection container 11231
Battery steel collection
container with vermiculite (see accessories)

205
Buffer material for storage and transport
Expanded glass granulate and
vermiculite
• not flammable
• high thermal insulation
•
highly effective at absorbing escaping
electrolyte
• not electrically conductive
Both materials have long been tried and
tested buffers in hazardous goods
packaging.
Used carefully, these granulates can
prevent flames from spreading from one
cell to another. Expanded glass granulate
is particularly suitable for lithium battery
applications, because it forms a protec-
tive shielding layer around the cells in the
event of a fire.
Expanded glass granulate Vermiculite
Description
Filling weight
Sack of expanded glass granulate (corresponds to approx. 55 L) 12.5 11204
Plastic collection
container PG 9
Optimal storage and transport system
• UN-certified storage and transport sys-
tem for solid hazardous goods (classi-
fied in packaging groups II and III)
• high-density, impact-resistant PE plastic
(PE-HD)
• stackable and safe to transport
• ideal for collecting lithium batteries for
recycling and disposal
• For reasons of fire prevention, use only
in combination with suitable buffer
material (e.g. vermiculite or expanded
glass granulate).
• Observe packaging instructions (e.g.
P909, p. 202) for ADR-compliant trans-
port.
• delivery with lid and ratchet straps
Plastic collection container S
Description
External dimensions
cm (l x d x h)
Internal dimensions
cm (l x d x h)
Collection
volume L
Filling weight
Plastic collection container S 120 x 80 x 40 111.5 x 71.5 x 24.5 195 300 11202
Plastic collection container L 120 x 100 x 76 112 x 92 x 60 610 400 11203
Sack of expanded glass granulate (corresponds to approx. 55 L) 12.5 11204
Lining bag for plastic collection container S 11229
Lining bag for plastic collection container L 11230
ACCESSORIES

206
External dimension cm
(l x w x h)
Internal dimension cm
(l x w x h) Weight kg Order no.
PE collection box 750, grey/orange,
with side door
750 170 x 84 x 80 154 x 70 x 63 43 10336
PE collection box 750, grey/orange 750 170 x 84 x 80 156 x 70 x 63 42 10335
Collection containers for outdoor storage PG 9
Vehicle battery disposal container
• sturdy GRP model enables clean and
safe storage for waste vehicle batteries
• certified for transport in accordance
with ADR 4.1.4.1 P801
• two vents and a galvanised steel base
frame for stable positioning
• all fittings are stainless steel
• removeable wooden grating forms a
level base surface
• lid with hasp catch for padlock
• labelled with hazard warnings
Outdoor
Indoor
Not certified for storage
of lithium batteries
Fluorescent tube collection box PG 8
Fluorescent tube collection box
• grey/orange container made of high-
quality PE
• for transporting and storing fluorescent
tubes up to 155 cm long
• with optional side door
• stackable, with retaining cam
• with forklift pockets
• with integrated handles
• with lid opening restrictor
• with three toggle latches
• completely splash proof
thanks to an all-round
integrated seal
See page 248 for more sizes and versions.
Collection containers for
indoor storage PG 9
Battery disposal box
optimal storage and transport system
• high density PE plastic (HDPE)
• maximum acid resistance
• can be loaded up to 600 kg as
individual box, up to 450 kg per box
when stacked
• stackable up to 7 boxes
• for transporting old batteries (Rh 2807)
in accordance with ADR 4.1.4.1 P801
• stackable and safe for transport
• equipped with three runners
• labelled with hazard warnings
Capacity L External dimension cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
300 with four feet 100 x 63.5 x 64.5 14.3 11450
525 with two runners 120 x 80 x 80 30 11451
610 with three runners 120 x 100 x 76 37 8322
Lid for box 300 103 x 65 x 7,5 5 10159
Lid for box 525 121.5 x 81.5 x 6 6 8614
Lid for box 610 121.5 x 101.5 x 6 7 8086
200 89 x 59 x 81 23 3396
400 120 x 80 x 81 37 3397
700 134 x 99 x 110 50 3983
ACCESSORIES
VEHICLE BATTERY DISPOSAL CONTAINER
Not certified for storage and
transport of lithium batteries
Box 610 L Box 300 L

207
MOBILE box for hazardous materials,
certified PG 9
Orange lid version
Red lid version
Up to 8 containers on a Euro pallet,
two layer stackable
Mobile box
The robust design enables clean and
safe storage of hazardous solid goods
belonging to packing groups II or III and
is also certified for transport according
to ADR, RID and IMDG codes. The con-
tainer (grey), with a capacity of 170 L
or 250 L, and lid (coloured) are easy to
handle, even when the container is full.
The specially shaped lid enables storage
in 2-layers. Up to 8 boxes can be safely
stacked on a Euro pallet. The beading in
the container wall enables emptying with
a rotary forklift.
The mobile box is particularly suitable for
the following applications:
• collection container for waste and
materials such as oil binding agents,
paint residues, etc.
• collection and transport container for
recycling, cleaning cloths, etc.
• collection container for flammable and
polluting substances
Lid with PU seal, fire-classified, light and
air-tight for moisture-sensitive material,
red lid version
Lockable
mechanism with
metal bracket
and locking
spring
170 L 250 L
Green lid version
Blue lid version
Description Dimensions per packing unit cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg
Order no. /lid
orange red green blue
Mobile box 170 L 60 x 40 x 88 12 11453 11454 11455 11456
Mobile box 250 L 60 x 60 x 89 15 11457 11458 11459 11460

208
Aerosol spray can collection container PG 9
Mobile collection container for empty
and partially empty aerosol spray cans.
Tested safety via UN certification
1H2W/X150/S…
• certified for UN 1950 (waste aerosol
containers)
• integrated opening to dispose of spray
cans when the lid is closed
• lid with rubber seal and sturdy latch
• two integral vents for air circulation in
the body
• manufactured in anti-static plastic for
additional safety, therefore particularly
suitable for installation in side buildings
• large wheels and a heat-treated steel
axle for easy movement even when
filled; maximum weight up to 150 kg
• grey body, orange lid
• delivery includes nonwoven pads (to
absorb leaking fluids) and “UN1950”
hazardous goods label
• Observe the relevant packaging instruc-
tions for transport under ADR.
Description Dimensions cm (w x h x l) Volume L Weight kg Order no.
Mobile collection container for aerosol spray cans 49.8 x 55.4 x 96 120 11 11346
Anti-static version:
Extra safety for workshop and
industrial use
Volume 120 litres
Lid with rubber seal and latch
Including nonwoven pads
Large wheels and integral vents
Spray cans can be disposed of
without opening the lid
Sturdy latch
Never dispose of empty spray
cans as general waste or
together with other waste.
Safety disposal container PG 9
Essential for every safety-conscious
workshop and industrial building. Ideal
for cleaning cloths saturated with flam-
mable liquids, for example.
• tightly sealing lid is designed to prevent
self-ignition by excluding oxygen
• self-closing due to maximum opening
angle of 60°
• ventilation holes and clearance to the
ground reduce the risk of overheating
• foot pedal for hygienic hands-free
opening
• sturdy design made of painted sheet
steel
• wear-free, durable mechanism
• light weight for simple handling and
emptying
• suitable plastic bags available
separately
Description Capacity L Dimensions cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
Safety disposal container 22.5 ø 36.5 x 39.5 5.6 11558
ACCESSORY
Plastic bags (50 pcs) 11559

209
Pneumatic
oil suction
unit 80 L
Pneumatic oil suction
unit 80 L, with
collection hopper
Description / Capacity L Dimensions cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
65 L 60 x 42 x 86 26.9 8726
90 L with collection hopper 62 x 42 x 138 38.2 10145
80 L 44 x 49 x 77 24.5 10690
80 L with collection hopper 58 x 49 x 173 27.5 10691
Pneumatic oil suction unit
Compressed-air operated
mobile oil extractor
Ideal for quick oil changes on larger vehi-
cles such as lorries, tractors, and cars,
etc. A vacuum is generated in the tank
with the aid of compressed air. The oil can
then be decentrally extracted from the
engines using the extraction probes, inde-
pendently of a compressed-air
connection. Ideal
oil temperature
70-80°C.
Tank is drained by
compressed air.
Technical data 8726 and 10145:
• mobile 65 L or 90 L container with level
indicator, vacuum indicator and 1-bar
relief valve
• compressed-air connection ¼
• removable tool tray
• extraction hose 2 m with probe adapter
• 7 different flexible and rigid probes;
direct adapters for Mercedes, VW, BMW
and Citroen
• drain hose 2 m
• max. extraction volume 52 L resp. 75 L
• maximum hopper height 188 cm
(model 10145)
Technical data 10690 and 10691:
• mobile 80 L container with level indica-
tor, vacuum indicator and relief valve
• compressed-air connection ¼
• extraction hose 1.5m with probe adapter
• 5 different flexible and rigid probes
from 5mm up to 8mm
• drain hose
Oil suction unit
65 L
Oil suction unit
90 L with height-
adjustable eccen-
tric collection
hopper
Electric oil suction unit
The mobile oil suction unit meets the
growing requirement for sucking waste
oil directly out of a car engine via the oil
dipstick seating. An integral 12 L reservoir
container can hold the removed waste oil
directly. The oil suction unit has a special
self-priming centrifugal pump which can
produce very high vacuum pressures.
Technical data
Mobile frame complete with:
• self-priming centrifugal pump, 230 V,
delivery rate 2 to 10 L/min
• vacuum gauge for checking the pump's
operation and for successful emptying
• suction hose with fast connection
for the probes
• 4 different suction probes
(semi-rigid probe dia. 6 x 800 mm,
semi-rigid probe dia. 8 x 800 mm,
rigid probe dia. 8 x 650mm,
rigid probe dia. 9 x 650 mm)
• removable probe holder with liquid-tight
base for collection of any oil drops
• removable transparent collection
container 12 L
• suitable for oils up to SAE 140
12 L 32 x 32 x 90 19.5 8253
PNEUMATIC OIL SUCTION UNITS
ELECTRIC OIL SUCTION UNIT
MOBILE oil suction units PG 4

210
Electric extraction
and dispensing trolley 95 L
100 x 56 x 48 23 10762
Extraction and refuelling trolley for
petrol, 2-stroke mixture and diesel
Used in the event of misfuelling,
accidents, vehicle returns, etc.
• with flashback arrester in filler neck
• 2 m extraction hose DN 10 and 3.2 m
delivery hose
• operated with 12V electric pump
• 4.1 m connection cable and earthing
cable with crocodile clips
• automatic dispensing nozzle, hose certi-
fied for petrol
• switch between extraction and dispens-
ing via ball valves
• flexible probe dia. 8 mm/1.500 mm
• flexible probe dia. 12 mm/700 mm
• adapter for dia. 6 mm hose
• adapter for dia. 10 mm hose
• holder for probes and adapter
(not mounted on trolley)
Mobile extraction unit for fuels, 2 stroke mix, diesel and oil 50 x 50 x 100 19.5 10090
Mobile extraction unit for fuels,
2 stroke mix, diesel and oil
Unit suitable for vehicle and small tank extraction.
Suitable for use in potentially explosive atmospheres.
Compliant with the Occupational Safety
Directive and the 1999/92/EG (ATEX 137) guide
lines
on workplace health and safety protection.
• complies with the Explosion Protection Directive
ATEX 94/9
• 2 m extraction hose and 2 m drain hose
• operation with compressed air, including
pressure reducer and maintenance unit
• load bearing surface of the transport trolley suitable
for existing canisters or tanks up to 60kg
• earth cable, 3m with clip
• with suction lances Ø 8mm and Ø 12mm
• with adaptors for Ø 6 / 8 / 10mm hoses
MOBILE extraction unit for fuels PG 4
KS-Mobil Easy 190 L suction unit
with 12 V pump, 40 L/min, and ATEX
80 x 60 x 59 35 11379
KS-Mobil Easy 190 litre extraction unit
for fuels
2-stroke mix and diesel, in the event
of misfuelling, accident, vehicle return,
etc.
• for mobile use outdoors and indoors
• with explosion-suppressing insert
• with forklift pockets
• operated with 12V pump
• 4 m connecting cable with crocodile
clips
• with digital flow meter
• with earthing cable 2 m
• with hose DN 16, 3 m, electrically
conductive, for extraction
• with hose DN 19, 4 m, electrically
conductive, for dispensing
• automatic dispensing nozzle, hose
certified for petrol
• switch between extraction and
dispensing via ball valves
• flexible probe Ø 8 mm/1,500 mm
• flexible probe Ø 12 mm/700 mm
• adapter for hose Ø 6 mm
• adapter for hose Ø 10 mm
• holder for probes and adapters
(not mounted on suction unit)

211
Mobile used oil collector, 80 L 44 x 49 x 173 25 10692
Mobile used oil
collector 80 L
Mobile used oil collector 80 L
• with collection hopper and fill level display
• emptied using compressed air
• safety valve
Ventilation pipe 2 can be
removed for transport
Filling funnel
MOBILE collecting and transport container
for hazardous materials (HazMat) PG 4
Mobile hazardous substance collector
GS-MOBILE for flammable liquids
certification no. D/BAM 6744/31A (400
L, 600 L) and D/BAM 6743/31A (980 L)
The collection, storage and transport
container for flammable liquids without
a sump/spill pallet (e.g. waste oil of
unknown origin, solvents, thinners and
many more).
The integrated forklift pockets enable easy
and safe transport. An integrated funnel
with a dirt sieve and a fixed installed
suction pipe with tanker coupling simplify
filling and emptying. Can be used by
anybody.
Design: explosion shock-proof
980 L
Used oil collector PG 4
Capacity L
Dimensions, cm (l x w x h)
without ventilation pipe
Dimensions, cm (l x w x h)
with ventilation pipe 2
Weight
400 96 x 96 x 114 96 x 96 x 310 196 7713
600 96 x 96 x 141 96 x 96 x 300 250 7714
980 121 x 121 x 141 121 x 121 x 300 310 7715
GS-MOBILE FOR A I TO A III AND B AS DESCRIBED ABOVE
400 L

212
Go-box for absorbents PG 9
• for granulates, absorbents, etc.
• for indoor and outdoor use and storage
• sturdy rubber wheels
• angled lid so that water runs off
• with eccentric stainless steel latch
• can be locked with a padlock (not included),
see page 251
• user-friendly, ergonomic handle
• 70 L capacity
• lid locks open for loading/unloading
• easy to handle thanks to sophisticated balance
• easy to clean
• made of chemical-resistant PE – 100% recyclable
• partition for insertion into the grooves of the
Go-box as an accessory
Description / Volume L Dimension cm (h x w x d) Weight approx. kg Order no.
Go-box 70 for absorbents 107 x 59 x 39 10 11449
Description Dimension cm (h x w) Order no.
Partition for Go-box 70 40 x 32 11286
ACCESSORY
Accessory:
partition
Portable drum bund / Overpack drum PG 9
Nozzle holder for 60 L
and 200 L barrels PG 4
For securing a barrel of up to 210 litres
• safety-tested to UN certification
1H2/X300/S...
• easy unscrewing of lid
• nestable storage in readiness
for emergency
• made from high density polyethylene
(HDPE) with high resistance to
aggressive chemicals
• 300 kg load capacity
• interior dimensions:
(top x bottom x height): 68.9 x 64.9 x 99
Nozzle holder
for 60 L and 200 L barrels
• holder made from galvanised metal
bracket with clamping screws and
plastic holster for catching drops
• suitable for attaching to tight-head
steel drums and L-ring plastic drums
• easy removal of holster for emptying
and cleaning
Description Dimensions cm outside Ø x h Collection volume L Weight approx. kg Order no.
Overflow 78.7 x 104.7 360 22.5 11023
Nozzle holder for barrels complete with clamping screws and drop holster 11044
ACCESSORY NOZZLE HOLDER FOR BARRELS

213
b
d
g
e
a
f
e
Description Volume L External dimension cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
a GRP funnel without lid for 200 L drum - height 15, ø 56 3 3342
b GRP funnel with hinged lid for 200 L drum - height 18, ø 56 5 5348
c GRP funnel without hinged lid for 60 L drum - height 16, ø 39 2.5 5493
d PE collection tray 16 L 16 59 x 47 x 15 1 10841
e
PE collection tray 20 L 20 69 x 44 x 10.5 1.3 6892
PE collection tray 55 L 55 101 x 73 x 12.5 2.8 6891
f PE collection tray sealable 15 L 15.1 51 x 44 x 15.5 1.2 10842
g PE collection tray sealable 58 L 58 92 x 60 x 25 7.6 7908
Funnels / collection trays PG 9
GRP funnel
• with and without lid
• for placing on barrels
• secure seating
• no risk of spillage
PE collection trays
• with swash edge to prevent content
spillage
• pouring spout for transfilling
• robust carrying handles
• acid, chemical, oil and petrol resistant
• sizes 15 L and 58 L sealable,
provided with holder(s) for oil filters
• version 58 L also mobile
(wheels on one side)
• sizes 20 L and 55 L with a 4-chamber
system for safe transportation and for
emptying using the 4 edges with spouts
PE collection tray 20 L with GRP funnel without lid
GRP funnel with hinged lid PE collection tray 58 L, sealable
GRP funnel
for drum use
60 L and 200 L
PE collection tray 15 L, sealable
PE collection tray 16 L
PE collection tray 20 L and 55 L
GRP FUNNEL AND PE COLLECTION TRAYS
a
c

214
e
g
d
a
b
c
f
CEMSORB ABSORBENTS
“UNIVERSAL” AND “OIL” PG 9
Cemsorb absorbents are high-performance
absorbents to absorb accidentally dis-
charged or spilled hazardous substances
with
out delay or to prevent them from
spreading.
Advantages:
• Cemsorb absorbents absorb up to
18 times their own weight in fluids.
• Cemsorb absorbents are simple and
easy to use. Simply place them on the
spilled fluid, and the fluid is quickly
absorbed. The area of the accident
or the workplace is soon ready to use
again.
• Thanks to their high calorific value, they
are well suited for thermal utilisation by
incineration.
Cemsorb absorbent “Universal” grey
The Cemsorb absorbent Universal was
developed to absorb all types of fluids.
We do not recommend using it on water
surfaces. Please use the Cemsorb absor-
bent “Universal” to absorb small quanti-
ties of different technical fluids.
Cemsorb absorbent “Oil” blue
Cemsorb absorbent “Oil” was developed
to absorb oil and oil derivatives. Cemsorb
oil absorbent is hydroscopic; it does not
absorb water.
Description
Absorption
in L / sales
unit
Dimension
cm
Area m²/
sales unit Sales unit
Weight
approx.
kg / sales
unit
Oil (blue or white) Universal (grey)
Order no. Order no.
a
Cemsorb cloths
Heavy weight
Perforated in width direction
113 40 x 50 20
100 cloths /
carton
6 8793 8794
b
Cemsorb cloth roll
Heavy weight
Transversely perforated
180 40 x 4000 32
2 rolls /
carton
9.6 8795 8796
c
Cemsorb cloth roll
Heavy weight
Multiply perforated
48 40 x 2500 10
1 roll /
dispenser
carton
3.5 - 8797
d
Cemsorb carpet „Oil“
Heavy weight
Non-slip, dense, reinforced
41.3 80 x 120 9.5
10 carpets /
carton
4.4 10412 -
e
Cemsorb carpet
Heavy weight
103 80 x 3000 24
1 carpet /
carton
10.9 - 8798
f
Cemsorb pillow
filled with flakes
80 Ø 7.5 x 120 -
20 snakes /
carton
8 8799 8800
g Cemsorb drum cover 31.5 Ø 56 6.15
25 items /
plastic bag
2.1 - 8803
Cemsorb carpet
Heavy weight
Non-slip, dense,
reinforced
Cemsorb cloths „Oil” Cemsorb carpet “Oil”
Cemsorb cloth roll
“Oil”
Multiple Cemsorb cloth rolls
“Universal”: both sides reinforced,
lint-free and perforated
Cemsorb snake “Oil”
Cemsorb drum cover
“Universal” with reinforced
and lint-free surface
Cemsorb carpet
strengthened surface
absorbing agent with
high absorption
capacity
liquid-proof film
protects the ground

215
c
c
a
d
b
a
CEMSORB emergency sets PG 9
Description Capacity
Absorption
in L / sales
unit
Dimension
cm (l x w x h)
Weight
approx.
kg / sales unit
Oil (blue) Universal (grey)
Order no. Order no.
a
Cemsorb
emergency
set Agrar
1 pair gloves, 2 disposal sacks, 22 oil absorbent
cloths 30 x 30 cm white, 1 oil suction snake
white 1.20 m x 7.5 cm, 5 wiping cloths,
2 yellow universal cloths 40 x 50 cm, 1 dense
oil suction carpet 60 x 80 cm (brown surface
20 32 x 32 x 16 2 10413 -
b
Cemsorb
emergency
set
1 pair gloves, 2 disposal sacks,
32 cloths 30 x 30 cm, 1 snake
1.20 m x 7.5 cm, 5 wiping cloths
20 32 x 32 x 16 2 8804 8805
c
Cemsorb
emergency
trolley
1 sturdy PE box (10133),
100 item cloths Universal (8794),
20 snakes Universal (8800),
1 item emergency set Universal (8805)
197 80 x 60 x 53 32 - 10014
d
Cemsorb
emergency
box
1 sturdy PE box (8615),
100 item cloths Universal (8794),
20 snakes Universal (8800),
1 item emergency set Universal (8805)
197 120 x 60 x 54 35 - 8543
Cemsorb emergency set
Agrar
Cemsorb emergency
box “Universal”
Cemsorb emergency
trolley
Cemsorb emergency
set
Use of the oil suction carpet from the
Cemsorb emergency set Agrar

216
CONTAINERS FOR
TRANSPORT AND STORAGE

218
GRP Tanks
large filling dome for efficient filling
and transportation
resistant to chemicals, e.g.
ammonia-nitrate-urea solution,
pesticides
smooth inner walls,
therefore easy to clean
durable weather and
corrosion resistant
translucent tank
walls for easy
level monitoring
up to 70% lighter
than steel tanks
GRP is easy to repair
CEMO tanks are manufactured from GRP
(glass-fibre reinforced plastic) using state
of the art technology. The vacuum injec-
tion method used enables rationalised
manufacturing of widely varying sizes and
tank shapes.
The finished products have smooth sur-
faces on both sides and a uniform wall
thickness. Both tank halves are joined
together, by a smooth, absolutely leak-
free laminate seam, into a single tank unit.
CEMO tanks thus guarantee an optimum
quality standard, for safe use over many
years.
Special drum version with air
vent in the dome cover and filling
connection with air gap

219
CEMO standard tanks are available in
oval, trunk and box shapes for a very
wide range of applications.
From 200 L - 15500 L.
CEMO pasture water tanks have
special light protection to
prevent algae growth. They have
an opaque colour and are
thus particularly UV-resistant.
For municipal use,
CEMO offers mobile irrigation
systems of 1000 - 6000 L with a
variety of optional accessories.
Example of use:
Sewage disposal from trains
belonging to the Deutsche Bahn
(German Railways).
Intended specially for use on Unimog
vehicles there are oval or trunk-
shaped tanks of 1000 - 5000 L,
high-speed versions with baffles
also available.
INDIVIDUAL ATTACHMENT
AND INTEGRATION COMPO-
NENTS WITH A WIDE RANGE
OF FITTINGS
To ensure safer transport, CEMO tanks
can also be equipped with baffles.
The CEMO 3-hole flange enables
trouble-free mounting of a wide
variety of fittings.

220
Oval tanks made from glass-fibre
reinforced plastic, GRP
• for zero-pressure operation
• basic model: filling dome dia. 360 mm
with quick closing lid or filling dome
dia. 420 mm with flap lid
• vent valves fitted in the lid
• outlet opening with 3-hole flange
connection
• fixed support runners attached
(high pressure impregnated wood,
above 7000 L - steel)
• high-speed model: additional baffles
in the top and bottom tank halves
GRP tanks oval PG 8
PASTURE WATERING TANKS IMPERMEABLE TO LIGHT AND COLOURED GREY TO PREVENT ALGAE GROWTH
ACCESSORIES FOR PASTURE WATER TANKS
Drinking bowl single
for outlet DN 75 1056
for outlet DN 100 10771
Mounting flange for 2 drinking bowls 5790
Capacity L
Dimensions cm (l x w x h)
length incl. runners
Dome
dia. mm
Weight
approx. kg
Order no. / Dome
front centre rear*
600 137 x 92 x 91 360 40 - 1001 -
750 165 x 92 x 91 360 45 - 1002 -
1000 long 215 x 92 x 91 360 56 - 1003 -
1000 short 146 x 122 x 104 360 57 - 1004 -
1000 high-speed 146 x 122 x 117 420 85 - 1073 -
1500 201 x 122 x 104 360 82 - 1009 -
1600 high-speed 166 x 150 x 138 420 117 - 1076* -
2000 short 190 x 143 x 138 420 100 - 1824 -
2000 short, with recess 190 x 143 x 138 420 99 - 1065* -
2000
short, high-speed with recess 190 x 143 x 138 420 126 - 1077 -
2000 long 266 x 122 x 104 360 105 1010 - 1012*
3000 276 x 143 x 138 420 130 1059 - 1060*
4000 366 x 143 x 138 420 173 1061 - 1062*
5000 366 x 154 x 152 420 218 1063 - 1064*
6000 343 x 179 x 170 420 280 5101 - 5102*
7000 400 x 179 x 170 420 401 1025 - 1026*
8500 430 x 188 x 182 420 470 6674 - 6675*
10000 500 x 188 x 182 420 538 3083 - 3120*
Tank with wooden
runners
Pasture water
tank with 2 drinking
bowls
Accessories for oval tanks (with 3-hole flange) see page 222-224
Capacity L
length incl. runners
Dome
dia. mm
Weight
approx. kg
Order no. / Dome
front centre rear*
600 137 x 92 x 91 360 40 - 1798 -
750 165 x 92 x 91 360 45 - 1049 -
1000 215 x 92 x 91 360 56 - 1050 -
1500 201 x 122 x 104 360 82 - 1051 -
2000 long 266 x 122 x 104 360 105 1052 - 1614*
3000 276 x 143 x 138 420 130 2250 - 2219*
4000 366 x 143 x 138 420 173 2462 - 2218*
5000 366 x 154 x 152 420 218 2463 - 1848*
6000 343 x 179 x 170 420 280 5319 - 5654*
7000 400 x 179 x 170 420 401 1722 - 3179*
8500 430 x 188 x 182 420 470 6681 - 6682*
10000 500 x 188 x 182 420 538 3189 - 3679*
* Custom version, manufactured to order

221
GRP tanks trunk-shaped PG 8
Trunk-shaped tanks
• made from glass-fibre reinforced plastic, GRP
• outlet opening with 3-hole flange connection
• steel support runners
Advantages of GRP tanks, trunk-shaped:
• optimal utilisation of the loading area
• more transport volume for permissible
total weight compared to steel tanks
• remnants discharge
Tank 13500 L
Tank 1800 L
Tank 500 L
Example of tank application
Ratchet straps not included
Capacity L
length incl. runners Filling hole / Dome
Weight
300 102 x 62 x 72
Filling hole
dia. 190 mm
with screw cap
24 2854
400 133 x 62 x 72 28 2855
500 long 162 x 62 x 72 35 2856
500 short 105 x 95 x 71 41 5944
600 131 x 63 x 102 45 5910
700 with pump sump 146 x 101 x 80 Dome dia. 380 mm
with screw cap
54 2857
1000 with pump sump 147 x 101 x 99 58 2858
1800

Flap lid centrally mounted with baffles
in upper and lower tank halves
154 x 148 x 128
Dome dia. 420 mm
with flap lid
115 7696
2000 with baffles 194 x 102 x 153 135 5115
3000

Flap lid displaced to the side,
with transverse baffles
189 x 186 x 124 258 11039
3000

with intersecting baffles
189 x 186 x 124 285 10644
4000

with transverse baffles
191 x 188 x 153 287 11040
4000

191 x 188 x 153 310 10645
5000

231 x 198 x 169 320 6538
8000 Transport tank with baffles 376 x 220 x 179 780 11325
13500 Storage tank without baffles 506 x 220 x 195 870 8008
15500 Storage and transport tank with baffles* 506 x 220 x 222 1.080 8270
Accessories for trunk-shaped tanks (with 3-hole flange) see page 222-224
Tanks for Unimog, Multicar and Pfau:
• filling dome dia. 420 mm and flap lid
• compact shape with vaulted ends
(top and bottom)
• baffles in top and bottom tank halves
• vent valves fitted onto the lid
• outlet opening with 3-hole flange connection
• intersecting baffles

222
GRP tanks oval and trunk-shaped PG 8
ACCESSORIES OR OVAL AND TRUNK-SHAPED GRP TANKS, AND TRUNK-SHAPED PE TANKS
Description Thread
Order no.
GRP Tanks oval trunk shaped PE Tanks
up to
1500L
1600L up
to 10000l
8000L up
to 15500L
600 L up
to 1000 L *
2000 L up
to 3000 L*
Lock plate (blank flange) for
3-hole flange,
stainless steel
- 1367 1368 1368 1367 1368
Stainless steel flange plate
with threaded nipple
for 3-hole flange
¾ ET 5954 5955 5955 5954 5955
1 ET 1384 1385 1385 1384 1385
1¼ ET 1386 1387 1387 1386 1387
1½ ET 1388 1542 1542 1388 1542
2 ET 1389 1390 - 1389 1390
3 ET 5614 1391 - - -
4 ET - 1392 - - -
Stainless steel flange plate
only for 13500 L and 15500 L
2 ET - - 8177 - -
3 ET - - 8178 - -
4 ET - - 11347 - -
Discharge valve,
nickel-plated brass
with stainless steel flange
¾ IT 1316 1317 - 1316 1317
1 IT 1318 1319 - 1318 1319
1¼ IT 1320 1321 - 1320 1321
1½ IT 1322 1323 - 1322 1323
2 IT 1324 1358 - 1324 1358
3 IT 1325 1326 - - -
4 IT - 6441 - - -
Discharge valve,
nickel-plated brass with s/s
flange
only for 13500 L + 15500 L
2 IT - - 8179 - -
3 IT - - 8180 - -
4 IT - - 11348 - -
PVC ball valve
with stainless steel flange
1 IT 6447 6453 - 6447 6453
1½ IT 6449 6455 - 6449 6455
2 IT 6450 6456 - 6450 6456
3 IT 6451 6457 - - -
PP ball valve glass-fibre
reinforced, with
stainless steel flange, (shat-
terproof version, recommend-
ed for liquid manure tanks)
1IT 6442 6444 - 6442 6444
1½ IT 1346 1347 - 1346 1347
2 IT 1348 1349 - 1348 1349
PVC ball valve with stainless
steel flange
2IT - - 8181 - -
3IT - - 8182 - -
PP ball valve with stainless
steel flange,
2IT - - 8183 - -
Combination valve with pain-
ted flange plate brass ¾ and
brass 2 valve with C-coupling
- 1578 1579 - 1578 1579
*
Installation kit for flange
plate on 2000 L
PE tank (required item)
- - - - 8445 8445

223
Description Thread Order no.
Double nipple (PVC)
with external thread
1 1527
1½ 1529
2 1530
Threaded nipple (PVC)
with hose nozzle for hose
ø 60 mm 2 1355
Kamlok coupling
for valves male connection
1½ 1356
2 1359
Kamlok coupling
female connection with
hose nozzle for hose
inside diameter 40 mm for male connection: 1½ 1357
inside diameter 60 mm for male connection: 2 1360
Kamlok sealing cap
for kamlok coupling, for male connection: 1½ 5266
for kamlok coupling, for male connection: 2 1361
Fire hose coupling C, for valves 2 ET 2 1340
Plastic hose with helical reinforcement per m
40 mm I.D. 1363
60 mm I.D. 1364
Hose shut-off valve (plastic)
for corrugated hose
60 mm I.D. 2 1681
Vent cap PVC
(sealing cap for screw in / screw through nipples)
2 1811
T-piece (PVC) with internal thread 2 1547
90° angle, galvanised, IT and ET 2 1338
90° angle, PVC, IT 2 1540
Pipe coupling (PVC) loose, with internal thread 2 1535
Pipe coupling (PVC) laminated attachment,
with internal thread
¾ 1752
1 1753
1¼ 1754
1½ 1755
2 1756
ACCESSORIES FOR OVAL AND TRUNK-SHAPED GRP TANKS

224
GRP tanks oval and trunk-shaped PG 8
C-filler coupling 2 with air break,
complete with slider, including installation onto tank (factory made)
5689
Filling sieve with intermediate ring for dome dia. 420 mm 3080
Filling sieve with intermediate ring for dome dia. 360 mm 8241
Filling sieve for dome dia. 380 mm
(suitable for GFK tanks trunk-shaped 700 L and 1000 L without baffles)
8628
1 kg repair pack
pre-accelerated resin, hardener, glass-fibre, brush
neutral 1617
grey 5978
Polyester adhesive pack (1kg adhesive resin, hardener) 1619
Model for tank size
Dimensions mm Weight
Section Length
1000 short U 100 x 50 x 5 1460 28
surcharge
1000 long U 70 x 50 x 4 2150 25
1500 U 100 x 50 x 5 2000 41
2000 short U 100 x 50 x 5 1900 40
2000 long U 100 x 50 x 5 2660 50
3000 long
U 100 x 50 x 5
(for order no. 1059, 1060, 2250, 2219)
2755 53
4000 + 5000 U 100 x 50 x 5 3660 64
6000 folded profile 3285 mm 3485 81
Dome dia. 420 mm with flap lid
(factory-fitted) with 2 vent valves
opposing dome dia. 360 mm
surcharge
Dome dia. 420 mm
with screwed on flat lid (factory-fitted)
surcharge in exchange for dome dia. 360 mm
surcharge in exchange for dome dia.
420 mm with flap lid
Baffles for fast vehicles
in two tank halves
for sizes up to 5000 L (2 off)
for sizes 6000 - 7000 L (2 off)
for sizes 8500 - 10000 L (4 off)
Painting tanks in special colours (quote RAL no., colour similar to RAL,
only for tanks manufactured by vacuum injection method)
surcharge on request
Description Raw material Nominal width Order no.
DIN flange laminated PN 10/16
comprising pipe socket (laminated to the tank)
and loose flange made of PVC
PVC 20 1743
GRP 25 1744
GRP 32 1745
GRP 40 1746
GRP 50 1747
GRP 65 1748
GRP 80 1749
GRP 100 1750
GRP 125 2885
GRP 150 2897
GRP 200 2898
ACCESSORIES FOR OVAL AND TRUNK-SHAPED TANKS
STEEL SUPPORT RUNNERS GALVANISED FOR OVAL TANKS, COMPLETE
CUSTOM EQUIPMENT FOR TANKS IS MADE TO ORDER
CUSTOM VERSIONS

225
PE tanks PG 8
PE beverage tanks
• in food-safe HD-PE
• low outlet with tap DN 19
• with screw cap, diameter 220 mm
• with 2 handles (for transporting when
empty)
• the sealing cap can be fitted instead of
the outlet tap
• optional adapter with 1 external thread
or 1 ½ external thread (see accessory)
Description Capacity L Dimensions cm (l* x w x h*) Weight approx. kg Order no.
PE beverage tank 60 60 55 x 35 x 57 3.5 8886
PE beverage tank 200 200 84 x 48 x 81 11 8889
PE beverage tank 500 500 106 x 73 x 103 21 8891
Screw cap, dia. 220 mm with sealing plug 8892
Sealing plug 8893
Outlet tap DN 19 8894
Adapter with 1 external thread 8895
Adapter with 1 ½ external thread 8896
Outlet tap brass, nickel-plated with 1 internal thread 1304
Outlet tap brass, nickel-plated with 1 ½ internal thread 1306
ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS
* Length with outlet tap, height with lid and sealing plug.

226
PE tanks trunk-shaped PG 8
Capacity L
Dimensions cm
(l x w x h)
Filling hole /
Dome dia. mm
without baffles with baffles
Weight approx. kg Order no. Weight approx. kg Order no.
600 120 x 90 x 90
ø 380
with flap lid
35 8273 41 10921
1000 145 x 114 x 100 54 8274 62 10922
2000 190 x 135 x 117 82 8275 93 10923
3000 240 x 150 x 117 138 11510 166 11511
Capacity L
Dimensions cm
(l x w x h)
Filling hole /
Dome dia. mm
600 120 x 90 x 90
ø 380
with flap lid
35 8884 41 10924
1000 145 x 114 x 100 54 8885 62 10925
2000 190 x 135 x 117 82 8381 93 10926
3000 240 x 150 x 117 138 11512 166 11513
• made of high quality, age-resistant
and recyclable polyethylene.
• manufactured in one piece using
centrifugal moulding
• space-saving, trunk-shaped design
• footprint for the 600 L tank matched to
Euro-pallet dimensions
• 2000 L tank fits across a
Unimog load-bed
• 2 internal thread connection with
indentation on the end (600-2000 L tanks)
• discharge opening with 3-hole flange con-
nection and indentation (3000 L tank)
• 2 internal thread connection options
on the long sides (2000 L + 3000 L tank)
• option of installing the proven CEMO
3-hole flange onto the 2000 L tank
• 1 internal thread fitting for complete
drainage
• 380 mm diametre dome with swash
baffle and hinged cover
• vent valve installed on the hinged cover
• handles and lugs for tensioning belts
• integral securing flange for direct
mounting on the vehicle loadbed
2000 L
dome with swash baffle and
hinged cover
Valve available
as an accessory
1 internal thread fitting for
complete drainage
double male connector,
as an accessory
stainless steel flange plate
with threaded nipple
(accessory see page 230)
PE pasture watering tank, trunk-shaped, impermeable to light and coloured
green to prevent algae growth.
* Accessory installation kit 8445 required (see page 222).
PE TANKS TRUNK-SHAPED
COLOURED YELLOW
PE PASTURE WATERING TANK TRUNK-SHAPED
IMPERMEABLE TO LIGHT AND COLOURED GREEN TO PREVENT ALGAE GROWTH
mounting flange
up to 2000 L 3000 L

227
Single attached drinking trough *
600 L
1056
1000 L
2000 L 10771
Mounting flange for 2 drinking troughs * 5790
Example:
In conjunction with the optional side outlets on the 2000 L PE tank,
a maximum of 6 attached drinking troughs is possible with order no. 1056 and 5790.
Frame with the minimum dimensions 149 x 120 x 16 cm (l x w x h ) required
(additional item).
PP adapter set
(PP reducing nipple + PP reduction)
2 ET to ¾ ET 8406
PP reducing nipple
2 x 1 ET 8407
2 x 1½ ET 8408
PP double male connector 2 ET 8409
PP plug 2 ET 8410
Filling sieve dia. 380 x h 330 mm 8628
Drainage valve (brass, nickel plating)
with internal thread on both sides
¾ 1303
1 1304
1½ 1306
2 1307
Plastic ball valve
(PVC) with internal thread
1 6426
1½ 6428
2 6429
Plastic ball valve
(polypropylene, fibreglass-reinforced) with internal thread
1 1310
1½ 1312
2 1313
C-filler port 1½
with air break, complete with gate valve, including assembly,
for optional C-filler port 2 for PE tank 3000 L, see page 224
11045
Galvanised steel frame, forklift accessible from four sides
for PE tank 600 L, trunk-shaped 11514
Additional accessories see page 222.
* Accessory installation kit 8445 required (see page 222).
ACCESSORIES FOR PE TANKS, TRUNK-SHAPED
ACCESSORIES FOR PE PASTURE WATERING TANK
Fig. 11517

228
Tanks box-shaped PG 8
Box-shaped tanks
made from glass-fibre reinforced
plastic, GRP.
• flat bottom, so no support runners
necessary
• strong, all-round gripping rim
Description / capacity L Dimensions cm (l x w x h) Filling hole / Dome ø in mm Weight approx. kg Order no.
Box-shaped tank, GRP, 200 L 87 x 57 x 57
Filling hole dia. 190 mm
with screw cap
12 1043
Box-shaped tank, GRP, 400 L 122 x 62 x 72 19 1045
Box-shaped tank, GRP, 600 L 118 x 70 x 106 30 7958
Description / capacity L Dimensions cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
Box-shaped tank, PE, 125 L 80 x 60 x 45 15 10095
Tanks, trunk-shaped
made from high-quality, hard-wearing,
recyclable polyethylene
• 125 L, 200 L, 450 L or 600 L
• manufactured in one piece using
centrifugal moulding
• with S160x7 screw cap
• screw cap with integrated vent
and pressure relief
• filling hole internal diameter 140mm
• integrated recesses for securing with
ratchet straps during transport
• integral baffle with 450 L and 600 L
models
• 2-tier stackable, with stacking cams
• ideal dimensions for transportation
With outlet tap accessory
Various sizes from 125 L to
450 L (600 L not illustrated)
Stackable, with
stacking cams,
integral forklift
slots and handles
GRP TANKS BOX-SHAPED
PE TANKS BOX-SHAPED, COLOURED YELLOW

229
Description Thread
without installation
with installation
on the tank
Order no. Order no.
Screw through threaded connector*
(brass) with external thread,
2 lock nuts
¾ 1393 8843
1 1394 8844
1 ¼ 1395 8845
1 ½ 1396 8846
Screw in threaded connector*
(brass, nickel-plated)
with external thread, food safe
¾ 1397 8847
1 1398 8848
1 ¼ 1399 8849
1 ½ 1500 8850
2 1501 8851
Screw in threaded connector ***
(plastic)
with external thread
¾ 10910 10915
1 10911 10916
1 ¼ 10912 10917
1 ½ 10913 10918
2 10914 10919
Screw in threaded connector*
(plastic) with external
and internal threads
ET 1 IT ½ 1515 8852
ET 1 ¼ IT ¾ 1516 8853
ET 1 ¼ IT 1 1517 8854
ET 2 IT 1 ½ 1518 8855
ET 2 ¾ IT 2 1519 8856
Discharge valve
with internal thread at both ends
¾ 1303
1 1304
1 ¼ 1305
1 ½ 1306
2 1307
Plastic ball valve (PVC)
internally threaded
1 6426
1 ½ 6428
2 6429
3 6430
Plastic ball valve (polypropylene,
glass-fibre reinforced)
internally threaded
1 1310
1 ½ 1312
2 1313
Spindle valves (plastic)
with ET matched to screw
in threaded connector
½ 1314
¾ 1315
Screw cap dia. 190 mm compl. with screws (upgrade kit) 6492
Description Steel base frame for size Weight approx. kg Order no.
Steel base frame,
galvanised, for safe support
200 10 7784
400 12 7785
600 12 7787
* Not for PE trunk-shaped tank 125 L *** only for box-shaped tanks PE
ACCESSORIES FOR BOX-SHAPED TANKS, GRP AND PE
ACCESSORIES FOR BOX-SHAPED TANKS, GRP

230
a b c d e f
Capacity L
length incl. runners Dome dia. mm
Weight
approx. kg
Baffle
quantity
without hose reel, without pump
Order no.
1000 206 x 122 x 104 360 160 - 7135
1500 270 x 122 x 104 360 190 - 7136
2000 247 x 143 x 138 420 205 - 7137
3000 325 x 143 x 138 420 267 - 7468
4000 418 x 143 x 138 420 310 2 7138
5000 418 x 154 x 155 420 356 2 8624
6000 395 x 179 x 170 420 410 2 7139
Mobile irrigation system BWS 500 for
vehicle load-beds or stationary operation
Oval tanks:
• made from glass-fibre reinforced
plastic, GRP
• models above 4000 L with baffles
• with extended steel runners
• mounting bracket for pump
installation
• stainless steel flange plate
with threaded nipple 2
• filling dome dia. 360 mm with quick
closing lid, capacity up to 1500 L
• filling dome dia. 420 mm with flap lid
above 2000 L
• vent valves fitted in the lid
• Example application:
Suitable for professional irrigation
of large areas and parks and thus
the ideal system for municipal or
commercial users.
Mobile irrigation system BWS 500 PG 8
Example: foldable hose reel
Other pumps on request.
Description
suitable for
equipment tanks Order no.
a
Motorized pump 500 L/min with petrol engine Integrated pump,
with suction and pressure connections switchable using 3-way valves
all sizes
10540
b
Pump 100 to 350 L/min (not self-priming), with hydraulic motor including flow control valve,
permanently installed, with suction pressure connection, adjustable via 3-way valves
10541
c
Pump up to 60 L/min, 24 V / 19 A / DC, with switch and plug, pump permanently installed, with 1 suction and
pressure connection, convertible via 3-way valve
10861
d
Swivel-mounted hose reel, vertically adjustable 145 mm (with connection hose to the pump)
for 80 m water-hose ¾ or 35 m water hose 1 * (accessory)
10542
e
Automatic hose reel with spring-loaded retraction Painted steel, swivelling (with connecting house to the pump),
for 40 m water hose ¾ or for 30 m water hose 1 *(accessory)
10862
f
Foldable hose reel for high vehicles (without hose)
securely mounted; for 80 m water-hose ¾ or 35 m water hose 1 *
10543
Ratchet straps not included in the kit
TANKS OVAL WITH EXTENDED STEEL RUNNERS AND PUMP BRACKET
ADD-ON PARTS: PUMPS AND HOSE REELS
DEPENDENT ON THE APPLICATION, THE IRRIGATION TANK SYSTEMS CAN BE ASSEMBLED FROM
THE COMPONENTS LISTED BELOW. THE EQUIPMENT TANK IS SUPPLIED COMPLETELY ASSEMBLED.
Special sizes on request
* Please note that the pump output can fall sharply depending on the length and cross-sectional area of the hose.
Further accessories see page 222 and 224.

231
Mobile irrigation system BWS 130
• suitable for all oval tanks of
600 - 5000 L capacity (see page 220)
• hose reel can be swivelled through 135°
(without hose) accepts 80 m water hose ¾
or 35 m water hose-1
• pre-assembled unit
• Example application:
Suitable for irrigating green spaces and
parks. This system offers an optimum
price-performance ratio for gardening and
landscaping service providers as well as for
many other service providers (e.g. building
cleaning).
Description Dimensions cm (l1 x w x h) Total weight approx. kg Order no.
Add-on pump consisting of:
• Honda pump (petrol engine),
self-priming, output rate approx. 130 L/min,
pump capacity up to 3.5 bar *
• hose reel (without hose)
• mounting bracket pre-assembled
70 x b2 x 96 75 7740
Mobile irrigation system BWS 130 PG 8
Description suitable for equipment tanks Order no.
Factory
fitted
Forklift pockets
with supports at the front and hinten. Insertion profile 160 x 70 mm, Distance
between rail centres 700 – 1000 mm (empty tank)
1000 L 6814
1500 L up to 5000 L 7146
6000 L 7147
C-filling coupling with free flowing path, complete with
slider for tank filling
5689
Supplied
unassem-
bled
PVC pressure hose, dia. 60 mm, length 3.5 m;
C-coupling at both ends, can also be used to extend the suction hose
5774
PVC suction hose, dia. 60 mm, length 3.5 m; with strainer and C-coupling at one end 5775
Ratchet straps not included in delivery
ACCESSORIES FOR MOBILE IRRIGATION SYSTEM BWS 500
BWS 130 COMPLETE WITH TANK, ADD-ON PUMP AND HOSE REEL
Capacity L Overall dimensions cm (l x w x h) Total weight approx. kg Order no. without baffles*
600 207 x 92 x 96 115 7914
750 235 x 92 x 96 120 7915
1000 long 285 x 92 x 96 131 7916
1000 short 216 x 122 x 104 132 7917
1500 short 271 x 122 x 104 157 7918
2000 short 260 x 143 x 138 175 7919
2000 short with recess 260 x 143 x 138 174 7920
2000 long 336 x 122 x 104 180 7921
3000 short with recess 301 x 154 x 152 255 7922
3000 346 x 143 x 138 205 7923
4000 436 x 143 x 138 248 7924
5000 436 x 154 x 152 296 7925
* baffles see page 224
ADD-ON PUMP WITH HOSE REEL (FOR RETROFITTING EXISTING TANKS)
1 = increase in tank length 2 = maximum tank width

232
135°
Mobile irrigation system BWS 130-PE PG 8
The irrigation system enables:
• irrigation: circuit with a safety inlet valve
before the pump
• tank can be filled at a standpipe
via the 3-way valve system
(7m hose included)
• mixing of optional additives possible
using closed circuit in the tank
(e.g. fertilisers, pesticides)
BWS 130-PE consisting of:
• frame and mounting surface made from
galvanised steel (with mounting points)
• Honda pump with petrol engine
130 L/min* output rate
• pivotable hose reel (without hose)
for 80 m water hose ¾
or 35 m water hose 1
• pressure relief valve to protect the
motorised pump
• ratchet straps
• frame with bi-directional forklift pockets
• version with optional baffles available,
see below
BWS 130-PE
1000L
Capacity L
Dimensions cm
(l x w x h) Filling hole / Dome ø in mm
600 184 x 90 x 96
dia. 380
with flap lid
135 8684 141 10927
1000 208 x 114 x 104 160 8685 168 10928
2000 263 x 135 x 124 212 8686 223 10929
3000 291 x 150 x 127 308 11518 336 11519
Accessories see page 227 and 233. Further pumps on request.
For the description of the trunk-shaped PE tank, see page 226.
Setup and securing of the ratchet strap Honda pump with petrol engine
130 L/min
Bi-directional forklift pockets front and back
Forklift pockets at the side
MOBILE IRRIGATION SYSTEM BWS 130-PE WITH PETROL ENGINE PUMP

233
*** Available only in combination with a mobile irrigation system.
Description
Dimensions cm
(l x w x h) Dome ø mm
600 L with pump 12 V 184 x 90 x 96
ø 380
with flap lid
130 11520 136 11532
600 L with pump 24 V 184 x 90 x 96 130 11521 136 11533
and Li-Ion battery
184 x 90 x 96 142 11522 148 11534
1000 L with pump 12 V 208 x 114 x 104 147 11523 155 11535
1000 L with pump 24 V 208 x 114 x 104 147 11524 155 11536
1000 L with pump 24 V and
Li-Ion battery
208 x 114 x 104 159 11525 167 11537
2000 L with pump 12 V 263 x 135 x 124 205 11526 216 11538
2000 L with pump 24 V 263 x 135 x 124 205 11527 216 11539
Li-Ion battery
263 x 135 x 124 217 11528 228 11540
3000 L with pump 12 V 291 x 150 x 127 301 11529 329 11541
3000 L with pump 24 V 291 x 150 x 127 301 11530 329 11542
Li-Ion battery
291 x 150 x 127 313 11531 341 11543
MOBILE IRRIGATION SYSTEM BWS 130-PE WITH ELECTRIC PUMP
Spray lance with GEKA-coupling and lever valve 5826
Watering shower head
with rubber edge R ¾, max. 80 L/min
10045
Water hose per metre
¾ 5889
1 5855
GEKA-coupling
with hosetail
¾ 10765
1 10766
Hose clamp 25 - 40 mm, stainless steel 8249
ACCESSORIES FOR MOBILE IRRIGATION SYSTEM BWS 130, BWS 130-PE AND BWS 500 (SUPPLIED UNASSEMBLED)
Mobile irrigation system BWS 130-PE
with electric pump PG 8
• version with pump 12 V or 24 V, 60 L/min
• the quiet alternative for mobile irrigation
of plants in residential areas, parks and
cemeteries
• optionally available with lithium-ion
battery (charger incl.) for totally mobile,
cable-free operation
• mixing of optional additives (e.g. ferti-
liser, pesticides) possible using closed
circuit in the irrigation system
• galvanised steel frame forkliftable from
four sides
• pivotable hose reel (without hose) for
80 m 3/4 water hose or 35 m 1 water
hose
• version with optional baffles available,
see below
QUIET
BWS 130-PE
and Li-Ion battery

234
with submersible pump CENTRI SP 30 60 90 x 52 x 37 15 10847
with oscillating piston pump 60 90 x 52 x 37 15 11032
Aqua-Caddy 60L
• submersible pump
CENTRI SP 30, delivery
rate 30 L/min (free flow*), delivery
pressure 1 bar
• Li-Ion CAS battery 18 V, 2 Ah with
charger
• quick-coupling with water stop
for Gardena irrigation system
• 6 m water hose ½
• spray lance with spray head
Aqua-Caddy 60 L for
concrete drilling machines
• oscillating piston pump
230 V, duty cycle 100%
• delivery rate max.
3.5 L/min
• 6 m cable with switch
• 3 m dispensing hose with
Gardena coupling
CENTRI SP30
EXTREMELY
QUIET
BWS 30-PE, 125 L 125 80 x 60 x 45 17 11312
BWS 30-PE, 200 L 200 80 x 60 x 59 18 11313
BWS 30-PE, 450 L 450 116 x 76 x 73 37 10596
BWS 30-PE, 600 L 600 116 x 76 x 102 45 10597
Spray lance with watering shower head 10598
ACCESSORY
CENTRI SP30
EXTREMELY
QUIET
Mobile irrigation system BWS 25-PRO PE PG 8
for professional use
BWS 25-PRO PE comprising:
• PE tank box-shaped, with
integrated baffles (see page 236)
• gear pump 12/24 V, IP 67, output rate
25 l/min*, delivery pressure 3 bar,
with automatic switch-off function
• 4 m cable with crocodile clips
• quick coupling with water stop
• 10m water hose ¾“
Description Capacity L Dimensions cm
(l x w x h)
Weight approx. kg Order no.
BWS 25-PRO PE, 450 L 450 116 x 76 x 83 38 11332
BWS 25-PRO PE, 600 L 600 116 x 76 x 112 46 11333
ACCESSORIES
Professional spray lance with sprinkler head GEKA 20 - 35 L/min 11334
Aqua-Caddy PG 8
BWS 25-PRO PE with gear pump
12/24 V, GEKA quick coupling and
professional spray lance (optional)
NEW
Mobile irrigation system BWS 30-PE PG 8
for personal use
• PE tank box-shaped, with
integrated baffles (see page 228)
• submersible pump CENTRI SP30,
12V, output rate 30L/min (free
flow)*, delivery pressure 1 bar
• 4 m connection cable
with crocodile clips
• quick coupling with water stop
• 10m water hose ½
BWS 30-PE, 450 L
(spray lance not included,
optional accessory)
BWS 30-PE with submersible pump
CENTRI SP 30 and quick coupling

235
a b c
a
b
The practical solution for watering
plants in administrative buildings,
hotels and hospitals
• for transporting water and for independ-
ent watering of plants
• totally mobile and wireless
• no need to lug watering cans
translucent polyethylene, with integrated
handles and fill-level scale
• equipped with 4 swivel castors ø 100 mm
a Version with electric pump:
• Quick coupling with water stop for
Gardena irrigation system
• hand sprayer with flow control
• equipped with self-priming pump, 11 L/min,
with pressure switch, CAS battery and
charger
b Version with hand pump:
• hand pump, 0.4 L/stroke
• 2 m water hose
• manual nozzle
a
Canister pump set, 230 V
with 20L PE canister and 5m reinforced hose
29 x 25 x 57 7898
b
Container sprayer, 230 V
20L container capacity, 5m reinforced hose
56 x 21 x 38 11356
c
Spray caddy 60 L, pressure relief valve 0.3 - 5 bar, 8m reinforced hose,
LiFePO4 battery with charger
90 x 52 x 37 11359
ACCESSORIES
Adapter set for canister pump set
Adapter to 2 thread, DIN 51 and DIN 71, and longer suction hose with
foot filter
11362
Spare battery for spray caddy 60 L
Lithium-iron phosphate battery (LiFePO4), 12.8 V – 3.3 Ah
10602
Transfer trolley Aqua 130 L PG 8
a 130 L with 12V pump, CAS battery, charger and sprinkler 50 x 75 x 101 24 11544
130 L supplied without CAS battery and charger 50 x 75 x 101 24 11674
b 130 L with hand pump and manual nozzle 50 x 75 x 114 22 11570
Canister pump set, 230 V
Pump can be screwed directly onto
canisters with DIN 61 thread.
Spray lance with flat spray nozzle, size 04,
spray angle 110°, approx. 950 mL/min, and
flat spray nozzle, size 02, spray angle 110°,
approx. 690 mL/min output rate
Container sprayer, 230 V
Spray lance with flat spray nozzle, size
04, spray angle 110°, approx. 1,040 –
1,370 mL/min, and flat spray nozzle, size
02, spray angle 110°, approx. 800 – 1,000
mL/min output rate
Spray caddy 60 L, 12 V
Battery capacity 3.3 Ah, suitable for
approx. 60 L (with nozzle 03). Spray lance
with flat spray nozzle, size 03, spray angle
110°, approx. 1,150 mL/min, and flat spray
nozzle, size 02, spray angle 110°, approx.
800 mL/min output rate
Mobile sprayers PG 8
6 m
spiral hose
12V pump with
pressure switch
Lithium
battery
2 swivel castors with brake
mobile and cable-free
130 L volume
hand sprayer
with flow volume
control
NEW

236
MCS 1000 HD
3 in 1
mobile and effective
Weed control with hot
water at 98 °C
High-pressure cleaning
up to 200 bar
Disinfection with steam up
to 150 °C
Mobile cleaning and weed control system
MCS 1000 HD PG 8
The mobile cleaning and weed control
system enables you to work indepen-
dently of electricity and mains water.
It consists of the following components:
• 600 L, 1000 L or 2000 L PE tank with
baffle
• runners and frame made from galva-
nised steel (with mounting points)
• frame with integral forklift pockets on
both sides and at the front
• ratchet straps
• heated Kärcher high-pressure module
HDS 1000 De (diesel operation) with
high-pressure gun
• hose reel with 20 m of high-pressure
hose (optional)
• hose reel with 40 m of high-pressure
hose (optional)
• cleaning gun
• with weed control attachment kit
(temperature sensor). This ensures a
constant water temperature of 98 °C at
the outlet of the weed control lance
• weed control lance for weed removal
without chemicals (optional)
Technical data
for high-pressure module HDS 1000 De
Pressure 40-200/4-20
bar/MPa
Fuel oil consumption at full
load
5.6 kg/h
Output rate 450-900 l/h
Engine power 6.8/9.3 kW/HP
Engine type L 100 V Diesel
Engine manufacturer Yanmar
Max. temperature (supply
temp.: 12 °C)
for weed control
80-98 °C
Max. temperature (supply
temp.: 12 °C)
when operated with steam
up to 150°C
MCS 1000 HD
with PE tank 1,000 L
High-pressure module HDS 1000 De
High-pressure cleaning up to 200 bar

237
MCS 1000 HD
with PE tank 1,000 L, with hose reel (accessory)
and weed control lance (accessory)
Weed control with weed lance WR 10
Description Dimensions cm
(l x w x h)
Weight approx. kg Order no.
10 m of high-pressure hose
DN8 40 MPa
- 3.5 11355
Hose reel with 20 m of high-pressure
hose DN8 40 MPa
45 x 19 x 46 20 11317
Hose reel with 40 m of high-pressure
hose DN10 22 MPa
52 x 49 x 58 52 11318
Weed control lance WR 50 24 x 50 x 26 1.6 11319
Weed control lance WR 10 10 x 10 x 10 0.6 11509
Pressure and flow regulator
for cleaning gun MCS
- - 11702
Descaling agent RM 110, 1 litre - 1.2 11552
ACCESSORIES
MOBILE CLEANING AND WEED CONTROL SYSTEM MCS 1000 HD
Capacity L Dimensions cm (l x w x h) Dome ø mm Weight approx. kg Order no.
600 203 x 113 x 96
ø 380
with lid
297 11314
1000 228 x 113 x 104 322 11315
2000 273 x 135 x 124 372 11316
Before After
NEW

238
Polyethylene storage tanks PG 8
• Storage tanks and large reservoirs:
for above ground installation in the
garden or for trade and industry
• can be used as water butts for garden
watering
• protect the water against subsequent
dirt collection
• manufactured from high-quality
polyethylene
• the green containers are opaque
so as to limit algae growth
• can be completed by the addition
of custom equipment so they fulfil
particular purposes
• can also be installed as a tank battery
(except storage tank 5000 L).
• Storage tanks:
food safe (except storage tanks 1000 L
and 5000 L) meet the requirements of
the German Environment Agency for
plastics in drinking water.
• Large reservoirs:
are primarily for commercial water use,
e.g. in market gardens, washing installa-
tions and industrial concerns, but are
also suited to rain water storage in the
domestic market.
Large reservoir with large inspection dome,
1 x 2 connection and 2 flange connections (2000 and 3000 L)
Storage tank 750 L
with 3 x 2 connec-
tions and 1 flange
connection
Storage tanks with large inspection dome,
2 x 2 connections and flange connection
(1100, 1500 and 2000 L with steel bands)
Storage tank 5000 L with
3 x 2 connections and
1 connection S 160 x 7
Description / capacity L Dimensions cm (l x w x h) Inspection dome dia. mm Weight approx. kg Order no.
Storage tanks
750 74 x 74 x 164 140 25 7848
1000 124 x 72 x 125 500 x 400 40 7649
1100* 145 x 72 x 134 400 53 8315
1500* 152 x 72 x 161 400 66 7650
2000* 201 x 72 x 164 400 92 7651
5000* 239 x 135 x 198 140 240 8317
Large
reservoirs
2000 202 x 88 x 165 500 x 400 95 7652
3000 263 x 88 x 165 500 x 400 130 7653
Storage tank 1000 L with large
inspection dome, 1 x 2
connection and 1 flange
connection
* with steel bands

239
Description
suitable for
Order no.
Storage tanks Large reservoir
750 L 1000 L 1100 L 1500 L 2000 L 2000 L 3000 L
Flange
with ball valve 1
X X X X X X X 7654
Mechanical filling level
indicator
X X X X X 7655
Screw connection
for submersible pump
X X X X X X X 7656
Connection line 2 X X X X X X X 7657
Floating extractor X X X X X 7658
Universal flange
connector elbow 1
X X X X X X X 7659
Universal flange
connector T-piece 1
X X X X X X X 7660
Universal flange
connector elbow 2
X X X X X X X 7661
Universal flange
connector T-piece 2
X X X X X X X 7662
Flange connection 1 X X X X X X X 7736
Flange connection 2 X X X X X X X 7737
ACCESSORIES FOR STORAGE TANKS 750 L UP TO 2000 L AND LARGE RESERVOIR
Accessories for storage tank 5000 L on request.

240
Rectangular containers made from
glass-fibre reinforced plastic, GRP.
For wherever transport and storage
containers with particularly high
strength, low weight and extreme
resistance to corrosion are required.
Integrated forklift pockets for pallet truck and forklift
(200 L and 400 L).
can be driven under
“Sideways stackable” for space-saving
storage and easy separation.
Can be stacked with closed
stacking lid (200 L and 400 L).
stackable
Rectangular containers, GRP
 sizes 100 L to 4500 L
 reinforced handling rim
 corrosion resistant and extremely light
 very strong and rigid
 stackable
 UV-resistant

smooth inside and outside surfaces for easy cleaning

various transport accessories, e.g. removable foot
and castor support frame with centering lugs
Our PREMIUM product line GRP
Due to the excellent material properties
created by reinforcing the three-dimensionally meshed
duroplastic material with glass-fibres,
GRP has been used for decades to make high-perfor-
mance products that are expected to have a long service
life in tough environments and at the same time ensure
high levels of safety. GRP combines the positive properties
of steel and plastic.

241
GRP lids are available for each rectangular container ranging in size from 100 L to 4500 L.
For large containers of 4500 L also with integrated locking lid with Ø 380 mm.
flat lid
smooth surfaces and reinforced handling rim
Screw-in threaded connector and screw-through
threaded connector as well as drain taps are
available as accessories.
screw-in threaded connector
The forklift pockets are mounted impervi-
ous to fluids and suitable for rotary fork-
lifts.
Accessory: castor frame
with centering lugs.
Accessory: steel base frame
with centering lugs.
forklift pockets castor frame steel base frame
Less dirt thanks to smooth external walls (dirt not able to build
up); no residues left behind after draining and easy to clean
thanks to smooth internal walls in the container. The reinforced
edge prevents any deformation and therefore a high-precision
fit for the seal of the optional lid. It also guarantees excellent
inherent rigidity, even with heavy contents.

242
Rectangular containers PG 8
Containers with forklift pockets:
• forklift pockets attached in a leak-proof
manner using stainless steel coach bolts
• suitable for rotary forklifts, insertion
dimension of forklift pockets 160 x 70mm
Large container:
• container (grey) from GRP
• for use as a storage and collection
container
• chemical-resistant
• can be installed above ground as well
as below ground level
• hot dip galvanised external braces
for above ground installation
• stainless steel internal braces for
installation in the ground
Capacity L
Internal dimensions
cm top (l x w x h)
External dimensions
cm top (l x w x h)
Weight
approx. kg
Order no.
green
Order no.
grey
Order no.
blue
100 standard 80 x 50 x 28 88 x 58 x 29 5 1142 7165 7567
200 flat standard 115 x 55 x 36 122 x 62 x 37 8 1143 5671 7568
200 high standard 80 x 49 x 59 88 x 57 x 60 8 1144 1160 7569
300 standard 110 x 62 x 52 118 x 70 x 53 14 1145 1161 7570
300 with forklift pockets 110 x 62 x 52 117 x 69 x 60 26 1204 7178 -
400 standard 111 x 71 x 59 119 x 79 x 60 17 1146 1162 7571
500 flat standard 144 x 79 x 50 153 x 88 x 50 18 1156 7166 -
550 standard 118 x 83 x 62 132 x 97 x 63 19 1147 1163 7995
700 standard 118 x 83 x 80 132 x 97 x 81 23 1148 1164 7996
1100 standard 148 x 105 x 80 162 x 119 x 81 36 1150 1165 7997
1500 standard 168 x 125 x 80 182 x 139 x 81 46 1151 1166 -
2200 standard 197 x 134 x 92 211 x 148 x 93 65 1152 1167 -
3300 standard 190 x 190 x 103 204 x 204 x 104 129 1153 7168 -
4500 large container, above ground 449 x 111 x 121 150 - 7791 -
4500 large container, below ground 449 x 111 x 121 130 - 7792 -
Rectangular container, for example with castor frame (accessory) Large container: Hot dip galvanised external braces for above ground
installation. Stainless steel internal braces for installation in the ground.
Suitable steel feet or castor frame see page 243.

243
Version for size Weight approx. kg Order no.
galvanised steel base frame for
more secure support
100 8 7784
200 flat 12 7785
200 high 10 7786
300 12 7787
400 12 7788
550 16 7789
700 16 7790
1100 25 7591
1500 42 8010
2200 48 8011
Version for size Weight approx. kg Order no.
100 (LR ø 100 mm) PP 9 7812
200 flat (LR ø 100 mm) PP 14 7813
200 high (LR ø 100 mm) PP 9 7814
300 (LR ø 100 mm) PP 14 7815
400 (LR ø 100 mm) PP 14 7816
550 (LR ø 125 mm) PP 18 7817
700 (LR ø 125 mm) PP 18 7818
1100 (LR ø 150 mm) PA 25 8012
galvanised castor frame
for mobile use
2 castors with additional
turning and steering
stops
1500 (LR ø 200 mm) PA 42 8013
2200 (LR ø 250 mm) PA 48 8014
Version for size External dimensions cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
flat lid for large container with integrated
quick lock lid dia. 380 mm
100 89 x 59 x 4 2 1168
200 flat 123 x 64 x 4 2.5 1169
200 high 89 x 59 x 4 2 1168
300 120 x 72 x 4 3.5 1170
400 120 x 80 x 4 4 1171
500 flat 154 x 89 x 4 8 6956
550 134 x 98 x 6 5.5 1172
700 134 x 98 x 6 5.5 1172
1100 163 x 120 x 6 6.5 1173
1500 183 x 140 x 6 10.5 1174
2200 212 x 149 x 6 15 1175
3300 205 x 205 x 6 23 1979
4500 large container 453 x 113 x 11 30 7819
ACCESSORIES FLAT LID
ACCESSORIES STEEL BASE FRAME (ALSO FOR GRIT CONTAINER)
ACCESSORIES CASTOR FRAME (CASTOR = CA; ALSO FOR GRIT CONTAINER)

244
Forkliftable rectangular container PG 8
Forkliftable rectangular container
• with integratet forklift pockets,
suitable for pallet trucks and
forklifts
• made of highly impact resistant,
damage tolerant resin
(see also catalogue page 251)
Capacity L
Internal dimensions
cm top (l x w x h)
External dimensions
cm top (l x w x h)
Weight
approx. kg
Order no.
green
Order no.
grey
200 high 80 x 50 x 54 87 x 57 x 64 9.7 10582 10584
400 112 x 72 x 50 119 x 79 x 60 15 10583 10585
Description
Version
for size
External dimensions
cm top (l x w x h) Capacity kg
Weight
Stacking lid*
200 high 89 x 60 x 9 200 3 10586
400 121 x 82 x 11 400 6.3 10587
Insert plate
200 high 75 x 45 x 3 200 3 10739
400 107 x 67 x 3 400 5.4 10740
Can be stacked
with closed lid
(stacking lid
as accessory).
Can be driven under with pallet truck and forklift
(stacking lid as accessory).
RECTANGULAR CONTAINER GRP, FORKLIFTABLE
ACCESSORIES
* Stacking lid in grey on request.

245
Rectangular containers PG 8
Description Thread
without mounting with mounting on the tank
Order no. Order no.
Screw through
threaded connector (brass) with
external thread, 2 lock nuts
¾ 1393 8843
1 1394 8844
1¼ 1395 8845
1½ 1396 8846
Screw in threaded connector
with external thread, food safe
¾ 1397 8847
1 1398 8848
1¼ 1399 8849
1½ 1500 8850
2 1501 8851
Screw in threaded connector (plastic)
with external and internal threads
ET 1 IT ½ 1515 8852
ET 1¼ IT ¾ 1516 8853
ET 1¼ IT 1 1517 8854
ET 2 IT 1½ 1518 8855
ET 2¾ IT 2 1519 8856
Discharge valve
with internal thread at both ends
¾ 1303
1 1304
1¼ 1305
1½ 1306
2 1307
Plastic ball valve
(PVC) internally threaded
1 6426
1½ 6428
2 6429
3 6430
Spindle valves (plastic)
with ext. thread matched to screw in threaded connector
½ 1314
¾ 1315
Nestable while on their
sides for space-saving
storage and easy
separation
1 kg repair pack pre-accelerated resin, hardener, glass-fibre, brush
neutral 1617
green 1618
Polyester adhesive pack
(1 kg adhesive resin, hardener)
1619
ACCESSORIES

246
One CEMbox – many benefits
The lid is double-walled, therefore particularly
stable and robust, and sealed to provide effective
protection against the elements.
With a CEMbox you have everything in hand.
Ergonomically moulded carry handles allow for
comfortable lifting by one or two people.
The CEMbox’s robust design allows an impressive
load bearing capacity of up to 400 kg.
Except for the 150 litre box, moulded forklift
pockets make handling easy.
The CEMO tool box for professionals
When you store your goods in transit in a CEMbox you can
rest assured that they are safe and
protected against outside influences. The CEMbox – the small,
smart container for goods in transit.
The 750 litre CEMbox with a side door offers easy
and comfortable access from street level, when
mounted on a vehicle.
All models are moulded with lugs and recesses that
allow them to be stacked safely and securely.
load-able
carry-able
transport-able
access-able
stack-able

247
Adjustable tappet latches with padlock loops help
prevent unwanted interference with the contents of
your CEMbox.
The trolley version of the 150 litre CEMbox provides
a convenient solution for movement on site.
The CEMbox can be equipped with a frame to
allow them to be suspended and lifted around a
work site using a crane (except 150 litre box).
The 150 and 400 litre versions have a moulded
recess to allow for marking and labelling.
A range of useful accessories allows the Cembox to
be used in a variety of ways. Compartment dividers,
installable and stackable trays, foam inserts and
more provide for extensive individual adaptation.
lock-able
roll-able
crane-able
label-able adapt-able
Crane frame with pivoting crane
eyelets (for CEMbox 400 L and
750 L for use with cranes)

248
CEMbox PG 8
CEMbox, PE
•
grey/orange or yellow box made of
high-grade PE
•
for transport and storage of tools and
small parts
• ideal length for shovels
• side door optional (750 L box)
• optimal dimensions for flatbed vehicles
•
stackable, with locating lugs and
recesses
• forklift pockets (except 150 L box)
• integrated handles
• cover stop
•
3 toggle latches (750 L box) or 2 toggle
latches (150 L, 250 L or 400 L box)
made of stainless steel
• space for label pocket (150 L and 400 L box)
•
water ingress prevented by integral seal
around entire lid
•
partition that fits in the grooves of the
toolbox as an accessory
•
insert tray accessory for delicate tools
(e.g. spirit level)
CEMbox suitable for use with cranes:
• reinforced design with crane lugs
and sturdy crane frame
(250 L, 400 L and 750 L box)
CEMbox 250 L, yellow (other colours
available for orders of 50 units or more)
CEMbox 750 L for use with cranes
CEMbox 750 L, anthracite
Description
Capacity
L
External
dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Internal
dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Weight
approx.
kg
Individual
load-bearing
capacity in kg
Load-bearing
capacity for double
stacking in kg Order no.
CEMbox 150, grey/orange 150 80 x 60 x 53 66 x 45 x 38 14 100 100 10330
CEMbox 150, yellow 150 80 x 60 x 53 66 x 45 x 38 14 100 100 10132
CEMbox Trolley 150, grey/orange 150 80 x 60 x 53 66 x 45 x 38 15 100 100 10331
CEMbox Trolley 150, yellow 150 80 x 60 x 53 66 x 45 x 38 15 100 100 10133
CEMbox Trolley 150 offroad,
grey/orange
150 88 x 73 x 61 66 x 45 x 38 19 60 - 11284
CEMbox 250, yellow 250 120 x 60 x 54 107 x 45 x 38 18 200 100 8615
CEMbox 250, for use with cranes,
grey/orange
250 124 x 60 x 57 107 x 45 x 38 33 100 100 10333
grey/orange
400 120 x 81 x 75 107 x 65 x 58 60 200 150 10961
CEMbox 750, anthracite 750 170 x 84 x 80 156 x 70 x 63 42 400 200 8490
CEMbox 750, grey/orange,
with side door 50 x 45 cm (b x h)
750 170 x 84 x 80 154 x 70 x 63 43 400 200 10336
grey/orange
750 170 x 86 x 80 156 x 70 x 63 75 200 200 10337
CEMbox 750, for use with cranes, grey/
orange, with side door
750 170 x 86 x 80 154 x 70 x 63 76 200 200 10338
Other colours available on orders of more than 50 units.
CEMbox trolley 150 L offroad, grey/orange
Video
CEMbox
Trolley
Offroad

249
Description
CEMbox 150 L CEMbox 250 L
Dimensions cm (l x w x h) Order no. Dimensions cm (l x w x h) Order no.
Insert for delicate tools, long, PE 73 x 15 x 6 8955 113 x 15 x 6 8170
Partition 54 x 37 8956 54 x 38 8171
Insert, stackable 43 x 28 x 19 10016 43 x 28 x 19 10016
Flatbed mounting kit - 8666 – 8666
Insert of polyurethane foam,
cube size: 22 x 22 x 50 mm
66 x 48 x 40 10048 – –
Anti-slip mat,
oil and weather-resistant
60 x 80 10166 80 x 120 10167
Description
CEMbox 400 L CEMbox 750 L
Dimensions cm (l x w x h) Order no. Dimensions cm (l x w x h) Order no.

Insert for delicate tools, long, PE 113 x 15 x 6 8170 160 x 15 x 6 8492
Insert, metal - - 67 x 74 x 17 8688
Rubber mat for metal insert - - 66 x 73 8689
Partition 73 x 40 8957 76 x 60 8493
Flatbed attachments - 10111 - 8494
Anti-slip mat, oil and weather-
resistant
80 x 120 10167 80 x 180
10166
+
10167
Set of wheels, consisting of 4 solid
rubber wheels (Ø 125 mm) with rotation
and swivel brake, includes mounting
accessories, maximum load 200 kg
- 11491 - 11491
ACCESSORIES FOR CEMBOX 150 L AND 250 L
ACCESSORIES FOR CEMBOX 400 L AND 750 L

250
Vehicle storage box PG 8
• grey container made of PE
•
for safe transport and storage of tools
and building materials
• lockable
• stackable inside one another
•
can be handled using a forklift or
crane grab
• example application: construction
industry, landscaping and handcraft
Description / capacity L Dimensions in cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
Vehicle storage box 750 184 x 74 x 94 40 7841
Platform fastening kit (for fastening on 2 corners) 7883
Secure storage of tools and building materials
Lockable lid
Hinged steel lid stay Platform fastening
(reinforcement)
Platform fastening
Easy loading and unloading with
forklift pockets
ACCESSORY

251
500 µm
General-purpose box PG 8
DAMAGE-TOLERANT RESIN FORMULATIONS FOR GRP RECTANGULAR CONTAINERS
• container and lid are made from
glass-fibre reinforced plastic (GRP)
• weather-proof and durable
• lockable
•
ideally suited for the storage
of tools and small parts
• with integrated forklift pockets,
suitable for trucks and forklifts
• can be stacked with closed lid
• cover with gas struts
• flat internal base thanks to insert plate
• made of highly impact resistant,
damage tolerant resin (see below)
As part of the development of more damage-tolerant
flush-mounted GRP rectangular containers, the project is
concerned with the modification of the matrix system's
count and attempts to increase the impact resistance
of these components in a targeted manner. Important
process-relevant parameters such as viscosity and pot
life or properties of the end product (shrinkage, residual
stresses, surface finish) should not be affected.
Another critical factor is the fibre-matrix adhesion, which has
to guarantee the actual shear force absorption under abrupt
stress
The aim of the project is to develop damage-tolerant
rectangular containers by means of a targeted modifica-
tion of the resin matrix to increase impact resistance.
Description Capacity L External dimensions cm (l x w x h) Internal dimensions cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.
General-purpose box 200 200 89 x 60 x 69 75 x 45 x 51 16 10737
General-purpose box 400 400 121 x 82 x 68 107 x 67 x 47 27 10738
Padlock, galvanised 1490
ACCESSORY
Project
Level internal base thanks to
insert plate
Microsection of a toughened, unsaturated
polyester resin GRP system
GRP rectangular container 400 L,
with or without integrated
forklift pockets

252
• optimal storage and transport system
• PE plastic high density (HDPE)
• extremely acid-resistant
• stackable and safe for transport
• food safe
Logistics box PG 8
Description / capacity L
External dimensions
cm (l x w x h)
Load-bearing capacity,
individual, kg
Max. boxes
stacked
Load-bearing capacity
complete, stacked, kg
Weight
Logistics box 300, with 4 feet 100 x 63.5 x 64.5 150 5 750 14.3 10158
Logistics box 525, with 2 runners 120 x 80 x 80 350 8 2800 30 8613
Logistics box 610, with 3 runners 120 x 100 x 76 450 8 3600 37 8085
Lid for box 300 103 x 65 x 7.5 5 10159
Lid for box 525 121.5 x 81.5 x 6 6 8614
Lid for box 610 121.5 x 101.5 x 6 7 8086
Logistics box 525 L Logistics box 610 L
Go-Box PG 8
• for grit, sand, absorbents, etc.
• with stainless steel toggle latch
• can be locked with a padlock (not included),
see page 260
• 70 L capacity
• lid in a vertical position for filling/emptying
• easy to clean
• made from chemical-resistant PE – 100 % recyclable
• partition for insertion into the grooves of the Go-box as
accessories
Description / capacity L Dimensions cm (h x w x d) Weight approx. kg Order no.
Go-Box 70 107 x 59 x 39 10 11285
Logistics box 300 L
Food-safe design:
Container with foodstuff
symbol as per Regulation
(EU) No. 10/2011
ACCESSORIES
Description Dimensions cm (h x w) Order no.
Partition for Go-Box 70 40 x 32 11286
ACCESSORIES
Accessory:
partition
Video
Go-Box

253
Description / capacity L Dimensions cm (l x w x h) Order no.
Rinsing tray 75 80 x 55 x 30 1086
Rinsing tray 100 105 x 55 x 30 1087
Boot cleaner Premium PG 8
Boot cleaner Premium 53 x 49 x 88 13 11496
Accessory: scraper grate for coarse dirt 43 x 60 x 14.5 5 11497
Accessory: ground anchor kit - - 11507
• made from high quality UV stabilised
polyethylene
• equipped with three fixed brushes
and one movable brush
• water connection ½
• stainless steel fittings
• brush holder with integral hand washing
function
• with integral sump for dirty water collec-
tion and run-off, optionally on the right
or left
Integral sump to collect
dirty water
Accessory:
scraper grate for
coarse dirt
ground anchor kit
with integral
handles
Boot cleaner
ECO
Rinsing tray PG 8
• from highly resistant GRP
• impact and scratch-proof, as well as
resistant to high temperatures
• discharge with plug
• 1¼ with discharge connection
• frame made of stainless steel
• equipped with three fixed brushes
• ½ water connection (Gardena)
• stainless steel pipes
• with holder
Boot cleaner ECO PG 8
Accessory:
scraper grate
for coarse dirt
Rinsing tray 75
Rinsing tray 100
Boot cleaner ECO 33 x 33 x 82 5.6 10588
Accessory: Scraper grate for coarse dirt 28 x 40 x 4 1.1 10589
Wall bracket, galvanised, 46 cm wide 1088
Floor frame from galvanised steel tube
for rinsing tray 75 L 83 x 56 x 81 1089
for rinsing tray 100 L 108 x 56 x 81 1090
Drainage hose plastic with screw connector 1091
ACCESSORIES
non-slip boot support surface while cleaning with hand brush
hand washing function

254
WINTER SERVICE | SPREADERS

256
CEMO grit bin
Long-lasting, secure closure thanks
to the moulded container edge and
overhang which prevent the ingress
of dirty water and moisture.
clean closing
Less dirt thanks to smooth external walls
(dirt not allowed to build up); no residues
left behind after draining and easy to clean
thanks to smooth internal walls in the
container.
smooth surfaces
Easy to open from outside and
inside with a self-locking stain-
less steel spring closure.
Lockable by means of a padlock
(not supplied)
lockable from 550 L
The lid can be removed without tools.
It can be locked simply using removable
retaining straps.
tool-free removal from 550 L
Extremely impact-resistant and inherently
robust material (“hammer test”), plus
increased wall strength (for 550 L and
700 L containers).
vandalism-proof lid
Sideways stackable for space-saving
storage and easy separation.
stackable
CEMO ensure that your grit is well protected in all weather and ready for action when needed.
 Material: GRP – durable, tough, rustproof, resistant to salt
 20-year service life, 10-year warranty (!)

Impact-resistant, able to withstand a blow from a hammer, and inherently robust
 Temperature- and UV-resistant
 Protected against water and humidity
 Well-conceived design for ease of use
Video
grit bin PLUS3

257
CEMO grit bin PLUS3
Can be stacked with closed stacking lid.
Can be forkliftable with lifting truck and forklift
(version 200 L and 400 L).
a stackable
b forkliftable
The lid can be removed without tools. It can be locked
simply using removable support bar (400 L).
c tool-free removal
The new grit bin generation Plus3 adds three further plus points
to the benefits of our GRP grit bins in terms of handling and assembly.
The additional benefits of the Plus3 grit bin:
a can be stacked with closed stacking lid
b forkliftable
c lid can be removed without using tools

258
200 L
Grit bin PLUS3 PG 8
Yellow base and yellow lid version
(200 L) without access chute
Description
Version for
size
(l x w x h)
Capacity
kg
Weight
Floor plate
200 75 x 45 x 3 200 3 10739
400 107 x 67 x 3 400 5.4 10740
Capacity of the stacking lid see page 244.
As the market leader for grit bins, we
receive extensive feedback and a large
number of requests. For many local
authorities, simple use and handling are
paramount. The ability to move with a
forklift and stack the containers makes it
so much easier to move grit bins
in and out of storage and saves time
and space.
In addition, the toolless assembly of the
very robust lid has been significantly
simplified.
The new grit bin generation Plus3
adds three further plus points to the
benefits of long-life GRP grit bins
in terms of handling and assembly.
Grit bins Plus3
The additional benefits of the
Plus3:
• forkliftable (optional)
•
can be stacked with closed lid
(optionally lockable with padlock,
for accessories see page 260)
• lid can be removed without using tools
• with support strut for lid (400 L version)
• strong and robust lid shape
GRP GRIT BIN PLUS3
ACCESSORY FOR FORKLIFTABLE GRIT BIN
Can be forkliftable with lifting truck and forklift Can be stacked with closed lid
400 L forkliftable
with access chute
lockable with optional padlock
Capacity L
Dimensions in cm
(l x w x h)
With or without
chute
With or without
forklift slots
Weight
approx. kg
Container grey lid
orange
Order no.
Container green
lid orange
Order no.
Container yellow
lid yellow Order
no.
100 89 x 60 x 34 without without 8.3 10564 10573 -
200 89 x 60 x 64 without without 11.3 10565 10574 10974
200 89 x 60 x 64 with without 12.5 10566 10575 -
200 89 x 60 x 69 without with 12.8 10567 10576 -
200 89 x 60 x 69 with with 14 10568 10577 -
400 121 x 82 x 67 without without 21.4 10569 10578 10975
400 121 x 82 x 67 with without 21.6 10570 10579 -
400 121 x 82 x 68 without with 21.4 10571 10580 -
400 121 x 82 x 68 with with 22.6 10572 10581 -

259
•
container and lid from glass-fibre
reinforced plastic, GRP
•
GRP grit bins are 100%
corrosion- and weather-proof
•
stainless steel spring closure, self-closing
• simple opening from the outside
and inside
• simple, safe handling
• space and time-saving to store and
remove from storage (stackable)
• simple assembly, supplied with lid
unassembled
•
from 550 L - 700 L with removable
retaining straps for lids
•
from 1100 L to 2200 L (standard) with
stainless steel locking lid stays
Capacity L
Dimensions in cm
(l x w x h)
with or without
chute
Weight
approx. kg
Container grey, lid orange
Order no.
Container green, lid orange
Order no.
550 134 x 99 x 78
without 26 10833 10837
with 28 10834 10838
700 134 x 99 x 96
without 30 10835 10839
with 32 10836 10840
1100 163 x121 x101
without 50 7435 7441
with 52 7436 7442
1500 184 x143 x104
without 70 7437 7443
with 72 7438 7444
2200 213 x152 x124
without 92 7439 7445
with 94 7440 7446
Colour combination
grey/orange with chute
Colour combination
green/orange with chute
Version for size
Weight
100 8 7784
200 10 7786
400 12 7788
550 16 7789
700 16 7790
1100 25 7591
1500 42 8010
2200 48 8011
Version for size
Weight
100 (CA ø 100 mm) PP 9 7812
200 (CA ø 100 mm) PP 9 7814
400 (CA ø 100 mm) PP 14 7816
550 (CA ø 125 mm) PP 18 7817
700 (CA ø 125 mm) PP 18 7818
1100 (CA ø 150 mm) PA 25 8012
1500 (CA ø 200 mm) PA 42 8013
2200 (CA ø 250 mm) PA 48 8014
Grit bin PG 8
ACCESSORIES STEEL BASE FRAME GALVANIZED, FOR STABLE FOOTING PG 8
ACCESSORIES CASTOR FRAME GALVANIZED, FOR MOBILE USE (CASTOR = CA) PG 8
GALVANIZED ROLLER STAND FOR MOBILE USE, 2 CASTORS WITH SWIVEL AND ROTATION BRAKE
550 L
GRIT BIN

260
Padlock, galvanised 1490
Hinged steel lid stay, complete installation kit, for containers of 700 litres capacity.
Note: lid can only be dismounted from container with tools, except for grit bin Plus3.
3212
Sticker “Salt / Grit”
(other language options upon request)
5 pcs 8625
10 pcs 8626
Capacity L
Dimensions in cm
(l x w x h)
With or without
chute
Weight
approx. kg
Container grey, lid orange
Order no.
Container green, lid orange
Order no.
550 134 x 99 x 78
without 27 10896 10900
with 29 10897 10901
700 134 x 99 x 96
without 31 10898 10902
with 33 10899 10903
For container size Order no.
400 8087
550 and 700 10904
GRP grit bin “V”
with anti-vandalism lid
•
particularly impact resistant and
form-retaining material (hammer test)
•
increased wall thickness
(for container sizes 400, 550 and 700 L)
Grit bin PG 8
GRP GRIT BIN “V” WITH ANTI-VANDALISM LID
ANTI-VANDALISM LID FOR UPGRADING EXISTING GRP GRIT BINS WITH ROOF-SHAPED LID
ACCESSORIES FOR GRP GRIT BIN PG 8
Description / Capacity L Dimensions in cm (h x w x d) Weight approx. kg Order no.
Go-Box 70 107 x 59 x 39 10 11285
Go-Box in yellow, see page 212 107 x 59 x 39 10 11449
Description Dimensions in cm (h x d) Order no.

Partition for Go-Box 70 40 x 32 11286
ACCESSORY
GO-BOX PG 8
Accessory:
partition
Video
Go-Box
• for grit, sand, absorbents, etc.
• with stainless steel toggle latch
• can be locked with a padlock (not included)
• 70 L capacity
• lid in a vertical position for filling/emptying
• easy to clean
• made from chemical-resistant PE – 100 % recyclable
• partition for insertion into the grooves of the Go-box
as accessories

261
Grit bin handling PG 8
Loading frame for loading and
emptying of filled GRP grit bins with a
truck crane
This innovative handling concept was
developed in conjunction with
municipal authorities.
Based on the grit bin, it is
now possible to make full use of
the advantages (lid removable
without tools). Using the
hydraulic loading bracket,
the grit bin can now
be picked up, emptied and
stored by a single person.
This reduces time space
and personnel costs.
hydraulic loading
bracket
grit bin be picked up,
emptied and stored by
a single person
reducing time, space
and personnel costs
to a minimum
Engaging the loading frame from the side
after removal of the removable lid (shown with
700 L grit bin)
Lifting the container
(shown with 200 L the grit bin)
Tipping the grit out onto a truck platform
(shown with 700 L the grit bin)
Model Weight approx. kg Order no.
a
Loading frame, hydraulic, tilting for grit bin 400, 550 and 700 L 120 7738
Auxiliary frame, for loading frame, hy-
draulic, tilting (7738)
for grit bin 200 L 8 7739
b
Loading frame, hydraulic, tilting for grit bin 400 L 120 10728
Auxiliary frame, for loading frame, hy-
draulic, tilting (10728)
Loading frame, rigid, non-tilting
for grit bin 550 and 700 L 40 2109
Loading frame
hydraulic, tilting
with auxiliary
frame, for grit bin
200 L
Loading frame
hydraulic,
tilting, for grit
bin 400 L
a
b

262
GRP snow shovel PG 8
GRP snow shovel
• high-quality GRP snow shovel
• solid aluminum edge (replaceable)
• absolutely resistant to corrosion
• smooth surface prevents adhesion
of snow
• high, strong raised sides
•
double-arced shaft with D handle
for ergonomic and efficient use
Easy-to-grip oval shaft
Solid aluminum edge (replaceable)
Description Length with shaft cm Dimensions of shovel cm (w x h) Order no.
GRP snow shovel 152 56 x 36 10064
10 pack* of GRP snow shovels 10064 10066
* 10 x snow shovel blades and 10 x snow shovel handles, packed in two cartons.

263
Snow plough PG 8
With its adjustable-length handle,
the snow plough lets you clear
pavements and other areas of snow
without straining your back.
• innovative snow clearing tool,
“Made in Germany”, with long
service life
• solid, powder-coated steel tube con-
struction
• ribbed stainless steel plough blade,
cushioned with disc springs
• pneumatic wheels mounted on roller
bearings, with lug tread dia. 260 mm
• adjustable blade position
• simple clearing angle adjustment
without bending over
Snow plough 110 x 74 x 90 12 10743
PU edge strip 10744
Control for three/five blade positions
Replaceable stainless steel
scrape rail or PU edge strip
(accessories)
PP shovels PG 8
• corrosion resistant shovels made of
polypropylene (PP)
•
ideal for handling corrosive materials
such as grit used on the roads
• low weight
• high durability
• non-adhesive surface
• 100% corrosion-proof
• UV-stabilised and virtually
shatterproof material
•
used in agriculture,
municipalities and the
food industry
Description Shovel dimension cm (l x w x h) Overall length cm Weight approx. kg Order no.
Hand scoop medium PP01 19 x 14 x 7,5 31 0.2 7964
Hand scoop large PP02 23 x 17 x 9 36 0.3 7965
General purpose shovel D-grip standard PP03 31.5 x 25 x 4 98 1.1 7966
General purpose shovel D-grip medium PP04 35 x 26 x 8 105 1.4 7967
PP01 PP02 PP03 PP04
ACCESSORY

264
SPREADER WITH COMPOSITE FRAME AND PE CONTAINER
Spreader with composite frame
The use of new composite plastics
enables the integration of many
functions into a single component.
• for use in domestic and commercial
areas
• durable design
• composite frame and PE hopper
• stainless steel axles
• rugged transmission
• retractable support foot
• spreading quantity adjustable
with fixed stop
• supplied in prefabricated
assemblies
Spreader SW 20-C and SW 35-C
• for use in tough winter conditions
• for various spreading materials
• with robust agitator finger
• adjustable stainless steel dual handle
with three height settings
• with adjustable spreading width limiter
• with strainer insert
• pneumatic rubber tyres with winter tread
Spreader SW 20-light
• for seeds and fertiliser
• adjustable galvanised steel dual
handle with three height settings
• plastic wheels
Retractable foot support
Grit spreaders PG 8
Description Capacity L Spreading width m Spreading steps Weight approx. kg Order no.
SW 20-light for medium spreading areas 20 1 up to 4 6 9 10718
SW 20-C for medium spreading areas 20 1 up to 4 6 10 10642
SW 35-C for medium spreading areas 35 1 up to 4 6 11 10643
Cover for SW 20-C and SW 20-light 7884
Cover for SW 35-C 7885
Spreading width limiter for SW 20-light 10720
Eccentric agitator for poorly-flowing salt and grit
for SW 20-light, SW 20-C, SW 35-C and SW 50-E
10998
Dual handle, three height settings
Filling strainer (SW 20-C
and SW 35-C)
Spreading quantity
adjustable with fixed
stop
Adjustable spread
width limiter at SW 20-C
and SW 35-C
SW 20-light
SW 35-C
ACCESSORIES

265
Grit spreaders PG 8
Spreader SW 50-E
• for commercial and domestic use
• suitable for a variety of gritting materials
and spreading widths
• quick and easy assembly
• stainless steel axles
• stainless steel frame
• handle has three length adjustments
and continuously adjustable in height
• hinged pedestal
• gearbox drive disengagement on wheel
Volume adjustment lever and adjustable
T-bar handle
Hinged support foot
Additional anti-compression
assembly
Wheel shutoff
SW 50-E
Cover (accessory)
Drop spreader KS 35-E
•
for domestic and commercial use
• for various types of spreading material
such as salt, grit, sand, oil binding
agents, seed or fertilizer
• robust stainless steel agitator shaft
with interlocked teeth
• accurate spread width of 60 cm
• quantity to be spread can be precisely
and continuously adjusted via the
snail cam
• all parts that come into contact
with media are made from stainless
steel or plastic
• hopper made of corrosion-proof
polyethylene
• powder-coated steel frame
• retractable support foot
• adjustable-length T-bar handle
•
pneumatic rubber tyres with winter
or rough terrain treads
•
axle divided in the middle,
moves around corners easily
• agitator vanes adjustable
Spreading
width m
Weight
SW 50-E, for medium spreading areas, 6 spreading steps, yellow plastic hopper, stainless
steel tubular frame, pneumatic rubber tyres with winter tread, robust gearing, spreading
quantity regulator, adjustable handle, additional anti-compression assembly, axle bearing
suitable for lubrication and wheel shutoff . Supplied as pre-assembled modules.
50 1 up to 4 14 10742
KS 35-E drop spreader 35 0.6 16.5 8487
Cover for SW 50-E 10021
Cover for KS 35-E 8495
Hopper attachment 25 L for KS 35-E 11043
Eccentric disk
Hopper attachment 25 L
(accessory)
Uniform scatter, accurate spread width,
adjustable agitator vanes
Adjustable – length
handle, large
operating lever
Rugged agitator shaft, axle divided in the
middle
Cover (accessory)
ACCESSORIES

266
Grit spreader PG 8
Spreading
width in m
Spreading
steps
Weight
SW 130 for large spreading areas, with robust gearbox and alu-
minium housing, yellow plastic hopper with robust flap lid, painted
tubular steel frame, pneumatic rubber tyres, volume regulator.
Supplied as pre-assembled modules. Drawbar parallel adjustable
for height included. Gearing disengageable. Max. speed 6 km/h.
130 up to 5 10 39 10063
Spreading width limiter
for SW 130
7291
Drawbar with ball coupling
for SW 130
8621
SW 130
Disengageable gear
Accessory remote control
Grit spreader SW 130 with PE hopper
• suitable for different gritting materials
Rugged transmission with aluminum housing
Spray Caddy 60 90 x 52 x 37 15 10863
60 L Spray Caddy PG 8
60 L Spray Caddy
for liquid de-icing products
• electric pump 12 V, approx. 6 l/min
• LiFePO4 battery with charger
• flow-activated pump
• 8 m spiral hose
• spray lance with flat jet nozzle
• suitable for commercially available liquid,
water-based de-icing products Spiral hose, electric pump and battery with
charger
ACCESSORY
Description Length from operating lever m Weight approx. kg Order no.
Remote control for spreader SW 130 2.0 3.0 8289

267
Towable grit spreaders PG 8
Towable spreader SW 200 and SW 300
with PE hopper
• suitable for different gritting materials
•
gearbox with aluminium housing,
can be disabled
• sturdy, greasable wheel bearings
•
stainless steel frame
• all parts that come into contact with the
media are stainless steel or plastic
• spreading amount, spreading direction
and spreading width can all be set
as required (optional)
• 16 x 6.5 wheels with pneumatic rubber
tyres, winter profile
• parallel height-adjustable drawbar
• lighting with 7-pin plug
• supplied as pre-assembled modules
Spreading width limiter adjustable, galvanised,
for SW 200 and SW 300
10207
Remote control for spreaders SW 200 and SW 300
length of bowden cable: 2.0 m
10208
Cover
10210
Ball coupling 2, galvanised,
10209
Description Capacity L Spreading width in m Spreading steps Weight approx. kg Order no.
SW 200 for large spreading areas 200 up to 5 10 80 10205
SW 300 for large spreading areas 300 up to 5 10 85 10206
SW 200
SW 300
Spreading quantity control
Stainless steel spreader disc, adjustable Robust wheel bearing
Additional anti-compression
Disengageable gear
ACCESSORIES

268
Spreading width limiter for SA 130 7291
Remote control for mounted spreader SA 130,
length of bowden cable: 2.0 m, weight: 3.0 kg
8289
SA 130 for large spreading areas 130 up to 5 10 35 8173
Mounted spreader SA 130
•
for large spreading areas
• yellow plastic hopper with rigid flap lid
• painted tubular steel frame
•
with three point attachment
(A=410/526mm, B=dia. 22mm)
• driven using a power take-off shaft
(supplied)
Mounted spreaders PG 8
Mounted spreader SA 260
• for large spreading areas
•
base hopper made from
painted steel
• hopper attachment
made of plastic
•
powder-coated steel tube frame
• 3-point attachment, category 0 + 1
• driven via power takeoff shaft
(supplied as standard)
SA 260 for large spreading areas 260 up to 5 10 54 10278
Spreading width limiter for SA 260 10279
Cover for SA 260 10280
Filling sieve for SA 260 10281
SA 260
SA 130
ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORIES

The general terms of sales and delivery
for the plastics processing industry apply
to all transactions.
You will receive these terms when we con-
firm your order and they are also available
at www.cemo-group.com
General sales terms.
COUNTRY
MANAGER
Alexander Ohler
+43(0)664 2275544
aohler@cemo.de
REGIONAL
MANAGER
Peter Timischl
+46(0)763 127228
ptimischl@cemo.de
REGIONAL
MANAGER
Giorgio Billio
+39(0)340 2942007
gbillio@cemo.de
REGIONAL
MANAGER
Geoff Miller
+44(0)7579 003227
gmiller@cemo.de
EXPORT BRANCHES
AUSTRIA UK IRELAND
NORDICS BALTICS
ITALY/CZ/SK/H/RO/BG
269
Renate Traub
+49(0)71519636-
1505
Franziska Abele
+49(0)71519636-
1508
Daniela Mayer
+49(0)71519636-
1509
Nora Offenhäußer
+49(0)71519636-
1510
Your CEMO contact
CEMO INTERNATIONAL EXPORT CUSTOMER SERVICE
export@cemo.de
Karsten Pflieger
Senior Area Sales
Manager
BeNeLux, Austria,
Asia Oceania, Iceland
+49(0)172 7447970
kpflieger@cemo.de
Antonio Samarzija
Export Director
SLO/HR/PL/RS/BiH/
MNE/MK/KOS
+49(0)172 7045617
asamarzija@cemo.de
Daniel Bubeck
Senior Area Sales
Manager
Switzerland, America,
Africa, Near Middle
East
+49(0)173 2762221
dbubeck@cemo.de
Pablo Martin Pineño
Area Sales Manager
Iberia Latin
America
+49(0)172 7559097
pmartin@cemo.de
CEMO INTERNATIONAL AREA SALES MANAGER
REGIONAL
MANAGER
Frank Scharf
+46(0)73 2552329
fscharf@cemo.de
Uwe Kübler
+49(0)71519636-
1516
Carmen Spießberger
+49(0)71519636-
1517

CEMO GmbH l In den Backenländern 5 l 71384 Weinstadt l Germany
Tel. +49 7151 9636 - 0 l Fax +49 7151 9636 - 98
Right to change prices and technical specifications reserved. © CEMO 0007-en 05.22
Innovative solutions
for Local authorities l Agriculture l Construction industry l Industry

CEMO_Katalógus.pdf

More Related Content

Similar to CEMO_Katalógus.pdf (20)

More from Attila Pesti (7)

Recently uploaded (20)

CEMO_Katalógus.pdf